The URL can be used to link to this page

00_IFC_Project Manual_240205 Smith College Kathleen McCartney Hall IFC Project Manual page 1 of 1 Issued for Construction Project Manual Table of Contents Smith College Kathleen McCartney Hall February 5, 2024 No. Description 1. Lighting Cut Sheets 2. MRL Electric Traction Elevator Basis of Design 3. Fall Protection Delegated Design Reference Documents 4. Door Hardware Cut Sheets One Lux Studio, LLC 535 Eighth Avenue, Floor 15 New York, NY 10018 (212) 201-5790 www.oneluxstudio.com pg. 1[PH] +1-210-227-7329 [FAX] +1-210-227-4967 ©2023 Lucifer® Lighting Company As part of its policy of continuous research and product development, the company reserves the right to change or withdraw specifications without prior notice. luciferlighting.com [DATE OF REV: 08072023] ® ORDERING INFORMATION - DOWNLIGHT / HOUSING FRAXION®3 SLIM FIXED JA8-2022 INDICATED BY SHADING PROJECT NAME:TYPE: Red List Approved SHAPE TRIM RATING TYPE FLANGE FINISH BAFFLE FINISH CRI / WATTAGE PACKAGE CCT OPTIC (UGR)INSTALL TYPE CEILING THICKNESS DRIVER MEDIA F F3R Round F3S Square M Microflange T Trimless Drywall W Trimless Millwork 1 Dry / Damp 2 Wet * * (Suction cup provided for aim & focus) F Fixed WH White AG Satin Silver AU Cashmere Gold BB Burnt Bronze BK Black PR Primer 00 Trimless* * (Required for trimless) CF Custom Finish ** (Consult Factory) WH White AG Satin Silver AU Cashmere Gold BB Burnt Bronze BK Black PR Primer CF Custom Finish ** (Consult Factory) STATIC WHITE 80S11A 80+ CRI, 11 Watts Dlvd. Lumens - 1259 80S15A 80+ CRI, 15 Watts Dlvd. Lumens - 1696 80S21A 80+ CRI, 21 Watts Dlvd. Lumens - 2304 90S11A 90+ CRI, 11 Watts Dlvd. Lumens - 1082 90S15A 90+ CRI, 15 Watts Dlvd. Lumens - 1457 90S21A 90+ CRI, 21 Watts Dlvd. Lumens - 1979 97S11A 97+ CRI, 11 Watts Dlvd. Lumens - 950 97S15A 97+ CRI, 15 Watts Dlvd. Lumens - 1279 97S21A 97+ CRI, 21 Watts Dlvd. Lumens - 1738* (Not available for IC housings) WARM DIM 90W15A 90+ CRI, 15 WattsIncandescent ProfileDlvd. Lumens - 1031 Standard ProfileDlvd. Lumens - 1031 *SEE PAGE 3 FOR DETAILED WARM DIM PROFILE COMPARISON. TUNABLE WHITE 90T17A 90+ CRI, 17 Watts Dlvd. Lumens -1213* * (Only available for remote housings) *ALL DELIVERED LUMEN OUTPUTS AND T24 COMPLIANCE REFLECT 3000K PAIRED WITH 20° OPTIC AND SOFT FOCUS LENS. 27 2700K 30 3000K 35 3500K 40 4000K WL 2700K - 1800K WD 3000K - 1800K TH 5000K - 2700K 10 10°* (>19) * (15W packages only) 15 15° (>19) 20 20° (<16) 25 25° (<16) 40 40° (>19) 60 60° (>19) 85 85°* (>19) * (Requires -14 WDL effects device) 20 20° (<13) 25 25° (<16) 40 40° (<19) 60 60° (>19) 85 85°* (>19) * (Requires -14 WDL effects device) 15 15° (>19) 20 20° (<13) 25 25° (<13) 40 40° (<16) 60 60° (<19) 85 85°* (>19) * (Requires -14 WDL effects device) See page 3 for UGR ratings INTEGRAL DRIVERX IC Y NIC C IC, Airtight * * (CCEA, Airtight & Title 24 compliant housing) REMOTE DRIVERV IC, Remote W NIC, Remote D IC, Airtight, Remote * * (CCEA, Airtight & Title 24 compliant housing) 1 0.50” - 1.375” 2 1.375”- 2.125” T 0.50” - 1.375” * * (Includes adjustable housing height bracket, recommended for T-Grid applications) INTEGRAL / REMOTE PH ELV/Triac, 2% 120V* *(Not available for 11W packages) SG eldoLED, ECOdrive 1%, 0-10V, LOG SN eldoLED, ECOdrive 1%, 0-10V, LIN EG eldoLED, SOLOdrive 0.1% 0-10V, LOG EN eldoLED, SOLOdrive 0.1% 0-10V, LIN ED eldoLED, SOLOdrive 0.1% DALI-2, LOG LP Lutron, Hi-Lume Premier Ecosystem 0.1% Fade to Black, 120 or 277V* *(Not available for 21W packages in X and C install types) REMOTE (120V) L2 Lutron, Hi-Lume 1% 2-wire TUNABLE WHITE REMOTE (120-277V) DG eldoLED, DUALdrive 0.1% 0-10V, LOG DN eldoLED, DUALdrive 0.1% 0-10V, LIN DD eldoLED, DUALdrive 0.1% DALI-2, LOG STANDARD MEDIA04 Soft Focus Lens NL No Lens * *(Standard with 10° optic. Not available for Wet loca-tion, Warm Dim or Airtight Housings) ALTERNATE MEDIA02 Honeycomb Louver* *(Not available for Wet location, Warm Dim or Airtight Housings) 03 Clear Glass Lens * *(Not available for Warm Dim) 05 Frosted Glass Lens 08 Frosted Soft Focus Lens 14 Wide Distribution Lens * *(Required and only available for 85° beam spread) 26 Frosted Linear Spread Lens (WH) White Powder Coat (AU) Cashmere Gold Powder Coat (BK) Black Powder Coat (BB) Burnt Bronze Powder Coat (AG) Satin Silver Powder Coat PART NUMBER NOTES• Fixture ships as e.g., F3RM1F-WHWH-90S11A2-3X1-PH* Lots of light in a shallow profile featuring high performance adjustability and a range of finish and installation options. LT01,LT01A pg. 2[PH] +1-210-227-7329 [FAX] +1-210-227-4967 ©2023 Lucifer® Lighting Company As part of its policy of continuous research and product development, the company reserves the right to change or withdraw specifications without prior notice. luciferlighting.com [DATE OF REV: 08072023] ® FRAXION3 SLIM FIXED ACCESSORIES ALTERNATE BAFFLE ASSEMBLY (INCLUDES EFFECTS DEVICE) REPLACEMENT SUCTION TOOL One included with every six fixtures designated Wet location. ¨ F4-TOOL-SUCTION Allows for removal of Wet Location baffles ASSEMBLY SHAPE RATING TYPE BAFFLE FINISH EFFECTS DEVICE RBA F REPLACEMENT BAFFLE ASSEMBLY F3R RoundF3S Square 1 Dry / Damp2 Wet**(Requires suction cup to service or aim & focus) F Fixed WH WhiteBK BlackPR PrimerAU Cashmere GoldAG Satin SilverBB Burnt BronzeCF Custom Finish * * (Consult Factory) Leave blank for standard Soft Focus Lens CGL Clear Glass Lens * *(Not available for Warm Dim)FGL Frosted Glass LensFSFL Frosted Soft Focus LensWDL Wide Distribution Lens * *(For use with 60° optic only)FLSL Frosted Linear Spread Lens T-GRID ACCESSORY KIT Supplied with ceiling thickness “T” and recommended for installations in T-Grid up to 1.5” tall. Available for ceiling thicknesses from 0.50” - 2.125”. ¨ TG-FX3-KIT HANGER BAR EXTENDER KIT Extends hanger bars from 24.0” to 46.0” maximum. ¨ FRX-HBE-46 Extender, Hanger Bar ROUND SECONDARY MEDIA Dry / Damp location only Wet location requires alternate baffle. ¨ HCL-F3R Honeycomb Louver w/ Diffusion Lens* *(Not available for Warm Dim, Wet locations, or Airtight Housings) ¨ CGL-F3R Clear Glass Lens* *(Not available for Warm Dim) ¨ FGL-F3R Frosted Glass Lens ¨ SFL-F3R Soft Focus Lens ¨ FSFL-F3R Frosted Soft Focus Lens ¨ WDL-F3R Wide Distribution Lens* *(For use with 60° optic only) ¨ FLSL-F3R Frosted Linear Spread Lens SQUARE SECONDARY MEDIADry / Damp location only Wet location requires alternate baffle. ¨ HCL-F3S Honeycomb Louver w/ Diffusion Lens* *(Not available for Warm Dim, Wet locations, or Airtight Housings) ¨ CGL-F3S Clear Glass Lens* *(Not available for Warm Dim) ¨ FGL-F3S Frosted Glass Lens ¨ SFL-F3S Soft Focus Lens ¨ FSFL-F3S Frosted Soft Focus Lens ¨ WDL-F3S Wide Distribution Lens* *(For use with 60° optic only) ¨ FLSL-F3S Frosted Linear Spread Lens REPLACEMENT APPLIQUÉ ¨ DLA-APP-F3RT Round ¨ DLA-APP-F3ST Square FURRING CHANNEL ACCESSORY KIT Recommended for installations in furring channel. Available for ceiling thicknesses from 0.50” - 2.125”. ¨ DHA-FC-KIT EMERGENCY LIGHTING - REMOTE MOUNT ONLY During disruption of main power, emergency battery inverter provides temporary 120V or 277V to fixture. ¨ EMB-S-25-120/277-LEDX 25 watt max capacity, 120 or 277 VAC 60Hz, Non-Dimmable ¨ EMB-S-100-120-LEDX 100 watt max capacity, 120 VAC 60Hz, 0-10V Dimmable ¨ EMB-S-100-277-LEDX 100 watt max capacity, 277 VAC 60Hz, 0-10V Dimmable ¨ EMB-S-250-120/277-LEDX 250 watt max capacity, 120 or 277 VAC 60Hz, 0-10V Dimmable REPLACEMENT OPTICS Interchangeable optics accessible through fixture aperture. Static White ¨ RO-50-15-S 15° optic ¨ RO-50-20-S 20° optic ¨ RO-50-25-S 25° optic ¨ RO-50-40-S 40° optic ¨ RO-50-60-S 60° optic Warm Dim ¨ RO-50-20-W 20° optic ¨ RO-50-25-W 25° optic ¨ RO-50-40-W 40° optic ¨ RO-50-60-W 60° optic Tunable White ¨ RO-50-15-W 15° optic ¨ RO-50-20-W 20° optic ¨ RO-50-25-W 25° optic ¨ RO-50-40-W 40° optic ¨ RO-50-60-W 60° optic LT01,LT01A pg. 3[PH] +1-210-227-7329 [FAX] +1-210-227-4967 ©2023 Lucifer® Lighting Company As part of its policy of continuous research and product development, the company reserves the right to change or withdraw specifications without prior notice. luciferlighting.com [DATE OF REV: 08072023] ® FRAXION3 SLIM FIXED PERFORMANCE - 3000K JA8-2022 INDICATED BY SHADING 2800 80%60%40%20%2%1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 DIMMING % CCT (K) 80%60%40%20%2% DIMMING % 2900 1700 1900 2100 2300 2500 2700 CCT (K) 3100 WARM DIM PERFORMANCE - SOFT FOCUS LENS - 20� OPTIC 90W15AD 3000K - 1800K Full on 100%Dimmed to 80%Dimmed to 70%Dimmed to 50%Dimmed to 20%Dimmed to 10%Dimmed to 2% CCT (K)3000 2950 2920 2775 2375 2000 1800 Light Output (Lm)1031 769 673 481 192 96 19 Power (W)15 12 10 8 3 1.5 0.3 Efficacy (LPW)69 64 67 60 64 64 63 STANDARD WARM DIM PROFILE 90W15AL 2700K - 1800K Full on 100%Dimmed to 80%Dimmed to 70%Dimmed to 50%Dimmed to 20%Dimmed to 10%Dimmed to 2% CCT (K)2700 2650 2620 2520 2180 1950 1800 Light Output (Lm)1031 684 599 428 171 85 17 Power (W)15 12 10 8 3 1.5 0.3 Efficacy (LPW)69 64 67 60 64 64 63 INCANDESCENT DIMMING PROFILE OUTPUT MULTIPLIER CCT CCT SCALE 2700K 0.97 3000K 1.00 3500K 1.03 4000K 1.08 LUMEN PACKAGE WATT- AGE 10° OPTIC NO SOFT FOCUS LENS 15° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS LENS 20° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS LENS 25° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS LENS 40° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS LENS 60° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS LENS 85° OPTIC WIDE DISTRIBUTION DLVD LPW DLVD LPW DLVD LPW DLVD LPW DLVD LPW DLVD LPW DLVD LPW 80S11A 11 --1179 107 1259 114 1211 110 1098 100 1172 107 949 86 80S15A 15 1022 93 1594 106 1696 113 1634 109 1476 98 1583 106 1283 86 80S21A 21 --2158 103 2304 110 2216 106 2006 96 2153 103 1731 82 90S11A 11 --1013 92 1082 98 1040 95 943 86 1007 92 815 74 90S15A 15 881 80 1369 91 1457 97 1404 94 1268 85 1360 91 1102 73 90S21A 21 --1854 88 1979 94 1904 91 1723 82 1850 88 1487 71 97S11A 11 --889 81 950 86 913 83 828 75 884 80 716 65 97S15A 15 760 69 1202 80 1279 85 1233 82 1113 74 1194 80 968 65 97S21A 21 --1628 78 1738 83 1672 80 1513 72 1624 77 1306 62 90W15AL(27K-18K)15 ----1031 69 1001 67 928 62 992 66 814 54 90W15AD(30K-18K)15 ----1031 69 1009 67 934 62 1000 67 823 55 90T17A 17 --1065 63 1213 71 1204 71 1219 72 1226 72 997 59 TUNABLE WHITE MULTIPLIER CCT 5000K-2700K 5000K 1.16 4000K 1.08 3500K 1.04 3000K 1.00 2700K 0.96 UNIFIED GLARE RATING 10° OPTIC NO LENS 15° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS LENS 20° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS LENS 25° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS LENS 40° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS LENS 60° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS LENS 85° OPTIC WIDE DISTRIBUTION LENS >19 >19 <16 <16 <19 >19 >19 MEDIA LIGHT LOSS FACTOR MEDIA LIGHT LOSS FACTOR NO LENS 1.08 CGL 1.00 SFL 1.00 FGL 0.86 FSFL 0.80 FLSL 0.77 WDL 0.81 HCL 0.68 LT01,LT01A pg. 4[PH] +1-210-227-7329 [FAX] +1-210-227-4967 ©2023 Lucifer® Lighting Company As part of its policy of continuous research and product development, the company reserves the right to change or withdraw specifications without prior notice. luciferlighting.com [DATE OF REV: 08072023] ® FRAXION3 SLIM FIXED A C B F E 1.35” Ø3.60” Ø3.00” DIMENSIONS / DRAWINGS 3.60” Sq. D A B F G H LEDIntegral LED module design enables field service / replacement through housing aperture. OPTIC Robust light engine with optimized optic pairing integrates Reflection, Refraction, and TIR offering 10°, 15°, 20°, 25°, 40° & 60° beams. TRIMLESS MILLWORK SPACERS Provided for Trimless Millwork installations; includes (1) 1/16” spacer and (5) 1/8” spacers. TRIM EXTENSION Provided for -2 ceiling thickness; accommodates 2.125” max ceiling thickness. MICROFLANGE PROFILE Features 0.30” flange. Thickness measures 0.06”. Installed after ceiling is complete. Requires 3.375” diameter cutout. Wet location features integral silicone gasket. TRIMLESS DRYWALL PROFILE Installs totally flush with the ceiling with no visible trim. Appliqué includes screws for mounting and has 0.06” plaster stop. Not recommended for stucco applications. MEDIA / LENS RETAINERFixture is limited to 1 effects device. Wet location effects device is sealed in place. Suction tool provided for removal of baffle with wet location. Lens retainer allows effects devices to be changed in Dry /Damp locations. ROUND BAFFLEDie-cast removable baffle provides easy access to tilting mechanism and features 62° glare cutoff. Minimizes aperture glare and conceals view into housing; includes gasket. SQUARE TRANSITIONAL BAFFLEDie-cast removable baffle provides easy access to tilting mechanism and features 62° glare cutoff. Transitions from square aperture at ceiling plane to round aperture at light source. Minimizes aperture glare and conceals view into housing; includes gasket. C DOWNLIGHT / HOUSING 3.00” Sq. 2.60” 7.50”13.40” 0.46” G H 1.35” Ø6.75” D E Square collar rotates 90° LT01,LT01A pg. 5[PH] +1-210-227-7329 [FAX] +1-210-227-4967 ©2023 Lucifer® Lighting Company As part of its policy of continuous research and product development, the company reserves the right to change or withdraw specifications without prior notice. luciferlighting.com [DATE OF REV: 08072023] ® 6.660 6.660 3.231 3.231 2.00” 6.60”3.20” FRAXION3 SLIM FIXED DOWNLIGHT / HOUSING M L K I J/ 0.06”0.15” SECTION VIEW IC HOUSING• For IC ceilings. • No setback from polycell spray foam insulation having max R-Value of 60 on all sides and top of housing. NIC HOUSING • Minimum 0.50” setback from combustible and non-combustible materials on all sides and top of housing. • Minimum 3.00” setback from insulation material having max R-Value 30 on all sides and top of housing. • Minimum 6.00” setback from polycell spray foam insulation having max R-Value 60. ADJUSTABLE HANGER BAR HEIGHT ACCESSORY Provided with ceiling thickness “T” and recommended for installations in T-Grid up to 1.5” tall. Hanger bars are installed to adjustable bracket. Allows housing to be raised and lowered; ceiling thickness remains 0.5” to 1.375” max. APPLIQUÉ DETAIL Appliqué for plaster floating directly to baffle. REMOTE POWER SUPPLYProvided with install Types “V”, “W” and “D”. Remote power supply provides additional driver options. See page 6 for maximum allowable secondary run lengths between PSF3-RMT and fixture. Must be installed in an accessible location. K L M I J IC HOUSING FEATURES STRIP GASKETS HOUSING NOTES 2.00”2.00” 24” Standard Maximum46” Maximum with Extension Kit 3.75” • Do not install NON-IC housings in environments where ambient temperatures exceed 40°C (104°F). See table below for IC housings.• Power supply compartment and all splice connections may be serviced from room side.• Consult factory for spacing requirements for any installations exceeding R-Value 60.• Hanger bars fitted to short side of housing or long side when TG accessory is specified; extend from 14.0” to 24.0”, but may be field cut to accommodate narrow stud spacing. Can be extended up to 46” maximum with FRX-HBE-46 kit. • Hanger bars and brackets add 4.00” max to the overall dimension, but are exclusive of the setback requirements. • Housings for round trims feature a round aperture housing collar. Housings for square trims feature a square housing collar that rotates up to 90 degrees for fixture alignment. Housing collars accommodate ceiling thicknesses between 0.50” and 2.125”. IC HOUSING MAX AMBIENT TEMPERATURE LUMEN PACKAGE TEMPERATURE 11W STATIC WHITE 40°C (104°F) 15W STATIC WHITE 35°C (95°F) 21W WHITE 25°C (77°F) 15W WARM DIM 30°C (86°F) 17W TUNABLE WHITE 30°C (86°F) LT01,LT01A pg. 6[PH] +1-210-227-7329 [FAX] +1-210-227-4967 ©2023 Lucifer® Lighting Company As part of its policy of continuous research and product development, the company reserves the right to change or withdraw specifications without prior notice. luciferlighting.com [DATE OF REV: 08072023] ® FRAXION3 SLIM FIXED TECHNICAL CHANGE LOG 1. 01/12/2021: ADDED 2400K, 2700K-1800K WARM DIM AND 10 DEGREE OPTIC OFFERINGS.2. 04/30/2021: REMOVED QUICK SHIP. 3. 06/16/2021: ADDED BAA COMPLIANCE. 4. 10/17/2022: REMOVED 90W13A 3200K-1800K WARM DIM AND ADDED 90W15AD 3000K-1800K WARM DIM. 5. 10/17/2022: UPDATED MAX AMBIENT TEMPERATURE TABLE.6. 02/14/2023: ADDED EG, EN, AND ED DRIVER OFFERINGS. 7. 04/26/2023: ADDED DECLARE LBC RED LIST APPROVED. 8. 08/07/2023: ADDED NEW LED AND OPTIC OFFERINGS. REMOVED 2200K OFFERING. Red List Approved CONSTRUCTIONDownlight: Painted finishes are granulated powder coat. Housing: Aluminum and 22 Gauge galvanized steel. Die-cast aluminum heat-sink. Remote Power Supply: 22 Gauge galvanized steel. Appliqué: Zinc alloy. STATIC WHITE LED 2-step MacAdam ellipse LED module available in 80+, 90+ and 97+ CRI configurations in color temperatures of 2700K, 3000K, 3500K and 4000K. Average rated lamp life of 50,000 hours. LED and driver assemblies are field-replaceable. WARM DIM LED 3-step MacAdam ellipse warm dim LED module available in 90+ CRI configuration. 3000K or 2700K at full brightness, warming to 1800K at full dim. Average rated lamp life of 50,000 hours. LED and driver assemblies are field-replaceable. TUNABLE WHITE LED 3-step MacAdam ellipse tunable white LED module available in 90+ CRI configuration. Features tuning range of 2700K to 5000K. Average rated lamp life of 50,000 hours. LED and driver assemblies are field-replaceable. POWER SUPPLY PERFORMANCE AND DIMMING INFORMATION Note: For L2, LP, EG and EN drivers consult chart on page 7 to confirm appropriate dimming curve for compatibility with selected control. MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE REMOTE DRIVER WIRING DISTANCES LISTINGcTUVus listed to UL1598 standard for Dry / Damp and Wet locations. CCEA, Airtight, and Title 24 JA8-2022 Listed. NEMA 410 Compliant. BUY AMERICAN ACTAll Fraxion3 Slim Adjustable configurations are Buy American Act compliant. DECLARELBC Red List Approved. WEIGHT Fixture - 2.4 lbs Remote Driver - 1.4 lbs LIMITED WARRANTY Manufacturer’s Limited Warranty guarantees product(s) listed to be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service for 1-year. LED and power supplies are warranted to operate with 70% of original flux and remain within a range of 3 duv for a period of 5-years. 10-year Lutron Advantage limited warranty available on Lutron equipped systems. Warranty period begins from the date of shipment by Seller. Consult website for full warranty terms and conditions. Power Supply PH SG SN LP L2 EG EN ED DG DN DD Minimum °C -20 °C -20 °C -20 °C 0 °C 0 °C -20 °C -20 °C -20 °C -20 °C -20 °C -20 °C Maximum °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C Dimming %2.0%1.0%1.0%0.1%1.0%0.1%0.1%0.1%0.1%0.1%0.1% WIRE AWG DRIVER 12 14 16 18 20 PH 285’180’113’71’45’ LP, L2 60’40’25’15’- EG, EN, ED, DG, DN, DD, SG, SN --118’72 46’ LT01,LT01A pg. 7[PH] +1-210-227-7329 [FAX] +1-210-227-4967 ©2023 Lucifer® Lighting Company As part of its policy of continuous research and product development, the company reserves the right to change or withdraw specifications without prior notice. luciferlighting.com [DATE OF REV: 08072023] ® FRAXION3 SLIM FIXED DIMMING COMPATIBILITY eldoLED DRIVER COMPATIBILITYLUTRON DRIVER COMPATIBILITY Power supply L2 Lutron Product Family Part No. Maestro WirelessR 600 W dimmer MRF2-6ND-120- Maestro WirelessR 1000 W dimmer MRF2-10ND-120- Caséta® Wireless Pro 1000 W dimmer PD-10NXD- GRAFIK TTM CL® dimmer GT-250M- GTJ-250M- HomeWorks® QS adaptive dimmer HQRD-6NA- HomeWorks® QS 600 W dimmer HQRD-6ND- HomeWorks® QS 1000 W dimmer HQRD-10ND- RadioRA® 2 adaptive dimmer RRD-6NA- RadioRA® 2 1000 W dimmer RRD-10ND myRoomTM DIN power module MQSE-4A1-D HomeWorks® QS DIN power module LQSE-4A1-D HomeWorks® QS wallbox power module HQRJ-WPM-6D-120 HomeWorks® wallbox power module HWI-WPM-6D-120 GRAFIK Eye® QS control unit QSGR-, QSGRJ- GRAFIK Eye® 3000 control unit GRX-3100- GRX-3500- RPM-4U module (LCP, HomeWorks® QS, GRAFIK SystemsTM, Quantum®)HW-RPM-4U-120LP-RPM-4U-120 RPM-4A module (LCP, HomeWorks® QS, GRAFIK SystemsTM, Quantum®)HW-RPM-4A-120,LP-RPM-4A-120 GP dimming panels Various Ariadni CL 250W dimmer AYCL-253P- Diva CL 250W dimmer DVCL-253P- DCSCCL-253P- Nova T CL 250W dimmer NTCL-250- Power supply LP Lutron Product Family Part No. PowPak Dimming Modules RMJ-ECO32-DV-B PowPak Dimming Modules FCJ/FCJS-ECO Energi Savr Nodes QSN-1ECO-S GRAFIK Eye QS control unitHomeworks QS control unit QSN-2ECO-S GRAFIK Eye QS control unitHomeworks QS control unit QSGRJ-_E (wireless)QSGR-_E Quantum Hub QP2-_ _ 2C Quantum Hub QP2-_ _ 4C Quantum Hub QP2-_ _ 6C Quantum Hub QP2-_ _ 8C Homeworks QS power modulemyRoom Plus power module LQSE-2ECO-D ANALOG DRIVERS AND DIMMERS DIMMER DRIVER OUTPUT LIN*LIN* LOG LIN  VICEVERSA *STATIC WHITE ONLY LOG LOG  LIN = LINEAR LOG = LOGARITHMIC *LIN-TO-LIN NOT COMPATIBLE FOR WARM-DIM Power supply EG/SGManufacturer Family/Model # Busch-Jaeger 2112U-101 Jung 240-10 Leviton Lighting Controls IP710-DLX Lightolier Controls ZP600FAM120 Merten 5729 Pass & Seymour CD4FB-W The Watt Stopper DCLV1 Synergy ISD BC Crestron®GLX-DIMFLV8 Crestron®GLXP-DIMFLV8 Crestron®GLPAC-DIMFLV4-* Crestron®GLPAC-DIMFLV8-* Crestron®GLPP-DIMFLVEX-PM Crestron®GLPP-1DIMFLV2EX-PM Crestron®GLPP-1DIMFLV3EX-PM Crestron®DIN-AO8 Crestron®DIN-4DIMFLV4 Crestron®CLS-EXP-DIMFLV Crestron®CLCI-1DIMFLV2EX Power supply EN/SNManufacturer Family/Model # Lutron Electronics Nova T® - NTFTV Lutron Electronics Diva® - DVTV Lutron Electronics Nova® - NFTV Lutron Electronics GrafixEye® GRX-TVI w GRX3503 Lutron Electronics Energy Savr NodeTM - QSN-4T16-S Lutron Electronics TVM2 Module Sensor Switch nIO EZ ABB SD/S 2.16.1 LT01,LT01A pg. 1[PH] +1-210-227-7329 [FAX] +1-210-227-4967 ©2023 Lucifer® Lighting Company As part of its policy of continuous research and product development, the company reserves the right to change or withdraw specifications without prior notice. luciferlighting.com [DATE OF REV: 07132023] ® ORDERING INFORMATION - TRIM / HOUSING A miniature downlight range offering impressive performance in an extremely small profile with a 1” aperture and 2” overall diameter. ATOMOS™1 PINHOLE UNIVERSAL AND SLIM PROJECT NAME:TYPE: Red List Approved TRIM TRIM TYPE RATING TRIM FINISH BAFFLE FINISH FIXTURE TYPE INSTALL TYPE LUMEN PACKAGE CCT OPTIC EFFECTS DEVICE DRIVER BK A2RP 1” Round Pinhole A2SP 1” Square Pinhole T Zero-Sightline Drywall W Zero-Sightline MIllwork * * (Not available for Square A2SP, or remodel installations) CONSULT FACTORY FOR ROUND FLANGE OVERLAY 1 Dry / Damp (IP20) 2 Wet (IP44) WH White AG Satin Silver BK Black CF Custom Finish* * (Consult Factory) BK Black AD Adjustable, 30° Max Tilt FD Fixed SF Fixed INTEGRAL I IC N Non-IC A IC, Airtight* *(Chicago Plenum & Airtight compliant housing) REMOTE S IC, Remote T Non-IC, Remote K IC, Airtight, Remote* *(Chicago Plenum & Airtight compliant housing) REMODEL R Remodel REMOTE REMODEL M Remote Remodel INTEGRAL X IC Y NIC C IC, Airtight* *(Chicago Plenum & Airtight compliant housing) REMOTE V IC, Remote W NIC, Remote D IC, Airtight, Remote* *(Chicago Plenum & Airtight compliant housing) STATIC WHITE 8012D 80+ CRI Adj. / Fixed dlvd. Lumens - 469 9010D 90+ CRI Adj. / Fixed dlvd. Lumens - 397 WARM DIM 9009D 90+ CRI Adj. / Fixed dlvd. Lumens - 341 *All dlvd. Lumens reflect 3000K ,15° or WW optic, and Soft Focus or Wallwash Media. STATIC WHITE 8012D 80+ CRI Fixed dlvd. Lumens - 632 8016D 80+ CRI Max Flux Dlvd. Lumens - 764 9010D 90+ CRI Fixed dlvd. Lumens - 535 9014D 90+ CRI Max Flux Fixed dlvd. Lumens - 649 WARM DIM 9009D 90+ CRI Fixed dlvd. Lumens - 480 *All dlvd. Lumens reflect 3000K ,15° optic, and Soft Focus Media. 27 2700K 30 3000K 35 3500K 40 4000K WD 3000K - 1800K 27 2700K 30 3000K 35 3500K 40 4000K WD 3000K - 1800K 15 15° 25 25° 35 35° 50 50° AZ Adjustable Zoom* * ( 24�, 30�, 36�, 42� and 48� beam spreads.) 15 15° 25 25° 35 35° 50 50° STANDARD 4 Soft Focus Film ALTERNATE 0 No Media* * (Not available for Wet Location, Warm Dim, or Airtight Housings) 2 Honeycomb Louver * * (Not available for Wet Location, Warm Dim, or Airtight Housings) 3 Clear Film* * (Not available for Warm Dim) S Honeycomb Louver w/ Soft Focus Film C Honeycomb Louver w/ Clear Film* * (Not available for Warm Dim) ALL INSTALL TYPES PH ELV / Triac, 1%, 120V SG eldoLED, ECOdrive 1% 0-10V, LOG, 120 - 277V SN eldoLED, ECOdrive 1% 0-10V, LIN, 120 - 277V EG eldoLED, SOLOdrive 0.1% 0-10V, LOG, 120 - 277V EN eldoLED, SOLOdrive 0.1% 0-10V, LIN, 120 - 277V ED eldoLED, SOLOdrive 0.1% DALI-2, LOG, 120 - 277V LP Lutron, Premier Ecosystem 0.1% Fade to Black, 120 or 277V REMOTE ONLY L2 Lutron, Hi-Lume 1% 2-Wire, 120V LH Lutron, Hi-Lume Ecosystem 1% Fade to Black, 120 or 277V (WH) White Powder Coat (AG) Satin Silver Powder Coat (BK) Black Powder Coat PART NUMBER NOTES• Universal trims ship as e.g: A2RPTAD1AGBK-9010D30-AZI-PH*4 • Universal housings ship as e.g: IFR-A2I-280A-PH* • Slim fixtures ship as e.g: A2RPTSF1AGBK-9010D30-AZY-PH*4 • Remote drivers ship as e.g: PSA2-RMT-280A-PH* 3.4” SLIM HIGH OUTPUT HOUSING (INTEGRATED LED HOUSING)1/2” - 1” MAX CEILING THICKNESS 5.52” UNIVERSAL HOUSING (SEPARATE TRIM AND HOUSING)1/2” - 2” MAX CEILING THICKNESS pg. 2[PH] +1-210-227-7329 [FAX] +1-210-227-4967 ©2023 Lucifer® Lighting Company As part of its policy of continuous research and product development, the company reserves the right to change or withdraw specifications without prior notice. luciferlighting.com [DATE OF REV: 07132023] ® HOUSING COMPARISION EMERGENCY LIGHTING - REMOTE MOUNT ONLYDuring disruption of main power, emergency battery inverter provides temporary 120V or 277V to fixture. ¨ EMB-S-25-120/277-LEDX 25 watt max capacity, 120 or 277 VAC 60Hz, Non-Dimmable ¨ EMB-S-100-120-LEDX 100 watt max capacity, 120 VAC 60Hz, 0-10V Dimmable ¨ EMB-S-100-277-LEDX 100 watt max capacity, 277 VAC 60Hz, 0-10V Dimmable ¨ EMB-S-250-120/277-LEDX 250 watt max capacity, 120 or 277 VAC 60Hz, 0-10V Dimmable REPLACEMENT OPTICS Interchangeable optics accessible through fixture aperture. ¨ RO-A-15-1 15° optic ¨ RO-A-25-1 25° optic ¨ RO-A-35-1 35° optic ¨ RO-A-50-1 50° optic ¨ RO-A-AZ-1 Adjustable zoom optic* *(24�, 30�, 36�, 42� and 48� beam spreads. Not available for Warm Dim.) ALTERNATE EFFECTS DEVICES Consult factory for additional configurations. ¨ CGL-AR Clear Film* *(Not available for Warm Dim. Consult factory for Wet locations.) ¨ SFL-AR Soft Focus Film* *(Consult factory for Wet locations.) ¨ HCL-AR Honeycomb Louver* *(Not available for Warm Dim unless paired with Soft Focus Film. Not available for wet location unless paired with film.) HANGER BAR EXTENDER KITExtends hanger bars from 24.0” to 46.0” maximum. ¨ FRX-HBE-46 Extender, Hanger Bar. INSTALLATION / REMOVAL TOOLRequired for installation. One provided for every 10 fixtures. ¨ A2-TOOL-INSTALL Installation Tool ACCESSORIES HOUSING COMPARISION UNIVERSAL HOUSING SLIM HIGH OUTPUT HOUSING FIXTURE TYPES AD FD SF HOUSING DEPTH 5.52”3.4” MAX DELIVERED LUMENS AD - 469 FD - 469 SF - 632 MAX CEILING THICKNESS 2”1” ROTATING COLLAR NO YES OPTICS 15˚, 25˚, 35˚, 50˚, & ADJUSTABLE ZOOM 15˚, 25˚, 35˚, & 50˚ 5.52” 3.40” ADJUSTMENT TOOLOne provided for every 10 adjustable fixtures. ¨ TOOL-HEX-050 Adjustment Tool ATOMOS1 PINHOLE UNIVERSAL AND SLIM T-GRID ACCESSORY KIT Recommended for installations in T-Grid up to 1.5” tall. ¨ DHA-TG-KIT FURRING CHANNEL ACCESSORY KIT Recommended for installations in furring channel. ¨ DHA-FC-KIT pg. 3[PH] +1-210-227-7329 [FAX] +1-210-227-4967 ©2023 Lucifer® Lighting Company As part of its policy of continuous research and product development, the company reserves the right to change or withdraw specifications without prior notice. luciferlighting.com [DATE OF REV: 07132023] ® ATOMOS1 PINHOLE UNIVERSAL AND SLIM STATIC WHITE PERFORMANCE - 3000K 9009D 3000K - 1800K Full on 100%Dimmed to 80%Dimmed to 70%Dimmed to 50%Dimmed to 20%Dimmed to 10%Dimmed to 2% CCT (K)3000 2950 2900 2800 2400 2000 1800 Light Output (Lm)343 274 240 171 69 34 7 Power (W)12 9.6 8.4 6 2.4 1.2 0.2 Efficacy (LPW)29 29 29 29 29 29 29 LUMEN PACKAGE WATTS 15° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS FILM 25° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS FILM 35° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS FILM 50° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS FILM DLVD.LPW DLVD.LPW DLVD.LPW DLVD.LPW 8012D 12 473 39 469 39 415 35 440 37 9010D 12 400 33 397 33 352 29 373 31 9009D 12 343 29 341 28 302 25 320 27 STATIC WHITE PERFORMANCE - 3000K WARM DIM PERFORMANCE - SOFT FOCUS FILM - 15�OPTIC OUTPUT MULTIPLIER CCT CCT SCALE 2700K 0.95 3000K 1.00 3500K 1.05 4000K 1.06 LIGHT LOSS FACTOR NO MEDIA 1.11 SOFT FOCUS 1 CLEAR 1 HONEYCOMB 0.77 HONEYCOMB W/ SOFT FOCUS 0.77 LINEAR SPREAD 0.76 HONEYCOMB W/ CLEAR 0.76 DIMMING % 80%60%40%20%2%1700 1900 2100 2300 2500 2700 2900 3100 CCT (K) LUMEN PACKAGE WATTS 24° Zoom - Position 1 SOFT FOCUS FILM 30° Zoom - Position 2 SOFT FOCUS FILM 36° Zoom - Position 3 SOFT FOCUS FILM 42° Zoom - Position 4 SOFT FOCUS FILM 48° Zoom - Position 5 SOFT FOCUS FILM DLVD.LPW DLVD.LPW DLVD.LPW DLVD.LPW DLVD.LPW 8012D 12 487 41 491 41 462 39 443 37 437 36 9010D 12 412 34 416 35 392 33 375 31 371 31 LUMEN PACKAGE WATTAGE 15° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS FILM 25° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS FILM 35° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS FILM 50° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS FILM DLVD.LPW DLVD.LPW DLVD.LPW DLVD.LPW 8012D 12 632 51 578 47 497 40 641 52 8016D 15 764 50 699 46 601 39 775 51 9010D 12 535 44 490 40 421 34 543 44 9014D 15 649 42 594 39 511 33 659 43 9009D 12 480 40 454 38 395 33 508 43 UNIVERSAL HOUSING (AD, FD) SLIM HIGH OUTPUT HOUSING (SF ONLY) UNIVERSAL ADJUSTABLE & FIXED SLIM FIXED 9009D 3000K - 1800K Full on 100%Dimmed to 80%Dimmed to 70%Dimmed to 50%Dimmed to 20%Dimmed to 10%Dimmed to 2% CCT (K)3000 2950 2900 2800 2400 2000 1800 Light Output (Lm)480 384 336 240 96 48 9.3 Power (W)12 9.6 8.4 6 2.4 1.2 0.2 Efficacy (LPW)40 40 40 40 40 40 40 pg. 4[PH] +1-210-227-7329 [FAX] +1-210-227-4967 ©2023 Lucifer® Lighting Company As part of its policy of continuous research and product development, the company reserves the right to change or withdraw specifications without prior notice. luciferlighting.com [DATE OF REV: 07132023] ® DOWNLIGHT DIMENSIONS / DRAWINGS 4.84” ATOMOS1 PINHOLE UNIVERSAL AND SLIM UNIVERSAL TRIMSAdjustable (AD) - Hot-aim tilt up to 30° and 362° rotation. Offset pivot point optimizes center beam. Max ceiling thickness for 30° tilt is 1-3/8”. Fixed (FD) - Trim based fixed downlight. UNIVERSAL HOUSING • For IC or Non-IC ceilings. • Chicago Plenum and Airtight listed. • Requires 2-5/16” cutout for flange overlay and trimless drywall applications. • Accommodates max 469 delivered lumens. • No setback from polycell spray foam insulation having max R-Value of 60 on all sides and top. SLIM HIGH OUTPUT HOUSING Integral LED module design enables field service / replacement through housing aperture. • For IC or Non-IC ceilings. • Chicago Plenum and Airtight listed. • Requires 2-5/16” cutout for flange overlay and trimless drywall applications. • Accommodates max 632 delivered lumens. • No setback from polycell spray foam insulation having max R-Value of 60 on all sides and top. A1 A2 B A1 UNIVERSAL ADJUSTABLE (AD) & FIXED (FD) TRIM • ADJUSTMENT TOOL Minimum 1 provided for every 10 adjustable fixtures. Utilizes a 0.050” Allen key driver. ADJUSTMENT TILT CHART CEILING THICKNESS ≤ 1-1/2”≤ 1-5/8”≤ 1-3/4”≤ 1-7/8”≤ 2” MAX TILT 30°24°18°15°13° B 3.40” 7.50” 13.00” Square collar rotates 90° *Square shown - A2RS features round aperture 3.75” SLIM FIXED (SF) FIXTURE 5.52” 7.75” 12.75” UNIVERSAL ADJUSTABLE (AD) AND FIXED (FD) HOUSINGA2 HOUSING NOTES • Do not install in environments where ambient temperatures exceed 40°C (104°F). • Power supply compartment and all splice connections may be serviced from room side.• Consult factory for spacing requirements for any installations exceeding R-Value 60.• Hanger bars can be fitted to long or short side of housing; extend from 14.0” to 24.0”, but may be field cut to accommodate narrow stud spacing. Can be extended up to 46” maximum with FRX-HBE-46 kit. • Hanger bars and brackets add 3.16” to the overall dimension but are exclusive of the setback requirements. • Housings feature a round or square aperture accommodating ceiling thicknesses between 0.50” and 2.00”. 3.75” pg. 5[PH] +1-210-227-7329 [FAX] +1-210-227-4967 ©2023 Lucifer® Lighting Company As part of its policy of continuous research and product development, the company reserves the right to change or withdraw specifications without prior notice. luciferlighting.com [DATE OF REV: 07132023] ® HOUSING DIMENSIONS / DRAWINGS ATOMOS1 PINHOLE UNIVERSAL AND SLIM C D E STANDARD OPTICSProprietary optic integrates Reflection, Refraction and TIR offering 15°, 25°, 35°, and 50° beams. ADJUSTABLE ZOOM OPTIC Proprietary optic integrates Refraction and TIR. Allows precision tuning to beam spreads of 24°, 30°, 36°, 42°, and 48°. Not Available with Slim Fixed (SF) HONEYCOMB LOUVER Clips onto optic. ZERO-SIGHTLINE MILLWORK HOUSING ADAPTOR Ships with housing when trimless millwork is specified and provides attachment point for spacers. Requires 3.50” x 3.50” cutout. ZERO-SIGHTLINE MILLWORK SPACERS Ship with housing when trimless millwork is specified; includes (1) 1/16” spacer and (8) 1/8” spacers. ZERO-SIGHTLINE DRYWALL Installs totally flush with the ceiling with no visible trim. Appliqué includes screws for mounting and has 0.06” plaster stop. Not recommended for stucco applications. EFFECTS DEVICESSoft focus film standard and sealed to baffle. Fixture is limited to 1 film and the honeycomb louver. BAFFLE Die-cast removable baffle features 35° glare cutoff. Minimizes aperture glare and conceals view into housing or ceiling; includes silicone gasket. Exterior finish is specified in “Trim Finish” section. Interior finish is specified in “Baffle Finish” section and is only available in black. INSTALLATION TOOL Minimum 1 provided for every 10 flange overlay and trimless millwork fixtures. C D E G F H I J K F G K Ø1.13”1.06” Sq. I J1 J2 Ø2.02”2.02” Sq. Ø4.75” H J1 J2 pg. 6[PH] +1-210-227-7329 [FAX] +1-210-227-4967 ©2023 Lucifer® Lighting Company As part of its policy of continuous research and product development, the company reserves the right to change or withdraw specifications without prior notice. luciferlighting.com [DATE OF REV: 07132023] ® HOUSING DIMENSIONS / DRAWINGS 6.660 6.660 3.231 3.231 N 2.00” 6.60”3.20” M TRIMLESS MILLWORK Installs totally flush with the ceiling with no visible trim. Utilizes the A2RS or A2SS standard configuration installed behind the ceiling. ADJUSTABLE HANGER BAR HEIGHT ACCESSORY Specified as DHA-TG-KIT and recommended for installations in T-Grid. Hanger bars are installed to adjustable bracket. Allows housing to be raised and lowered; ceiling thickness remains 0.50” to 1.00” (SLIM) or 2.00” (Universal) max. REMOTE POWER SUPPLYProvided with install types “S”, “T”, “K”, “V”, “W”, and “D”. Remote power supply provides additional driver options. Consult page 8 for maximum allowable secondary run lengths between PSA2-RMT and fixture. Must be installed in an accessible location. L M SLIM ZERO-SIGHTLINE MILLWORK DETAIL (EXAMPLE) Baffle Flange Baffle Trim Flange Spacers Adaptor UNIVERSAL ZERO-SIGHTLINE MILLWORK DETAIL (EXAMPLE) Finished Millwork Backing Baffle Baffle Flange Flange Baffle Baffle Trim Flange Trim Flange Spacers Spacers Adaptor Adaptor Finished Millwork Backing L N ATOMOS1 PINHOLE UNIVERSAL AND SLIM pg. 7[PH] +1-210-227-7329 [FAX] +1-210-227-4967 ©2023 Lucifer® Lighting Company As part of its policy of continuous research and product development, the company reserves the right to change or withdraw specifications without prior notice. luciferlighting.com [DATE OF REV: 07132023] ® P DIMENSIONS / DRAWINGSREMODEL POWER SUPPLY O *D - MINIMUM REQUIRED CLEARANCE ABOVE CEILING O P Remote remodel driver Plenum rated cable by others to remote driver A B C D ATOMOS1 PINHOLE UNIVERSAL AND SLIM DIMENSIONS DRIVER A B C D PH 1.80”5.55”1.80”6.75” SG, SN, EG, EN, ED, LP 1.80”8.07”1.80”9.25” REMODEL POWER SUPPLY• Included with “R” Install Type. • UL2043 listed for air-handling plenum.• Fixture mounts without conventional housing. • Minimum 6.75” (172mm) (PH Driver) or 9.25” (235mm) (All other drivers) clearance from top of the ceiling plane to allow for driver installation and servicing. • Minimum setback from combustible and non- combustible materials of 6.63” (168mm) radius from fixture centerline. • Minimum 3.00” (76mm) setback from surfaces of power supply / junction box. • Minimum additional 3.00” (76mm) setback from insulation material with max R-Value 30 from any surface of downlight fixture assembly. • Minimum additional 6.00” (152mm) setback from polycell spray foam insulation with max R-Value 60 from any surface of downlight fixture assembly. REMOTE REMODEL APPLICATIONS • Remote power supply included with “M” Install Type. • Minimum 0.75” (19mm) clearance from top of the fixture. • Requires plenum rated Class 2 cable between fixture and remote driver. Cable supplied by others. • See page 9 for maximum allowable wiring distances. • Do not install in environments where ambient temperatures exceed 40°C (104°F). • Power supply compartment and all splice connections may be serviced from room side. • Consult factory for spacing requirements for any installations exceeding R-Value 60. REMODEL NOTES pg. 8[PH] +1-210-227-7329 [FAX] +1-210-227-4967 ©2023 Lucifer® Lighting Company As part of its policy of continuous research and product development, the company reserves the right to change or withdraw specifications without prior notice. luciferlighting.com [DATE OF REV: 07132023] ® TECHNICAL ATOMOS1 PINHOLE UNIVERSAL AND SLIM CONSTRUCTIONDownlight: Painted finishes are granulated powder coat. Housing: Aluminum and 22 Gauge galvanized steel. Remote Power Supply: 22 Gauge galvanized steel. Remodel Power Supply: 24 Gauge cold rolled steel.Appliqué: High strength fiber reinforced polymer. STATIC WHITE LED 2-step MacAdam ellipse LED module available in 80+ and 90+ CRI configurations in color temperatures of 2700K, 3000K, 3500K and 4000K. Average rated lamp life: 50,000 hours. LED and driver assemblies are field-replaceable. WARM DIM LED 3-step MacAdam ellipse warm dim LED module available in 90+ CRI configuration. 3000K at full brightness, warming to 1800K at full dim. Average rated lamp life of 50,000 hours. LED and driver assemblies are field-replaceable. POWER SUPPLY PERFORMANCE AND DIMMING INFORMATION Note: For L2, LH, LP, EG, EN, SG, ans SN drivers consult chart on page 9 to confirm appropriate dimming curve for compatibility with selected control. MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE REMOTE DRIVER WIRING DISTANCES LISTING UL listed to UL1598 standard for Dry / Damp and Wet locations. Chicago Plenum and Airtight listed. BUY AMERICAN ACT All IC and Non-IC Atomos configurations are Buy American Act compliant. DECLARE LBC Red List Approved. WARRANTYManufacturer’s 1-year warranty guarantees product(s) listed to be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service. 5-year warranty on LED and power supply to operate with 70% of the original flux and remain within a range of 3 duv. 10-year Lutron Advantage limited warranty available on Lutron equipped systems. Warranty period begins from the date of shipment by Seller. Consult website for full warranty terms and conditions. Red List Approved ELV ECO 0-10V DALI Power Supply PH L2 LP LH SG SN EG EN ED Minimum °C -10 °C 0 °C 0 °C 0 °C -20 °C -20 °C -20 °C -20 °C -20 °C Maximum °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C Dimming %1.0%1.0%0.1%1.0%1.0%1.0%0.1%0.1%0.1% WIRE AWG DRIVER 12 14 16 18 20 PH 285’180’113’71’45’ LP, L2, LH 60’40’25’15’- EG, EN, SG, SN, ED --118’72’46’ CHANGE LOG1. 6/9/2023: Updated SG and SN drivers to eldoLED ECOdrive pg. 9[PH] +1-210-227-7329 [FAX] +1-210-227-4967 ©2023 Lucifer® Lighting Company As part of its policy of continuous research and product development, the company reserves the right to change or withdraw specifications without prior notice. luciferlighting.com [DATE OF REV: 07132023] ® LUTRON DRIVER COMPATIBILITY Power supply L2 Lutron Product Family Part No. Maestro WirelessR 600 W dimmer MRF2-6ND-120- Maestro WirelessR 1000 W dimmer MRF2-10ND-120- Caséta® Wireless Pro 1000 W dimmer PD-10NXD- GRAFIK TTM CL® dimmer GT-250M- GTJ-250M- HomeWorks® QS adaptive dimmer HQRD-6NA- HomeWorks® QS 600 W dimmer HQRD-6ND- HomeWorks® QS 1000 W dimmer HQRD-10ND- RadioRA® 2 adaptive dimmer RRD-6NA- RadioRA® 2 1000 W dimmer RRD-10ND myRoomTM DIN power module MQSE-4A1-D HomeWorks® QS DIN power module LQSE-4A1-D HomeWorks® QS wallbox power module HQRJ-WPM-6D-120 HomeWorks® wallbox power module HWI-WPM-6D-120 GRAFIK Eye® QS control unit QSGR-, QSGRJ- GRAFIK Eye® 3000 control unit GRX-3100- GRX-3500- RPM-4U module (LCP, HomeWorks® QS, GRAFIK SystemsTM, Quantum®)HW-RPM-4U-120LP-RPM-4U-120 RPM-4A module (LCP, HomeWorks® QS, GRAFIK SystemsTM, Quantum®)HW-RPM-4A-120,LP-RPM-4A-120 GP dimming panels Various Ariadni CL 250W dimmer AYCL-253P- Diva CL 250W dimmer DVCL-253P- DCSCCL-253P- Nova T CL 250W dimmer NTCL-250- Power supply LH Lutron Product Family Part No. PowPak Dimming Modules RMJ-ECO32-DV-B PowPak Dimming Modules FCJ/FCJS-ECO Energi Savr Nodes QSN-1ECO-S GRAFIK Eye QS control unitHomeworks QS control unit QSN-2ECO-S GRAFIK Eye QS control unitHomeworks QS control unit QSGRJ-_E (wireless)QSGR-_E Quantum Hub QP2-_ _ 2C Quantum Hub QP2-_ _ 4C Quantum Hub QP2-_ _ 6C Quantum Hub QP2-_ _ 8C Homeworks QS power modulemyRoom Plus power module LQSE-2ECO-D DIMMING COMPATIBILITY eldoLED DRIVER COMPATIBILITY ATOMOS1 PINHOLE UNIVERSAL AND SLIM Power supply EG, SGManufacturer Family/Model # Busch-Jaeger 2112U-101 Jung 240-10 Leviton Lighting Controls IP710-DLX Lightolier Controls ZP600FAM120 Merten 5729 Pass & Seymour CD4FB-W The Watt Stopper DCLV1 Synergy ISD BC Crestron®GLX-DIMFLV8 Crestron®GLXP-DIMFLV8 Crestron®GLPAC-DIMFLV4-* Crestron®GLPAC-DIMFLV8-* Crestron®GLPP-DIMFLVEX-PM Crestron®GLPP-1DIMFLV2EX-PM Crestron®GLPP-1DIMFLV3EX-PM Crestron®DIN-AO8 Crestron®DIN-4DIMFLV4 Crestron®CLS-EXP-DIMFLV Crestron®CLCI-1DIMFLV2EX Power supply EN, SNManufacturer Family/Model # Lutron Electronics Nova T® - NTFTV Lutron Electronics Diva® - DVTV Lutron Electronics Nova® - NFTV Lutron Electronics GrafixEye® GRX-TVI w GRX3503 Lutron Electronics Energy Savr NodeTM - QSN-4T16-S Lutron Electronics TVM2 Module Sensor Switch nIO EZ ABB SD/S 2.16.1 Stencil® Pendant PENDANT - LINEAR DIRECT / INDIRECT CRI COLOR TEMP.FINISH VOLTAGE REMOTE DRIVER 80 80 CRI 27 2700 K *AP aluminum paint 120 120 V DP dimming (0-10V) 1% - remote only 90 90 CRI 30 3000 K W white 277 277 V LT lutron - remote only353500 K BLK black 347 347 V *BI bi-level dimming - remote only404000 K C custom UNV universal O other - remote only **DC low voltage**POE(#)POE drivers*** Applies to both Up and Down Applies to both Up and Down* 10% decrease in lumen output * Consult factory** Only available with POE drivers All the drivers are remote only; Applies to both UP & DOWN.*Specify system** Please consult factory; see page 3*** Specify system Ordering Guide CIRCUITS MOUNTING/SUSPENSION CANOPY BATTERY - REMOTE (OPT.)CUSTOM (OPT.) 1 1 circuit CA(#)drywall+cable length (36” std.)SC square canopy B(#)remote battery pack C custom22 circuits CT9(#)TB/TG 9/16+cable length (36” std.)RC round canopy+E(#)emergency circuit *CT15(#)TB/TG15/16+cable length (36" std.)CTS(#)screw slot+cable length (36” std.)CASL(#)drywall cable sloped ceilingSASL(#)drywall stem sloped ceiling * Specify quantity See Mounting kit guide for full specification code. Specify length White canopy standard Remote only Please specify Micro lens shown Micro Louver grey shown Notes Type Project AC (#, Option, Beam, Finish) ACCENT QUANTITY ACCENT OPTION BEAM ACCENT FINISH (#)accent quantity R regular AC20 20 deg AP aluminum paintAC3535 deg W whiteBLKblack 500 lumens per accent with 0-10 dimming (1%)Only 1 accent per 2ft segments*For segments* over 2ft, min. spacing between accents is 4”*A segment is the linear space between 2 hubs.See page 4 for more information. See page 4 for more information.Not available on Hub. Ordering Guide -Accent (Optional)* For Accent only, specify the total blank length. Specify NO for total direct & indirect length. © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 1 / 6 FILE NAME:Stencil-Pendant-Linear-DI.SPECJuly 5, 2023 axislighting.com 2” 1 3/16” See page 3 for Accent section view STLDI PRODUCT ID TOTAL LENGTH (FT)SHIELDING UP NOM. LUMENS/FT UP SHIELDING DOWN NOM. LUMENS/FT DOWNSTLDIStencil Pendant 2 2’SLI SurroundLite indirect 175 175 lm/ft DSO direct spotless lens 200 200 lm/ft SO lens option onlySurroundLite Linear 3 3’SLIA SurroundLite indirect asy.250 250 lm/ft DMLBK direct micro louver black*300 300 lm/ft direct indirect 4 4’350 350 lm/ft DMLG direct micro louver grey*400 400 lm/ft 5 5'500 500 lm/ft 150 150 lm/ft Micro louveroption only 6 6’700 700 lm/ft 225 225 lm/ft 7 7’1000 1000 lm/ft 300 300 lm/ft 8 8’450 450 lm/ft S(L)System Run 600 600 lm/ft Lit segments are available in 1' increments.Segment length from 2' to 8' continuous. * Micro louver recommended at outputs over 500 lm/ft. Louver comes in grey finish only.Standard product comes with micro lens. Applies to all downlight segments. PRODUCT ID END CAPS DISTRIBUTIONS JOINING HUB FLAT FLUSH MICRO LOUVER INDIRECTSURROUNDLITE INDIRECT/INDIRECT ASYM.MIKROLITE ACCENTS NO DIRECT NO INDIRECT IN-LINE HUB CONTINOUS RUN STD (1)STI (2)STCO (3)STFC (4)STLDI (5)STFDI (6)v PRODUCT DIRECTORY NOTE: For Hub End Caps, In-line hubs, Blank, Indirect or Accent segments please refer to the product directory code directory below. (1) Stencil Pendant Direct LED Linear.(2) Stencil Pendant Indirect/ Indirect Assymetric LED Linear.(3) Stencil Pendant LED Combined Distribution Linear.(4) Stencil Pendant Combined Forms.(5) Stencil Pendant Surroundlite Linear Direct / Indirect.(6) Stencil Pendant Surroundlite Forms Direct / Indirect. LT02 Stencil® Pendant PENDANT - LINEAR DIRECT / INDIRECT Segment lengthX1 Mounting pointsX2 Feet Inches mm Inches mm 2 22.250 565 24.000 610 3 35.125 892 36.875 937 4 46.250 1175 48.000 1219 5 57.375 1457 59.125 1502 6 70.250 1784 72.000 1829 7 81.375 2067 83.125 2111 8 94.250 2394 96.000 2438 SEGMENT LENGTHS AND MOUNTING POINTS 94 ¹/₄” 8ft (96”) Segment length from 2’ to 8’ continuous.Lengths above 8’ will require Inline Hub.Available in 1’ increments. X1 - Segment lengthX2 - Mounting points X1 X2 Stencil lit segments are available in lengths of 2’ to 8’ in one foot increments. Segments exceeding 8’ in length are comprised of a combination of lengths. For more information on systems and joining, please refer to the Stencil installation sheets available for download at www.axislighting.com. LED SYSTEM CRI Minimum 80 or 90 color rendering indexCCTChoice of 2700K, 3000K, 3500K and 4000K color temperature with a great color consistency (within 3.0–step MacAdam ellipse).LED life Minimum 50,000h with 85% of lumen maintenance in 250C ambient temperature, in compliance with IES LM-80 testing measurements. Thermal Management Performance Aluminum housing acting as the heat sink to maximize life. Up to 101 lm/W. CONSTRUCTION Housing Extruded Aluminum (0.080'' nominal) up toEnd Cap+Joiner Die Cast Aluminum Interior Brackets Die Formed Sheet Steel (20 gauge) Reflectors High reflectivity white polycarbonateLensesExtruded Acrylic Hanger Die Cast Aluminum Suspension 1mm Aircraft Cable along product length Cable Grips Quick Connecting / Release ELECTRICAL - (ALL DRIVERS ARE REMOTE) Standard Driver DP dimming (0-10V) 1% Lutron driver LDE1 - EcoSystem H-Series (1%) Other drivers DALI - Digital Addressable Lighting InterfaceDMX - Digital MultiplexXitanium SR - For wireless sensorPOE (Power over Ethernet) - Low Voltage Lighting System Power over EthernetPOE drivers* (consult factory for more information)UL2108 certified for integral or remote driver MOLEX IGORSMARTENGINEO - Other (Consult factory) All drivers are remote Emergency Remote emergency battery pack or emergency circuit optional. Input Voltage 120V, 277V, 347V, UNV. Incorporating these components may have limitations or effect the length of the luminaire, please contact factory for more details. © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 2 / 6 FILE NAME:Stencil-Pendant-Linear-DI.SPECJuly 5, 2023 axislighting.com LT02 Stencil® Pendant PENDANT - LINEAR DIRECT / INDIRECT FINISH Aluminum paint, powder coated and custom finishes are also available. APPROVALS Certified to UL and CSA standards. Suitable for damp locations. LIGHT GUIDE High precision light guide made of PMMA material, allows distribution of controlled light in all 3-dimensions to put light on both vertical and horizontal planes within the space. Patented lightguide design featuring molecular optics and precision-coupled optic components yield a high efficiency luminaire. In-plane mixing maximizes color uniformity while light emitting area is uniform and diffuse without ‘head lighting’ from the LED’s. 20º35º 2 7/8” 1 3/8” 1/2” ACCENT BEAM SPREADS STENCIL WITH ACCENT SECTION VIEW MiniDriver 2” 1 15/16” 1 3/16” 1 ” AC Accent ACCENT EFFICACY 3 Accents /Driver 120V, 21W, 0.18A;277V, 21.5W, 0.10A. 1 Accent /Driver 120V, 8W, 0.12A;277V, 8.4W, 0.06A. NOTE: Configuration of multiple accents with different drivers will change efficacy values. ACCENT OPTIONS Regular shown Accent on segment Accent positioning options. Limited 5-year warranty is available. Warranty is valid provided luminaires are installed and used according tospecifi cations. For full terms and conditions, please consultwarranty section at axislighting.com. WARRANTY © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 3 / 6 FILE NAME:Stencil-Pendant-Linear-DI.SPECJuly 5, 2023 axislighting.com LT02 Stencil® Pendant PENDANT - LINEAR DIRECT / INDIRECT PHOTOMETRIC DATA PHOTOMETRIC CURVE PHOTOMETRIC CURVE 175 lm/ftUplight 200 lm/ftDownlight with direct spotless lens (DSO) 250 lm/ftUplight 300 lm/ftDownlight with direct spotless lens (DSO) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 296 296 296 296 296 5 292 292 293 294 294 15 273 274 277 281 282 25 242 244 250 256 259 35 203 206 215 224 228 45 161 165 176 186 190 55 118 122 133 143 148 65 75 79 89 98 102 75 35 38 45 52 55 85 5 6 8 11 12 90 0 0 0 0 0 95 14 11 8 7 7 105 69 56 50 55 59 115 125 102 94 102 109 125 163 135 125 135 143 135 175 149 143 152 160 145 161 144 146 155 161 155 139 130 134 143 148 165 124 117 118 122 125 175 117 114 113 113 113 180 116 116 116 116 116 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 453 453 453 453 453 5 448 448 449 450 451 15 419 420 425 430 432 25 371 374 384 393 397 35 311 316 330 344 349 45 247 253 270 285 292 55 181 187 205 221 228 65 115 121 136 151 157 75 54 58 68 79 84 85 8 10 13 17 19 90 0 0 0 1 0 95 19 15 11 9 9 105 95 77 69 75 81 115 172 141 129 140 149 125 224 185 172 186 197 135 240 204 196 209 220 145 221 198 201 213 221 155 191 178 184 196 203 165 170 161 162 168 172 175 160 156 155 155 155 180 159 159 159 159 159 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 3793 4142 4479 55 3424 3872 4296 65 2968 3493 4033 75 2279 2864 3508 85 1032 1587 2332 LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 5808 6360 6884 55 5246 5949 6608 65 4547 5375 6194 75 3479 4407 5421 85 1540 2431 3604 ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 28 10-20 79 20-30 116 30-40 136 40-50 137 50-60 120 60-70 89 70-80 48 80-90 11 90-100 15 100-110 66 110-120 114 120-130 138 130-140 134 140-150 109 150-160 73 160-170 38 170-180 11 180 ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 43 10-20 121 20-30 180 30-40 211 40-50 214 50-60 190 60-70 142 70-80 80 80-90 21 90-100 21 100-110 91 110-120 157 120-130 189 130-140 185 140-150 150 150-160 100 160-170 53 170-180 16 180 Lumen/ft up: 175 lm/ft Lumen/ft down: 200 lm/ftTotal Lumens: 1463 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 18.2 WEfficacy: 88 lm/W 80 CRI shown. For 90 CRI, divide wattage by 0.8 and multiply efficacy by 0.8. IES FILE: STLDI-I-175-DSO-200-4-80-35.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 Lumen/ft up: 250 lm/ft Lumen/ft down: 300 lm/ftTotal Lumens: 2161 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 25.2 WEfficacy: 86 lm/W 80 CRI shown. For 90 CRI, divide wattage by 0.8 and multiply efficacy by 0.8. IES FILE: STLDI-I-250-DSO-300-4-80-35.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 All IES files are available for download at: www.axislighting.com All IES files are available for download at: www.axislighting.com 90°0° 180°165°165°145°145° 125° 105° 75° 35°35° 55° 15°15°0° 90° 125° 105° 75° 55° 90° 74 148 148 222 222 296 74 0 90°0° 180°165°165°145°145° 125° 105° 75° 35°35° 55° 15°15°0° 90° 125° 105° 75° 55° 90° 113 227 227 340 340 454 113 0 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 4 / 6 FILE NAME:Stencil-Pendant-Linear-DI.SPECJuly 5, 2023 axislighting.com LT02 Stencil® Pendant PENDANT - LINEAR DIRECT / INDIRECT PHOTOMETRIC DATA PHOTOMETRIC CURVE PHOTOMETRIC CURVE 350 lm/ftUplight 200 lm/ftDownlight with direct spotless lens (DSO) 500 lm/ftUplight 400 lm/ftDownlight with direct spotless lens (DSO) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 296 296 296 296 296 5 292 292 293 294 294 15 273 274 277 281 282 25 242 244 250 256 259 35 203 206 215 224 228 45 161 165 176 186 190 55 118 122 133 143 148 65 75 79 89 98 102 75 35 38 45 52 55 85 5 6 8 11 12 90 0 0 0 0 0 95 28 22 17 14 13 105 139 112 101 110 118 115 250 205 187 203 217 125 327 269 250 271 287 135 350 298 285 304 320 145 322 288 292 310 322 155 278 259 268 285 296 165 247 235 236 244 251 175 234 228 226 225 226 180 232 232 232 232 232 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 613 613 613 613 613 5 605 606 607 609 610 15 566 569 575 581 585 25 502 506 519 531 537 35 421 428 447 465 473 45 333 342 365 386 395 55 244 253 277 298 308 65 156 163 184 205 213 75 73 79 93 107 114 85 11 13 17 23 26 90 0 0 0 1 0 95 40 31 24 19 19 105 198 160 144 157 168 115 357 293 268 291 311 125 467 385 357 386 410 135 499 425 407 435 457 145 460 412 418 442 459 155 397 370 384 407 422 165 353 335 337 349 358 175 334 326 323 322 323 180 331 331 331 331 331 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 3793 4142 4479 55 3424 3872 4296 65 2968 3493 4033 75 2279 2864 3508 85 1032 1587 2332 LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 7855 8602 9311 55 7096 8045 8937 65 6150 7269 8377 75 4705 5960 7331 85 2084 3288 4874 ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 28 10-20 79 20-30 116 30-40 136 40-50 137 50-60 120 60-70 89 70-80 48 80-90 11 90-100 30 100-110 133 110-120 228 120-130 275 130-140 269 140-150 219 150-160 146 160-170 77 170-180 23 180 ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 58 10-20 164 20-30 243 30-40 286 40-50 289 50-60 256 60-70 192 70-80 108 80-90 28 90-100 43 100-110 190 110-120 326 120-130 393 130-140 384 140-150 313 150-160 209 160-170 110 170-180 33 180 Lumen/ft up: 350 lm/ft Lumen/ft down: 200 lm/ftTotal Lumens: 2163 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 25.4 WEfficacy: 85 lm/W 80 CRI shown. For 90 CRI, divide wattage by 0.8 and multiply efficacy by 0.8. IES FILE: STLDI-I-350-DSO-200-4-80-35.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 Lumen/ft up: 500 lm/ft Lumen/ft down: 400 lm/ftTotal Lumens: 3623 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 40.6 WEfficacy: 89 lm/W 80 CRI shown. For 90 CRI, divide wattage by 0.8 and multiply efficacy by 0.8. IES FILE: STLDI-I-500-DSO-400-4-80-35.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 All IES files are available for download at: www.axislighting.com All IES files are available for download at: www.axislighting.com 90°0° 180°165°165°145°145° 125° 105° 75° 35°35° 55° 15°15°0° 90° 125° 105° 75° 55° 90° 107 215 215 322 322 430 107 0 90°0° 180°165°165°145°145° 125° 105° 75° 35°35° 55° 15°15°0° 90° 125° 105° 75° 55° 90° 153 307 307 460 460 614 153 0 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 5 / 6 FILE NAME:Stencil-Pendant-Linear-DI.SPECJuly 5, 2023 axislighting.com LT02 Stencil® Pendant PENDANT - LINEAR DIRECT / INDIRECT PHOTOMETRIC DATA - ACCENTS All IES files are available for download at: www.axislighting.com Accent 20 degree Total Lumens: 391 lm (for 1 accent)Input Watts: 7.9 WEfficacy: 49 lm/W 80 CRI shown. For 90 CRI, divide wattage by 0.8 and multiply efficacy by 0.8.IES FILE: Stencil-AC-D20(A17399G-20 DG).IESTESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 16184 7724 16550 55 14208 6951 14208 65 12306 6360 13742 75 5358 3013 6027 85 1986 1005 5958 LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2)CANDELA DISTRIBUTION Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 3605 3605 3605 3605 3605 5 2668 2516 1376 2760 2863 15 398 366 183 405 422 25 50 48 23 57 53 35 12 11 5 12 12 45 6 6 3 6 6 55 4 4 2 4 4 65 3 3 1 3 3 75 1 1 0 1 1 85 0 0 0 0 0 90 0 0 0 0 0 ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 211 10-20 131 20-30 29 30-40 8 40-50 4 50-60 4 60-70 3 70-80 1 80-90 0 90 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE Accent 35 degree Total Lumens: 355 lm (for 1 accent)Input Watts: 6.8 WEfficacy: 52 lm/W 80 CRI shown. For 90 CRI, divide wattage by 0.8 and multiply efficacy by 0.8.IES FILE: Stencil-AC-D35(A18322G-35 DG).IESTESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 30812 31571 30121 55 21803 22482 21803 65 15718 15604 16184 75 4908 4908 5289 85 2236 1684 2236 LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2)CANDELA DISTRIBUTION Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 1681 1681 1681 1681 1681 5 1442 1453 1453 1455 1453 15 527 518 518 512 506 25 110 109 112 108 105 35 25 25 25 25 24 45 9 9 9 9 9 55 5 5 5 5 5 65 3 3 3 3 3 75 1 1 1 1 1 85 0 0 0 0 0 90 0 0 0 0 0 ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 123 10-20 145 20-30 55 30-40 17 40-50 7 50-60 5 60-70 3 70-80 1 80-90 0 90 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE 0°15°15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 0°90° 920 2759 1839 3678 0°15°15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 0°90° 420 840 1681 1261 All IES files are available for download at: www.axislighting.com © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 6 / 6 FILE NAME:Stencil-Pendant-Linear-DI.SPECJuly 5, 2023 axislighting.com LT02 Ordering Guide © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 1 / 10 FILE NAME : B2SQR.LED.SPECNovember 20, 2023 axislighting.com RECESSED MOUNT Spotless Lens Notes Type Project NOMINAL LUMEN OUTPUT INPUT WATTS*EFFICACY SHIELDING 1000 lm/ft 8.5 W/ft 118 lm/W SO 750 lm/ft 7.6 W/ft 106 lm/W GZ 750 lm/ft 7.5 W/ft 107 lm/W NW 750 lm/ft 7.6 W/ft 107 lm/W ASO 1000 lm/ft 10 W/ft 100 lm/W BW 1000 lm/ft 7.9 W/ft 126 lm/W 1M 1000 lm/ft 9.9 W/ft 104 lm/W L 750 lm/ft 7.6 W/ft 107 lm/W WW 1000 lm/ft 8.4 W/ft 119 lm/W 0.25G 1000 lm/ft 9.5 W/ft 106 lm/W UB Please consult factory for custom lumen output and wattage. PERFORMANCE PER LINEAR FOOT AT 3500K 3 1/4" 2 17/32" 3 1/16"2 3/8"Step lens1"Glo Lens0.25" LouverSpotless Lens SO Narrow NW Graze GZ Wall Wash WW Asymmetric ASO Batwing BW Ultra Blend UB B2SQRLED PRODUCT ID NOM. LUMENS/FT CRI COLOR TEMP. (choose one)SHIELDING B2SQRLED Recessed LED 300 300 lm/ft - min 80 80 CRI 27 2700 K TW2750 2700-5000 K - Tunable White SO spotless lens750750 lm/ft - max for 90 90 CRI*30 3000 K TW2765 2700-6500 K - Tunable White L louver*GZ, NW, WW, ASO*35 3500 K BTW3527 3500-2700 K - Tunable BIOS 0.25G 0.25" Glo lens10001000 lm/ft - max 40 4000 K BTW4027 4000-2700 K - Tunable BIOS UB ultra blend lens**B30 3000 K - BIOS*1M 1" StepLens , lum. end capB353500 K - BIOS*ASO Asymmetric (flush only)B40 4000 K - BIOS*BW Batwing (flush only)NW Narrow (flush only)GZ Graze (flush only)WW Wallwash (flush only) Outputs between listed min and max are available.* 750 lm/ft max. only for GZ, NW, WW and ASO.Consult factory for outputs outside of the listed range.Consult factory for max output with BIOS. * Not available with BIOS.Consult Axitune technical sheet for more information of color technology.*Consult BIOS guide for more information on BIOS technology *3 and 4ft increments only for Louver.**Default lens for Tunable white and BIOS. Consult factory for other lens MOUNTING OTHER (OPTIONAL)OTHER (OPT.)IC CONTROLS (OPT.)CUSTOM (OPT.)TB9 t-bar 9/16”B(#)battery pack FW(#)flex whip (6’ std)DS(#)daylight sensor C customTB15t-bar 15/16”(integral)CP Chicago plenum OS(#)occupancy sensorSTscrew slot t-bar DOS(#)daylight & occupancy sensorTG9tegular 9/16”EN(#) Enlighted integral*TG15 tegular 15/16”ENR(#)Enlighted remote*DF drywall flange WC(#)wireless control dimmingDdrywall flangelessDSdrywall spackle flangeDBdrywall slip-through bracket Minimum 4ft; please consult factoryNot available with 347V.*Please consult factory Specify quantity. Requires 8" blankSee integrated controls guide for more details.Consult factory for Tunable White.Not available with DPB (DYN) driver for BIOS with Dynamic Spectrum. Please specify LENGTH MR (OPTIONAL)FINISH VOLTAGE DRIVER CIRCUITS 2 2’DMLED(#)downlight module W white 120 120 V DP dimming (0-10V) 1%1 1 circuit33’ LED BLK black 277 277 V LT(#)Lutron*2 2 circuits44’C custom 347 347 V BI bi-level dimming +E(#)emergency circuit*5 5’UNV universal O(#)other**+NL(#)night light circuit*6 6’DC low voltage*DPB(STC)dimming (0-10V) 1% with BIOS*+GTD(#)generator transfer device*8 8’DPB(DYN)Biodimming™ 100%-50% with BIOS*+M MR1212’TW(#)tunable white drivers*S(L)system run POE(#)POE drivers* Add 6” per lamp. Specify quantity.Separate circuits includedRequires 120V or 277.Available in luminaires with Axitune and BIOS but downlight modules will not be tunable white or BIOS LEDs * Only available with POEdrivers.*See page 2 to specify system**Please consult factory; see page 2 *Specify quantity LT02A © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 2 / 10 FILE NAME : B2SQR.LED.SPECNovember 20, 2023 axislighting.com RECESSED MOUNT BEAM2 SQUARE linear systems, with the use of a strong profile, allow for a nearly hair thin connection system of continuous runs.Lengths of 4', 8', 12' as well as custom lengths are available. Runs of BEAM2 SQUARE that are greater than 12' in length are designated as systems (S#). This means that the run is comprised of a combination of 4', 8' and/or 12' sections to be assembled on site using our joining system. For more information on systems and joining, please refer to the BEAM installation sheets available for download at www.axislighting.com. SYSTEM (S#) CONSTRUCTION Housing Extruded aluminum (0.080'' nominal) Up to 70% recycled contentEnd Cap Cast aluminumInterior Brackets Die formed sheet steel (20 gauge)Reflectors White powder coated sheet steel (22 gauge) Louvers Die formed semi-specular aluminum (22 gauge) Lenses Extruded acrylic (0.070'' nominal) SPECIFICATIONS ELECTRICAL Incorporating these components may have limitations or aff ect the length of the luminaire. Please contact factory for more details. Lutron driver LDE1 - Hi-lume 1% EcoSystem with Soft-on, Fade-to- Black Other drivers**DALI - Digital Addressable Lighting InterfaceDMX - Digital MultiplexXitanium SR - For wireless sensor BIOS DPB drivers*STC - BIOS control 0-10V with static spectrum and BIOS SkyBlue enabled from 100% to 1%.DYN- BIOS control 0-10V with dynamic spectrum and BIOS SkyBlue® with Bio-Dimming™ enabled 100% to 50%, light output dimming from 49% to 1%.Tunable WhiteTW drivers*DALIDT6 - DALI Type 6 (Two DALI Addresses)DALIDT8 - DALI Type 8 ( One DALI Address)LTTW - Lutron T-Series Tunable White Power over EthernetPOE drivers* UL2108 certified for integral or remote driver MOLEX IGORSMARTENGINEO - Other (Consult factory) Emergency Integral emergency battery pack or emergency circuit optional. Input Voltage 120V, 277V, 347V, UNV, DC.Flex Whip Shipped in a separate box for contractors to install *Choose driver from available options. LED SYSTEM CRI Minimum 80 or 90 color rendering index. CRI BIOS Minimum 80 color rendering index with R9>75 for all CCTs. CCT Single Color Choice of 2700K, 3000K, 3500K and 4000K color temperature with a great color consistency (within 3–step MacAdam ellipse). Both within fixture and fixture to fixture. CCT BIOS BIOS Static (STC) Choice of 3000K, 3500K and 4000K.BIOS SkyBlue® Dynamic (DYN) Choice of 3000K, 3500K, and 4000K with Bio-Dimming™ Consult BIOS guide for more information on BIOS technology. CCT Axitune Systems Consult Axitune technical sheet for more information on color technology. LED life Minimum 50,000h with 85% of lumen maintenance in 250C ambient temperature, in compliance with IES LM-80 testing measurements. Thermal Management Aluminum housing acting as the heat sink to maximize life. Environment Dry and damp rated for indoor use only in operating ambient temperatures of 0-400C (32-104F). OPTICS ULTRA BLEND LENSFrosted acrylic snap-in micro lens suitable for Tunable White and BIOS applications. Flush LENS100% recyclable frosted acrylic snap-in micro lens. Used for SO, ASO, BW, NW, GZ and WW shielding options. Flush lens* 1M 1" StepLens, lum. end cap0.25G 0.25" GloLens StepLens L louver APPROVALS Meets CCEC requirements (Chicago plenum) Limited 5-year warranty is available. Warranty is valid provided luminaires are installed and used according tospecifi cations. For full terms and conditions, please consultwarranty section at axislighting.com. WARRANTY LT02A © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 3 / 10 FILE NAME : B2SQR.LED.SPECNovember 20, 2023 axislighting.com RECESSED MOUNT OPTIC SECTION VIEWS GZ Graze lens 3 19/32’’ 2 17/32’’ 3 1/4’’ 2 3/8’’ L Louver 3 19/32’’ 2 17/32’’ 3 1/4’’ 2 3/8’’ 0.25G 0.25" Glo lens 3 19/32’’ 2 17/32’’ 3 1/4’’ 1 ’’ 2 3/8’’ 1M 1" Step lens JOINERS BEAM 2 SQUARE has steel joiners with wedge alignment for easy installation. JOINER SYSTEM Unlit Corners - BEAM 2 SQUARE features a multitude of layout patterns with the use of a number of corners, 90° corner, T or X junctions.900 unlit corner 90° corner X junction T junction Lit Corners - Axis also offers lit 90° corners including ceiling to ceiling, wall to ceiling and ceiling to wall. wall to ceiling lit corner CORNERS For custom corner angles, please consult factory. Specifications sheets for all corners are available at: www.axislighting.com *For StepLens please consult factory.*Consult the pattern spec sheet for more details. WW Wall Wash lens ASO Asymmetric lens UB Ultra Blend lens NW Narrow lens 3 19/32’’ 2 17/32’’ 3 1/4’’ 2 3/8’’ 3 23/32’’ BW Batwing lens SO Spotless lens LT02A © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 4 / 10 FILE NAME : B2SQR.LED.SPECNovember 20, 2023 axislighting.com RECESSED MOUNT DRYWALL CEILING MOUNTING OPTIONS OTHER MOUNTING OPTIONS BEAM 2 SQUARE is also available with pendant, surface and wall mounted options. Specification sheets and installation sheets for all mountings for BEAM 2 SQUARE LED luminaires are available for download at www.axislighting.com TB CEILING MOUNTING OPTIONS D FLANGELESS WITH 1/4-20 STUD MOUNTING DB VISIBLE FLANGES WITH SLIP-THROUGH BRACKET DF VISIBLE FLANGES WITH 1/4-20 STUD MOUNTING DS SPACKLE FLANGES 2 17/32’’ 2 21/32’’ 3 1/4’’ 3 15/32’’ 3 19/32’’ 2 17/32’’ 3 1/4’’ 4 1/4’’ 3 1/8’’ 3 19/32’’ 2 17/32’’ 3 1/4’’ 5 1/16’’3 9/32’’ 2 17/32’’ 3 1/4’’ TB15 15/16" T-BAR 3 19/32’’ 2 17/32’’ 3 1/4’’ 2 3/8’’ 3 23/32’’ ST SCREW SLOT T-BAR 3 1/16’’ 3 5/32’’ 2 17/32’’ 3 1/4’’ TG15 15/16" TEGULAR TB9 9/16" T-BAR 3 1/16’’ 3 5/32’’ 2 17/32’’ 3 1/4’’ TG9 9/16" T-TEGULAR 3 1/16’’ 3 15/32’’ 2 17/32’’ 3 1/4’’ 3 1/16’’3 5/32’’ 2 17/32’’ 3 1/4’’ LT02A More options are available upon request.Please consult factory. Beam Angle 30 nominal degreesInput Watts 3WNominal Lumens 126 lumensEffi cacy 42 lumens per wattColor Rendering Index (CRI) 80Life 25,000 hours at L70Correlated color temperature (CCT) 3000K Betweensections Several in a long blank section At luminaire ends 6" 6" DMLED MODULE Blank Extruded aluminum (0.075'' nominal)LED Module 2'' diameterQuantity For every 4' section, there may be up to a maximum of 4 x DMLED module.Spacing Each DMLED module is placed centered on a blank section 6'' in length. For a series of modules within a given section length, they will be spaced evenly on a longer blank section. Custom spacing may be available on special request. Tilt 15° each side. * See photometric report. 15o TILTNORMAL POSITION variable © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 5 / 10 FILE NAME : B2SQR.LED.SPECNovember 20, 2023 axislighting.com RECESSED MOUNT LT02A © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 6 / 10 FILE NAME : B2SQR.LED.SPECNovember 20, 2023 axislighting.com RECESSED MOUNT PHOTOMETRIC DATA LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 20205 10119 10356 55 17175 9493 10294 65 13348 8695 10246 75 9356 7446 9220 85 4845 4659 4847 Lumen/ft down: 750 lm/ft Total Lumens: 3212 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 30.3 WEfficacy: 106 lm/WIES FILE: B2SQRLED-750-80-35-GZ-4.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 2031 2031 2031 2031 2031 5 1991 1684 1471 1348 1323 15 1861 1159 893 809 795 25 1634 850 705 694 700 35 1349 668 620 632 639 45 1038 535 520 524 532 55 715 406 395 411 429 65 410 267 267 294 314 75 176 135 140 161 173 85 31 27 29 32 31 90 2 2 2 1 1 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 188 10-20 450 20-30 550 30-40 562 40-50 519 50-60 432 60-70 308 70-80 164 80-90 39 90 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE 90º 60º 30º0º ° 30°0° 90°0 °2722 2041 1361 680 All IES files for other lamping are available for download at: www.axislighting.com LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 18485 16928 156605516438148441355065142981278011567751198510694968085990180126837 0°15°15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 0°90° 436 1308 872 1744 Lumen/ft: 1000 lm/ft Total Lumens: 4000 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 34 WEfficacy: 118 lm/WIES FILE: B2SQRLED-1000-80-35-SO-4-W.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 1742 1742 1742 1742 1742517311723172017171713151637162015981581157725146214331397136113473512241190114110961079459569268768288105569066662358156965442424395367358752272162031871838563575144449033333 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 00-10 16410-20 45620-30 65630-40 73440-50 69950-60 58060-70 41270-80 23080-90 6990 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE 1000 lm/ft SO - Spotless lens 750 lm/ft GZ - Graze lens LT02A © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 7 / 10 FILE NAME : B2SQR.LED.SPECNovember 20, 2023 axislighting.com RECESSED MOUNT PHOTOMETRIC DATA LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 11389 10400 11612 55 9845 9647 12205 65 8439 8765 12564 75 6987 7563 11380 85 4291 5165 5927 Lumen/ft down: 750 lm/ft Total Lumens: 3247 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 30.3 WEfficacy: 107 lm/WIES FILE: TB2DLED-750-80-35-ASO-4.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 1243 1243 1243 1243 1243 5 1219 1137 1078 1043 1033 15 1135 937 852 822 815 25 977 771 732 734 738 35 780 635 642 670 684 45 585 510 534 572 596 55 410 382 402 467 508 65 259 249 269 347 386 75 131 127 142 194 214 85 27 27 33 40 38 90 2 3 3 2 2 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 119 10-20 356 20-30 572 30-40 651 40-50 578 50-60 455 60-70 313 70-80 164 80-90 39 90 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 20605 11314 10803 55 16414 10308 10324 65 12851 9298 9742 75 9563 7852 8515 85 5141 5207 4984 Lumen/ft down: 750 lm/ft Total Lumens: 3225 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 30.1 WEfficacy: 107 lm/WIES FILE: B2SQRLED-750-80-35-NW-4.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 2458 2458 2458 2458 2458 5 2440 2405 2313 2224 2197 15 2258 1979 1546 1303 1239 25 1925 1464 1019 868 838 35 1497 1066 753 686 678 45 1058 773 581 554 555 55 684 540 429 424 430 65 394 337 285 290 299 75 180 163 148 154 160 85 33 33 33 32 32 90 2 2 1 1 1 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 207 10-20 453 20-30 538 30-40 556 40-50 519 50-60 433 60-70 310 70-80 167 80-90 41 90 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE 90º 60º 90º 60º 30º30º 0º30°0° 90º0º2458 614 1843 1229 90º 60º 30º0º ° 30°0° 90°0 °2090 1568 1045 523 750 lm/ft ASO - Asymmetric lens 750 lm/ft NW - Narrow lens All IES files for other lamping are available for download at: www.axislighting.com LT02A © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 8 / 10 FILE NAME : B2SQR.LED.SPECNovember 20, 2023 axislighting.com RECESSED MOUNT All IES files for other lamping are available for download at: www.axislighting.com Lumen/ft down: 1000 lm/ft Total Lumens: 4000 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 31.7 WEfficacy: 126 lm/WIES FILE: TB2LED-750-80-35-1M-4.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE 90º 60º 30º0º30°0° 90°0 °1350 1042 696 347 Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 1388 1388 1388 1388 1388 5 1377 1374 1374 1371 1373 15 1297 1292 1281 1268 1265 25 1147 1140 1121 1099 1093 35 947 947 931 917 914 45 725 739 744 747 750 55 513 542 573 592 598 65 325 370 418 446 453 75 171 224 283 315 321 85 57 115 177 206 212 90 16 77 139 169 173 95 15 70 127 155 159 105 12 57 100 132 137 115 11 42 80 102 112 125 8 31 65 85 95 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 12846 6088 5113 55 10826 4636 3936 65 8796 3450 2971 75 6739 2461 2161 85 4405 1671 1509 ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 131 10-20 365 20-30 525 30-40 595 40-50 585 50-60 518 60-70 413 70-80 292 80-90 181 90 90-100 120 100-110 96 110-120 71 120-130 52 130-140 140-150 150-160 160-170 170-180 58 180 1000 lm/ft 1M - 1" Step lens PHOTOMETRIC DATA Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 1166 1166 1166 1166 1166 5 1158 1163 1174 1185 1190 15 1097 1131 1209 1291 1325 25 981 1052 1233 1404 1460 35 831 928 1179 1399 1467 45 669 773 1045 1207 1245 55 505 591 792 918 942 65 342 398 522 599 611 75 180 205 266 299 303 85 38 46 59 62 63 90 3 3 3 3 3 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION Lumen/ft 1000 lm/ft Luminaire Lumens: 4000 lmInput Watts: 40.1 WEfficacy: 100 lm/WIES FILE: B2SQDLED-1000-80-35-BW-4.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 0°15°15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 900°° 371 1112 742 1483 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 112 10-20 343 20-30 565 30-40 721 40-50 760 50-60 671 60-70 491 70-80 268 80-90 68 90 LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 12934 20196 24063 55 12031 18869 22435 65 11071 16882 19744 75 9513 14052 16015 85 5950 9261 9810 1000 lm/ft BW Batwing LT02A © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 9 / 10 FILE NAME : B2SQR.LED.SPECNovember 20, 2023 axislighting.com RECESSED MOUNT All IES files for other lamping are available for download at: www.axislighting.com LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 11389 10400 11612 55 9845 9647 12205 65 8439 8765 12564 75 6987 7563 11380 85 4291 5165 5927 Lumen/ft down: 750 lm/ft Total Lumens: 3247 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 30.3 WEfficacy: 107 lm/WIES FILE: B2SQRLED-750-80-35-WW-4.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 1243 1243 1243 1243 1243 5 1219 1137 1078 1043 1033 15 1135 937 852 822 815 25 977 771 732 734 738 35 780 635 642 670 684 45 585 510 534 572 596 55 410 382 402 467 508 65 259 249 269 347 386 75 131 127 142 194 214 85 27 27 33 40 38 90 2 3 3 2 2 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 119 10-20 356 20-30 572 30-40 651 40-50 578 50-60 455 60-70 313 70-80 164 80-90 39 90 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE 90º 60º 30º0º ° 30°0° 90°0 °2090 1568 1045 523 750 lm/ft WW - Wall wash lens LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 8451 19211 11969 55 1210 2542 7644 65 127 290 374 75 45 65 136 85 39 58 77 Lumen/ft: 1000 lm/ft Total Lumens: 4083 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 39.4 WEfficacy: 104 lm/WIES FILE: B2SQRLED-1000-80-35-L-4.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 1000 lm/ft Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 2341 2341 2341 2341 2341 5 2475 2467 2440 2410 2380 15 2605 2674 2911 3062 2978 25 2280 2566 3119 3162 2970 35 1584 2021 2389 1676 1444 45 356 554 809 577 504 55 41 62 87 170 261 65 3 4 7 10 9 75 1 1 1 2 2 85 0 0 0 0 0 90 0 0 0 0 0 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 240 10-20 818 20-30 1296 30-40 1135 40-50 463 50-60 111 60-70 12 70-80 4 80-90 3 90 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE 90° 60° 30°0° ° 30°0° 90°0 °3318 2488 1669 830 L louver PHOTOMETRIC DATA LT02A © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 10 / 10 FILE NAME : B2SQR.LED.SPECNovember 20, 2023 axislighting.com RECESSED MOUNT All IES files for other lamping are available for download at: www.axislighting.com PHOTOMETRIC DATA LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 16952 16086 15230 55 15036 14439 13678 65 13081 13087 12734 75 11075 12505 12937 85 9910 16784 20013 Lumen/ft: 1000 lm/ft Total Lumens: 4000 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 33.7 WEfficacy: 119 lm/WIES FILE: B2SQRLED-1000-80-35-0.25G-4.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 1614 1614 1614 1614 1614 5 1606 1603 1600 1597 1594 15 1517 1506 1494 1479 1475 25 1352 1333 1307 1279 1271 35 1126 1109 1075 1039 1026 45 877 864 832 799 788 55 631 624 606 582 574 65 405 408 405 396 394 75 210 223 237 243 245 85 63 83 107 122 128 90 8 30 56 74 80 95 8 26 47 63 68 105 7 19 37 55 60 115 7 14 29 41 48 125 8 13 25 34 40 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 152 10-20 422 20-30 607 30-40 680 40-50 651 50-60 548 60-70 405 70-80 251 80-90 115 90 90-100 50 100-110 41 110-120 30 120-130 23 130-140 140-150 150-160 160-170 170-180 26 180 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE 90º 60º 30º0º30°0° 90°0 °1616 808 404 1212 LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 16697 16972 1671355158081593715574651456314560142407512982130271287885118001098710492 0°15°15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 0°90° 364 1092 728 1456 Lumen/ft: 1000 lm/ft Total Lumens: 4000 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 37.8 WEfficacy: 106 lm/WIES FILE: B2SQRLED-1000-80-35-UB-4.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 1456 1456 1456 1456 1456514491448144814471447151390138613821384138725127412691279129012903511141113112911281128459219329379269225570872071370169765480491480471470752622672632602608580787571719053333 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 00-10 13710-20 39120-30 58730-40 69840-50 71250-60 63260-70 47570-80 28080-90 8690 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE 1000 lm/ft UB - Ultra Blend Lens 1000 lm/ft 0.25G - 0.25" Step lens LT02A 20 Audrey Place STE 2 • Fairfield, NJ 07004-3416 • Tel: 800.637.2584 • Fax: 973.244.9522mercltg.com LW4 SERIES Architectural Linear Ambient LED Luminaire DELIV ERING UP TO L UMENS PER W A TT142 Fixture Type: Job Information: FEATURES:• Shallow form linear ambient LED luminaire. • Small-scale rounded profile acrylic diffuser evenly surrounds the LED light source enabling a very wide and near-perfect light distribution. • Compact design complies with all ADA requirements for public areas. • Custom formulated high diffusion acrylic material allows for maximum light transmission while eliminating pixilation and hot spots. • Optional integral side reflectors add both function and architectural contour. • Nominal 2Ft., 4Ft. or 8Ft. long modules. • Digital LED technology provides high efficacy and energy efficiency. • Multiple power and light levels are offered as standard to allow meeting design and energy needs per application. Custom factory set levels available on request. • Lumen maintenance; Reported L70 (hours) & L80 (hours) > 60,000. • CRI greater than 80. • Fixture lumens per watt ratios up to 142. • American Made. • Tunable white feature optional. 3-1/2" 2-13/16" CROSS SECTION: LT03, LT16 20 Audrey Place STE 2 • Fairfield, NJ 07004-3416 • Tel: 800.637.2584 Fax: 973.244.9522 • mercltg.com SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE,CONSULT FACTORY WHEN CRITICAL.04/22 LW4 SERIES Ex: LW4-4-3800-35K-HTA-1%-UNI-EM7 LW4Architectural Linear Ambient LED Luminaire DIFFUSERCOLOR TEMP VOLTAGE STANDBY MODULESNOMINAL LUMENSNOMINAL LENGTH (FT)SERIES DRIVER SIDE REFLECTORS INTEGRAL LIGHTING CONTROLS HTAHigh Transmission Acrylic SRSymmetric Function Set of 2 Side Reflectors ARAsymmetric Function 1 Side Reflector SRASymmetric Function Aperture Reflectors O1Leviton OSFHU mounts externally, for higher ceilings. O4Wattstopper FS-155-1 mounts internally with only the PIF dome visible. O5Leviton OSF10 mounts internally with only the PIF dome visible. UNI1%0-10V 1% Dimming ___ As Specified 30K35K40K 50KUpon Request TW27K-65K EM5EM7EM10 EM12Available 4ft.and 8ft. Modules Only XXXXCustom Lumen Package. Contact Factory. 224" Length 445" Length 896" Length –––––––––LW4 UNIHTA OPTIONS LED MODULES: • High performance linear configured LED module boards. • Each board consists of multiple mid-power, high efficacy LEDs in a precise layout eliminating the need for supplemental heat sinking. • The boards produce an even and diffuse light which maximizes optical efficiency. • Compatible with the dimming performance of the LED driver. • Color temperatures available: 3000K, 3500K and 4000K. • Upon request: 5000K. LED DRIVERS: • Factory programmable constant current LED power supply. • Multiple standard drive current outputs (factory set by Mercury) are cataloged with their corresponding lumen package offerings. Upon request, custom drive current outputs and lumen packages are available. • Note: Certain cataloged lumen packages may be provided with a non-programmable constant current LED power supply at Mercury’s discretion. Contact factory if critical. • Universal voltage input, 120V-277V, 50HZ-60HZ. • Specification grade continuous dimming capability down to 1% on 0-10V dimming controls. TUNABLE WHITE OPTION: • Field tunable range 2700K through 6500K. • 80CRI. LED LUMEN PACKAGES:• Cataloged standard lumen packages. See attached chart for full details. • Custom lumen packages pre-set are optional with programmable drivers only. Contact factory for details. HOUSING: • Fabricated from heavy gauge code grade cold rolled steel with a white polyester powder coating finish for long lasting durability. • Housing ends are welded into place. • Sufficient electrical knockouts are provided on the housing back and ends. REFLECTOR OPTIONS:• Side reflectors are factory installed or can be field installed to the housing. • May be used individually for one-side asymmetric function or in pairs for dual-side symmetric function. • Aperture option; a series of architectural apertures allows a segment of up lighting. DIFFUSER: • Small-scale rounded profile design. • Extruded from custom formulated high transmission acrylic material. • Linear ribbing for high LED performance. STANDBY LIGHTING OPTION: • Self contained module, 5W, 7W, 10W or 12W as specified. Battery backup upon loss of power. Available 4Ft. and 8Ft. modules only. OPTIONAL INTEGRAL LIGHTING CONTROLS:• Self-contained motion sensors mount directly to luminaire. • Passive infrared (PIF) technology for individual luminaire control. • On/Off control with optional delay features. • See ordering matrix for available sensors. • System lighting controls available. Contact factory. INSTALLATIONS: • May be installed in any direction, individually or in continuous run applications.• May be surface mounted or suspended. • End knockouts for surface conduit entry. CERTIFICATE OF SAFETY COMPLIANCE AND LISTINGS:• Luminaire: UL and CUL listed 1598 and bears their label. Suitable for damp locations. WARRANTY:• 5-year limited warranty is standard. Special 10-year warranty available on a job-to-job basis. Complete LED warranty terms available at mercltg.com. • Actual performance may differ as a result of end-user environment and application. • Most LED luminaires are suitable to operate in ambient temperatures from -20C (-4F) to 25C (77F).• The following exclusions apply: Luminaires with standby lighting option, integral lighting controls options, or wireless control options. Consult factory. • LM-79 testing was measured under a controlled 25C (77F) ambient operating temperature. 2100230025002700 24"L 210038004500 50005700 45"L 7600 1000096"L LT03, LT16 20 Audrey Place STE 2 • Fairfield, NJ 07004-3416 • Tel: 800.637.2584 Fax: 973.244.9522 • mercltg.com SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE,CONSULT FACTORY WHEN CRITICAL. OPTIONAL SIDE REFLECTORS 4" 9-3/8" 04/22 LW4 SERIES HANGING ACCESSORIES PHOTOMETRICS PART #DESCRIPTION R5PF-100 Round 5" power feed canopy, Hanging hardware, 100" long 1/16" cable. R5-100 Round 5" canopy, Hanging hardware, 100" long 1/16" cable. R2-100 Round 2" canopy, Hanging hardware, 100" long 1/16" cable. S5PF-100 Square 5" power feed canopy, Hanging hardware, 100" long 1/16" cable. S5-100 Square 5" canopy, Hanging hardware, 100" long 1/16" cable. S2-100 Square 2" power feed canopy, Hanging hardware, 100" long 1/16" cable. PART #DESCRIPTION VH-XX "V" Hanger w/XX= 48"L or 72"L Chain & "S" Hook CPYS-1 S-1 Single Stem 5" Dia. Canopy STMXX XX= 12"L, 24"L, 48"L Stem/ 3/8" IPS-5/8" OD Other cable lengths available. All photometric reports are available at mercltg.com. Optional Side Reflectors Optional Aperture Reflectors LUMEN PACKAGE Series Nominal Length (FT) Nominal Lumen Package Color Fixture Power (W)Delivered Lumens Fixture LPW LW4 2 2100 3000K 17 2038 120 2100 3500K 17 2106 124 2100 4000K 17 2125 125 2100 5000K 17 2125 125 2300 3000K 18 2151 120 2300 3500K 18 2222 123 2300 4000K 18 2302 128 2300 5000K 18 2302 128 2500 3000K 19 2318 122 2500 3500K 19 2394 126 2500 4000K 19 2502 132 2500 5000K 19 2502 132 2700 3000K 22 2592 118 2700 3500K 22 2679 122 2700 4000K 22 2703 123 2700 5000K 22 2703 123 Series Nominal Length (FT) Nominal Lumen Package Color Fixture Power (W)Delivered Lumens Fixture LPW LW4 4 2100 3000K 15 2040 136 2100 3500K 15 2108 141 2100 4000K 15 2127 142 2100 5000K 15 2127 142 3800 3000K 29 3679 127 3800 3500K 29 3802 131 3800 4000K 29 3836 132 3800 5000K 29 3836 132 4500 3000K 34 4329 127 4500 3500K 34 4472 132 4500 4000K 34 4514 133 4500 5000K 34 4514 133 5000 3000K 39 4801 123 5000 3500K 39 4961 127 5000 4000K 39 5006 128 5000 5000K 39 5006 128 5700 3000K 45 5485 122 5700 3500K 45 5667 126 5700 4000K 45 5719 127 5700 5000K 45 5719 127 Series Nominal Length(FT Nominal Lumen Package Color Fixture Power (W)Delivered Lumens Fixture LPW LW4 8 7600 3000K 56 7302 130 7600 3500K 56 7544 135 7600 4000K 56 7613 136 7600 5000K 56 7613 136 10,000 3000K 84 9808 117 10,000 3500K 84 9913 118 10,000 4000K 84 10,330 123 10,000 5000K 84 10,434 124 Actual wattage may differ by +/- 5% when operating between 120V-277V +/- 10%. LT03, LT16 LT04 LT04 LT04 LT04 LT04 pg. 1[PH] +1-210-227-7329 [FAX] +1-210-227-4967 ©2024 Lucifer® Lighting Company As part of its policy of continuous research and product development, the company reserves the right to change or withdraw specifications without prior notice. luciferlighting.com [DATE OF REV: 01172023] ® Quick Ship Product. All rough in components ship within 10 days up to quantities of 100. PROJECT NAME:TYPE: ORDERING INFORMATION JA8-2022 COMPLIANCE INDICATED BY SHADING CYLINDER LENGTH FUNCTION RATING CYLINDER FINISH BAFFLE FINISH CRI / WATTAGE PACKAGE CCT LOWER OPTIC (UGR)LOWER MEDIA DRIVER MOUNTINGUPLIGHTDOWNLIGHT CP3X U 1 CP3X 3.91” Ø 096W 96” White 192W 192” White 096B 96” Black 192B 192” Black XXXB Black Cable* XXXW White Cable* *(Specify length in inches) *(Cable is field cuttable) U Up/Down 1 Dry / Damp (IP30) POWDERCOAT FINISHES WH White AG Satin Silver AU Cashmere Gold AB Architectural Bronze BB Burnt Bronze BK Black CF Custom Finish* *(Consult Factory) ALUMINA FINISHES 01 Brushed Obsidian 02 Matte Obsidian 03 Brushed Dark Patinated Bronze 04 Matte Dark Patinated Bronze 05 Brushed Aged Aluminum 06 Matte Aged Aluminum 07 Brushed Cast Brass 08 Matte Cast Brass 09 Brushed Light Patinated Bronze 10 Matte Light Patinated Bronze POWDERCOAT FINISHES WH White AG Satin Silver AU Cashmere Gold AB Architectural Bronze BB Burnt Bronze BK Black CF Custom Finish* *(Consult Factory) ALUMINA FINISHES 01 Brushed Obsidian 02 Matte Obsidian 03 Brushed Dark Patinated Bronze 04 Matte Dark Patinated Bronze 05 Brushed Aged Aluminum 06 Matte Aged Aluminum 07 Brushed Cast Brass 08 Matte Cast Brass 09 Brushed Light Patinated Bronze 10 Matte Light Patinated Bronze DOWNLIGHT STATIC WHITE 80S11B 80+ CRI, 11W, Lm. Delivered- 1240 80S17B 80+ CRI, 17W, Lm. Delivered- 1943 80S23B 80+ CRI, 23W, Lm. Delivered - 2559 90S11B 90+ CRI, 11W, Lm. Delivered - 1060 90S17B 90+ CRI, 17W, Lm. Delivered - 1661 90S23B 90+ CRI, 23W, Lm. Delivered - 2187 DOWNLIGHT WARM DIM 90W23B 90+ CRI, 23W Incandescent Profile Lm. Delivered - 1642 Halogen Profile Lm. Delivered - 1777 *SEE PAGE 3 FOR DETAILED WARM DIM PROFILE COMPARISON. UPLIGHT STATIC WHITE 80S14L2 80+ CRI, 14W, Lm. Delivered - 1235 90S14L2 80+ CRI, 14W, Lm. Delivered - 1074 UPLIGHTWARM DIM 90W14L 80+ CRI, 14W, Lm. Delivered - 1227 *ALL DELIVERED LUMEN OUTPUTS AND T24 COMPLIANCE REFLECT 3000K PAIRED WITH 20° OPTIC AND SOFT FOCUS LENS. 24 2400K* *90+CRI only 27 2700K 30 3000K 35 3500K 40 4000K WL 2700K - 1800K WD 3000K - 1800K 27 2700K 30 3000K 35 3500K40 4000K WD 3000K - 1800K 10 10°* (<10) *(11/17 Watts only) 15 15° (<13) 20 20° (<10) 25 25° (<10) 40 40° (<10) 60 60° (<13) 20 20° (<10) 25 25° (<10) 40 40° (<10) 60 60° (<10) *SEE PAGE 3 FOR UGR VALUES STANDARD MEDIA 4 Soft Focus Lens (SFL) 0 No Lens* *(Recommended for 10° optic, not available for Warm Dim) ALTERNATE MEDIA 2 Honey Comb Louver (HCL)* *(Not available for Warm Dim) 3 Clear Glass Lens (CGL)* *(Not available for Warm Dim) 4 Frosted Glass Lens (FGL) 6 Frosted Soft Focus Lens (FSFL) 7 Frosted Linear Spread Lens (FLSL) C Clear Glass Lens w/ Linear Spread Lens H Soft Focus Lens w/ Honey-comb Louver INTEGRAL (120V) 1SN 0-10V, 1% LIN 1SG 0-10V, 1% LOG PH6 Forward/Reverse Phase, 1% ROUGH-IN JBMP 4” Sq. or 4/0 Junction Box Mounting Plate FINISH OUT CMJB * 1/2” and 3/4” Conduit Ceiling Mount Junction Box* *(Available in powdercoat finishes. Alumina finish fixtures ship with Black powdercoat CMJB.)SMK3 3/0 Surface Mount Kit SMK4 4/0 Surface Mount Kit REMOTE (120V)1TR Philips, 2% Forward/Reverse* *(11 & 17 Watts only) 1L2 Lutron Hi-Lume 1%, 2-Wire 1RE Forward/Reverse REMOTE (120-277V) URA 0-10V Analog ULH Lutron Hi-Lume Ecosystem 1% Fade to BlackUAN Philips Xitanium 1% 0-10V, LOGULN Philips Xitanium 1% 0-10V, LIN UEG eldoLED, SOLOdrive 0.1% 0-10V, LOG UEN eldoLED, SOLOdrive 0.1% 0-10V, LIN UED eldoLED, SOLOdrive 0.1% DALI-2, LOGULD eldoLED, SOLOdrive 0.1% DALI-2, LINUAS/ Athena Control UAR EldoLED, SOLOdrive 0.1% 120-277V* UCS/ Casambi Control UCR EldoLED, SOLOdrive 0.1% 120-277V* *(Includes Node. Extended lead time, consult factory for EM use) PART NUMBER NOTES • CP3X ships as e.g., CP3X048U1WHBK80S23B1SN4 • Remote driver ships as e.g., PS-RMT-80S23B-11SN • Mounting part numbers listed on page 5(03) Brushed Dark Patinated Bronze (07) Brushed Cast Brass (05) Brushed Aged Aluminum (01) Brushed Obsidian (09) Brushed Light Patinated Bronze ALUMINA FINISHES BY LUCIFER LIGHTINGTM (04) Matte Dark Patinated Bronze (08) Matte Cast Brass (06) Matte Aged Aluminum (02) Matte Obsidian (10) Matte Light Patinated Bronze POWDERCOAT FINISHES (WH) White Powder Coat (AG) Satin Silver Powder Coat (BK) Black Powder Coat (AB) Architectural Bronze Powder Coat (AU) Cashmere Gold Powder Coat (BB) Burnt Bronze Powder Coat Red List Approved CYLINDER 3PENDANT UP/DOWN Our best-selling cylinders keep getting better. Suspended cylin- ders are offered in a broad range of sizes and more than a dozen finish options, with field-cuttable cables and lumens from 800 to almost 4000lm. LT05 pg. 2[PH] +1-210-227-7329 [FAX] +1-210-227-4967 ©2024 Lucifer® Lighting Company As part of its policy of continuous research and product development, the company reserves the right to change or withdraw specifications without prior notice. luciferlighting.com [DATE OF REV: 01172023] ® CYLINDER 3 PENDANT UP/DOWN ACCESSORIES ALTERNATE MEDIA ¨ SFL-CY3X-03 Soft Focus Lens ¨ HCL-CY3X-03 Honeycomb Louver * *(Secondary media required for Warm Dim) ¨ CGL-CY3X-03 Clear Glass Lens * *(Secondary media required for Warm Dim) ¨ FGL-CY3X-03 Frosted Glass Lens ¨ FSFL-CY3X-03 Frosted Soft Focus Lens ¨ FLSL-CY3X-03 Frosted Linear Spread Lens ¨ CGL-LSL-CY3X-03 Clear Glass Lens W/ Linear Spread Lens ¨ SFL-HCL-CY3X-03 Soft Focus Lens W/ Honeycomb Louver EMERGENCY LIGHTING - REMOTE MOUNT ONLY During disruption of main power, emergency battery inverter provides temporary 120V or 277V to fixture. ¨ EMB-S-25-120/277-LEDX 25 watt max capacity, 120 or 277 VAC 60Hz ¨ EMB-S-100-120-LEDX 100 watt max capacity, 120 VAC 60Hz, 0-10V dimmable ¨ EMB-S-100-277-LEDX 100 watt max capacity, 277 VAC 60Hz, 0-10V dimmable ¨ EMB-S-250-120/277-LEDX 250 watt max capacity, 120 or 277 VAC 60Hz *SHUNT REQUIRED FOR USE WITH ATHENA AND CASAMBI CONTROLS, CONSULT FACTORY FOR DETAILS. STATIC WHITE REPLACEMENT OPTICS ¨ RO-70-15-S 15° optic ¨ RO-70-20-S 20° optic ¨ RO-70-25-S 25° optic ¨ RO-70-40-S 40° optic ¨ RO-70-60-S 60° optic WARM DIM REPLACEMENT OPTICS ¨ RO-70-20-W 20° optic ¨ RO-70-25-W 25° optic ¨ RO-70-40-W 40° optic ¨ RO-70-60-W 60° optic LT05 pg. 3[PH] +1-210-227-7329 [FAX] +1-210-227-4967 ©2024 Lucifer® Lighting Company As part of its policy of continuous research and product development, the company reserves the right to change or withdraw specifications without prior notice. luciferlighting.com [DATE OF REV: 01172023] ® JA8-2022 INDICATED BY SHADING CYLINDER 3 PENDANT UP/DOWN STATIC WHITE PERFORMANCE - 3000K WARM DIM PERFORMANCE - SOFT FOCUS LENS - 20� OPTIC INCANDESCENT DIMMING PROFILE HALOGEN DIMMING PROFILE MEDIA LIGHT LOSS FACTOR MEDIA LIGHT LOSS FACTOR No Lens 1.07 CGL 0.99 SFL 1.00 FGL 0.88 FSFL 0.91 FLSL 0.81 HCL 0.71 SFL+HCL 0.66 LUMEN PACKAGE WATTAGE 2700K CCT 3000K CCT 3500K CCT 4000K CCT 1800K-300K WARM DIM DLVD LPW DLVD LPW DLVD LPW DLVD LPW DLVD LPW 80S14L 14 1198 87 1235 88 1289 94 1336 97 90S14L 14 988 73 1074 78 1129 82 1062 96 90W14LD (2700K-1800K) 14 1227 77 UPLIGHT PERFORMANCE BY CCT UNIFIED GLARE RATING 10° OPTIC NO LENS 15° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS LENS 20° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS LENS 25° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS LENS 40° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS LENS 60° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS LENS <10 <13 <10 <10 <10 <13 OUTPUT MULTIPLIER CCT CCT SCALE 2400K 0.76 2700K 0.957 3000K 1.000 3500K 1.019 4000K 1.030 2800 80%60%40%20%2%1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 DIMMING % CCT (K) 80%60%40%20%2% DIMMING % 2900 1700 1900 2100 2300 2500 2700 CCT (K) 3100 LUMEN PACKAGE WATTAGE 10° OPTIC NO LENS 15° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS LENS 20° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS LENS 25° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS LENS 40° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS LENS 60° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS LENS DLVD LPW DLVD LPW DLVD LPW DLVD LPW DLVD LPW DLVD LPW 80S11B 11 950 86 1169 106 1240 112 1243 112 1185 107 1156 105 80S17B 17 1357 79 1771 104 1943 114 1931 113 1858 109 1801 105 80S23B 23 --2301 100 2559 111 2541 110 2409 104 2373 103 90S11B 11 812 73 1008 91 1060 96 1062 96 1013 92 988 89 90S17B 17 1160 68 1527 89 1661 97 1650 97 1588 93 1539 90 90S23B 23 --1984 86 2187 95 2172 94 2059 89 2028 88 90W23BL (2700K-1800K) 23 ----1642 71 1626 70 1556 67 1491 65 90W23BD (3000K-1800K) 23 ----1777 77 1742 75 1685 73 1600 69 90W23BL 2700K - 1800K Full on 100%Dimmed to 80%Dimmed to 70%Dimmed to 50%Dimmed to 20%Dimmed to 10%Dimmed to 2% CCT (K)2700 2650 2620 2520 2180 1950 1800 Light Output (Lm)1642 1314 1149 821 328 164 33 Power (W)23 18 16 12 5 2.3 0.5 Efficacy (LPW)71 71 71 71 71 71 71 90W23BD 3000K - 1800K Full on 100%Dimmed to 80%Dimmed to 70%Dimmed to 50%Dimmed to 20%Dimmed to 10%Dimmed to 2% CCT (K)3000 2950 2920 2775 2375 2000 1800 Light Output (Lm)1777 1422 1244 889 355 178 36 Power (W)23 18 16 12 5 2.3 0.5 Efficacy (LPW)74 74 74 74 74 74 74 LT05 pg. 4[PH] +1-210-227-7329 [FAX] +1-210-227-4967 ©2024 Lucifer® Lighting Company As part of its policy of continuous research and product development, the company reserves the right to change or withdraw specifications without prior notice. luciferlighting.com [DATE OF REV: 01172023] ® CYLINDER 3 PENDANT UP/DOWN DIMENSIONS / DRAWINGSPENDANT CANOPY Die-cast 1.80” (46mm) canopy accommodates flat and slope ceiling conditions. Conceals hidden twist-on mounting hardware. Available with integral or remote driver. CABLE Black and white wiring harness available; up to 192.0” length; cable may be cut in field. LUMINAIRE Die-cast body with integral heat sink and LED. OPTICS Robust light engine with optimized optic pairing integrates Reflection, Refraction, and TIR offering 10°, 15°, 20°, 25°, 40° & 60° beams. Uplight does not feature optic. MEDIA Cylinder baffle assembly can accept 2 lenses; soft focus lens or no lens standard and sealed in place. Uplight media features high performance diffusion film BAFFLE Die-cast baffle minimizes aperture glare and conceals view into fixture. E B C D A F Cable length specified on ordering page, cable may be cut in field 1.80” (46mm) B E D A F C 8.40”(213mm) Ø3.91”(99mm) 2.15” (55mm) LT05 pg. 5[PH] +1-210-227-7329 [FAX] +1-210-227-4967 ©2024 Lucifer® Lighting Company As part of its policy of continuous research and product development, the company reserves the right to change or withdraw specifications without prior notice. luciferlighting.com [DATE OF REV: 01172023] ® DIMENSIONS / DRAWINGS CYLINDER 3 PENDANT UP/DOWN MOUNTING • JBMP and SMK-3/0 & 4/0 not recommended for use with pancake style j-box. • Fixtures are surface mount and must have access to free air. For applications involving slat ceilings or confined mounting, consult Comprehensive Install Guide for required clearances for proper air flow and servicing. MOUNTING NOTES JBMP Mounting plate (concealed) for standard 4” square or 4” 4/0 j-box . To be installed during rough-in prior to substrate. Fixture to mount flush with minimalist transition to ceiling. Part Number - CP3X-JBMP SMK3 Surface mount kit includes mounting plate and 4” concealer plate that installs between fixture and standard 3” 3/0 j-box for existing applications where standard j-box cutout is to be concealed. Part Number - CP3X-SMK-3/0-(FINISH) SMK4 Surface mount kit includes mounting plate and 5” concealer plate that installs between fixture and standard 4” 4/0 j-box for existing applications where standard j-box cutout is to be concealed. Part Number - CP3X-SMK-4/0-(FINISH) CMJB Ceiling mount junction box perfectly matches the cylinder profile for a continuous, integrated look where exposed ceiling mount junction box and conduit applications apply. For use with 1/2” and 3/4” EMT conduit only. Features two conduit entrances on either side and one conduit knockout on top of j-box. J-box is IP10 rated; painted finishes only. Blank off plugs included. Part Number - CP3X-CMJB-(FINISH) G I H J J Blank off plug Mountingadaptor plate EMT conduit (by others), no fitting required 1.80”(46mm) J-Box supplied by othersG Ceiling substrateØ2-3/4”(70mm) cutout Mounting adaptor plate I H Ceiling substrate, cutout as required J-box mounting plate Concealer plate Mounting adaptor plate 3.20”(81mm) Conduit & wiringsupplied by others 6.60”(168mm)K STANDARD ENCLOSURE PS-RMT weight - 1.40 lbs 2.00”(51mm) J-Box supplied by others 6.660 6.660 3.231 3.231 2.00” 6.94”3.35” L ATHENA / CASAMBI ENCLOSURE 2.00”(51mm) M ATHENA / CASAMBI EM SHUNT 6.660 6.660 3.231 3.231 2.00” 3.35”6.94” REMOTE POWER SUPPLY K PS-RMT Remote power supply must be mounted in accessible area. Mounting device still required. Consult page 7 for dimming compatibility list. Consult install guide for complete details of suitable controls, wiring diagrams, and maximum allowable secondary run lengths between PS-RMT and cylinder. ATHENA / CASAMBI CONTROL Controls integrated into remote driver assembly. All equipment is serviceable. Athena Model Number: A-WN-D01-RF-BL & DC-OEM-DBI Casambi Model Number: BT-S1E1-5400 ATHENA / CASAMBI EM SHUNT Inlcuded with drivers specified as ASR, ADR, CSR, or CDR. One required for each wireless EM fixture, requires class 2 control wiring between fixture and shunt. Features integrated test switch. Model Number: PS-RMT-SHUNT L M LT05 pg. 6[PH] +1-210-227-7329 [FAX] +1-210-227-4967 ©2024 Lucifer® Lighting Company As part of its policy of continuous research and product development, the company reserves the right to change or withdraw specifications without prior notice. luciferlighting.com [DATE OF REV: 01172023] ® TECHNICAL CONSTRUCTION Pendant: Machined aluminum body with integrated heat sink; painted finishes are granulated powder coat. Alumina finishes are anodized aluminum. CMJB: Die-cast aluminum body; painted finishes are granulated powder coat. Remote Power Supply: 22 Gauge galvanized steel. STATIC WHITE LED 2-step MacAdam ellipse LED module available in 80+, 90+ and 95+ CRI configurations in color temperatures of 2700K, 3000K, 3500K and 4000K. 3-step MacAdam ellipse LED module available in 90+ CRI configuration in color temprtature of 2400K. Average rated lamp life: 50,000 hours. LED and driver assemblies are field-replaceable. WARM DIM LED 3-step MacAdam ellipse warm dim LED module available in 90+ CRI configuration. 3000K or 2700K at full brightness, warming to 1800K at full dim. Average rated lamp life of 50,000 hours. LED and driver assemblies are field-replaceable. POWER SUPPLY PERFORMANCE AND DIMMING INFORMATION Note: For 1TR, 1L2, ULH, UAN, ULN, UEG and UEN drivers consult chart on page 8 to confirm appropriate dimming curve for compatibility with selected control. MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE REMOTE DRIVER WIRING DISTANCES MOUNTING Cylinder is supplied with a mounting adaptor plate, which integrates with required additional mounting accessories specified separately according to field application conditions, providing a minimalist transition from standard 4/0 or 4” square junction boxes and accommodating ceiling thicknesses of 0.44” (12mm) to 0.75” (19mm). Ceiling-mount junction box available for 1/2” (13mm) and 3/4” (19mm) conduit and feature concealed internal clamps for clean fitting-free conduit exit and entry. LISTING cTUVus listed to UL1598 standard for Dry / Damp (IP30) location. Title 24 JA8- 2022 Listed. NEMA 410 Compliant. Buy American Act compliant. DECLARE LBC Declared. FIXTURE WEIGHT CP3X / Mounting - 5 lbs Remote Driver - 1.4 lbs LIMITED WARRANTY Manufacturer’s 1-year warranty guarantees product(s) listed to be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service. 5-year warranty on LED and power supply to operate with 70% of the original flux and remain within a range of 3 duv. 10-year Lutron Advantage limited warranty available on Lutron equipped systems. Warranty period begins from the date of shipment by Seller. Consult website for full warranty terms and conditions. CYLINDER 3 PENDANT UP/DOWN WIRE AWG DRIVER 12 14 16 18 20 PH6 -164’105’66’40’ URA, 1TR, UAN, ULN 285’180’113’71’45’ 1L2, ULH 60’40’25’15’- UEG, UEN, UED, ULD, UAS, UCS --118’72 46’ PHASE 0-10V ECO DALI ATHENA CASAMBI Power Supply PH6 1TR 1L2 URA UAN ULN UEG UEN ULH UED ULD UAS UCS Minimum °C -20 °C -20 °C 0 °C -20 °C -20 °C -20 °C -20 °C -20 °C 0 °C -20 °C -20 °C 0 °C -20 °C Maximum °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C Dimming %1.0%2.0%1.0%1.0%1.0%1.0%0.1%0.1%1.0%0.1%0.1%0.1%0.1% LT05 pg. 7[PH] +1-210-227-7329 [FAX] +1-210-227-4967 ©2024 Lucifer® Lighting Company As part of its policy of continuous research and product development, the company reserves the right to change or withdraw specifications without prior notice. luciferlighting.com [DATE OF REV: 01172023] ® DIMMING COMPATIBILITY Power supply UEG / UENDimmer / Switch Control Manufacturer Family/Model # Busch-Jaeger 2112U-101 Jung 240-10 Leviton Lighting Controls IP710-DLX Lightolier Controls ZP600FAM120 Lutron Electronics Nova T® - NTFTV Lutron Electronics Diva® - DVTV Lutron Electronics Nova® - NFTV Merten 5729 Pass & Seymour CD4FB-W The Watt Stopper DCLV1 Sensor Switch nIO EZ Synergy ISD BC Power supply UEG / UENDimmer / Switch Control Manufacturer Family/Model # Dimmer / Switch Control GrafixEye® GRX-TVI w GRX3503 Manufacturer Energy Savr NodeTM - QSN-4T16-S Lutron Electronics TVM2 Module Crestron®GLX-DIMFLV8 Crestron®GLXP-DIMFLV8 Crestron®GLPAC-DIMFLV4-* Crestron®GLPAC-DIMFLV8-* Crestron®GLPP-DIMFLVEX-PM Crestron®GLPP-1DIMFLV2EX-PM Crestron®GLPP-1DIMFLV3EX-PM Crestron®DIN-AO8 Crestron®DIN-4DIMFLV4 Crestron®CLS-EXP-DIMFLV Crestron®CLCI-1DIMFLV2EX ABB SD/S 2.16.1 eldoLED DRIVER COMPATIBILITY Power supply 1TRManufacturer Family/Model # Lutron Electronics DV-600P Lutron Electronics DVELV-303P Lutron Electronics NTELV-600 Lutron Electronics MAELV-600 Lutron Electronics SELV-300P Lutron Electronics DVLV-600P Lutron Electronics NFTU-5A Lutron Electronics CTCL-153P Lutron Electronics GL-600H Lutron Electronics S-600P Lutron Electronics PHPM Power supply UAN / ULNManufacturer Family/Model # Lutron Electronics DVTV plus PP-DV Lutron Electronics DVSCTV plus PP-DV Lutron Electronics DVSTV Lutron Electronics DVSCSTV Lutron Electronics QSGRJ-XP plus GRX-TVI Lutron Electronics QSGRJ-XE plus GRX-TVI Lutron Electronics QSGR-XE plus GRX-TVI Lutron Electronics NFTV plus PP-DV Lutron Electronics NTSTV Lutron Electronics RMJ-5T Lutron Electronics RMJS-8T Lutron Electronics FCJS-010 Leviton IllumaTch IP7 series Philips Sunrise - SR1200ZTUNV PHILIPS DRIVER COMPATIBILITY LUTRON DRIVER COMPATIBILITY Power supply 1L2 Lutron Product Family Part No. Maestro WirelessR 600 W dimmer MRF2-6ND-120- Maestro WirelessR 1000 W dimmer MRF2-10ND-120- Caséta® Wireless Pro 1000 W dimmer PD-10NXD- GRAFIK TTM CL® dimmer GT-250M- GTJ-250M- HomeWorks® QS adaptive dimmer HQRD-6NA- HomeWorks® QS 600 W dimmer HQRD-6ND- HomeWorks® QS 1000 W dimmer HQRD-10ND- RadioRA® 2 adaptive dimmer RRD-6NA- RadioRA® 2 1000 W dimmer RRD-10ND myRoomTM DIN power module MQSE-4A1-D HomeWorks® QS DIN power module LQSE-4A1-D HomeWorks® QS wallbox power module HQRJ-WPM-6D-120 HomeWorks® wallbox power module HWI-WPM-6D-120 GRAFIK Eye® QS control unit QSGR-, QSGRJ- GRAFIK Eye® 3000 control unit GRX-3100- GRX-3500- RPM-4U module (LCP, HomeWorks® QS, GRAFIK SystemsTM, Quantum®) HW-RPM-4U-120 LP-RPM-4U-120 RPM-4A module (LCP, HomeWorks® QS, GRAFIK SystemsTM, Quantum®) HW-RPM-4A-120, LP-RPM-4A-120 GP dimming panels Various Ariadni CL 250W dimmer AYCL-253P- Diva CL 250W dimmer DVCL-253P-DCSCCL-253P- Nova T CL 250W dimmer NTCL-250- Power supply ULH Lutron Product Family Part No. PowPak Dimming Modules RMJ-ECO32-DV-B PowPak Dimming Modules FCJ/FCJS-ECO Energi Savr Nodes QSN-1ECO-S GRAFIK Eye QS control unitHomeworks QS control unit QSN-2ECO-S GRAFIK Eye QS control unitHomeworks QS control unit QSGRJ-_E (wireless)QSGR-_E Quantum Hub QP2-_ _ 2C Quantum Hub QP2-_ _ 4C Quantum Hub QP2-_ _ 6C Quantum Hub QP2-_ _ 8C Homeworks QS power modulemyRoom Plus power module LQSE-2ECO-D ANALOG DRIVERS AND DIMMERS DIMMER DRIVER OUTPUT LIN*LIN* LOG LIN  VICEVERSA *STATIC WHITE ONLY LOG LOG  LIN = LINEAR LOG = LOGARITHMIC *LIN-TO-LIN NOT COMPATIBLE FOR WARM DIM CYLINDER 3 PENDANT UP/DOWN LT05 STD PRODUCT ID LENGTH SHIELDING NOM. LUMENS/FT DOWN CRI COLOR TEMP. STD Stencil Pendant Direct LED - Linear 2 2'SO spotless lens 200 200 lm/ft SO lens option only 80 80 CRI 27 2700 K*3 3'MLBK micro louver black 300 300 lm/ft 90 90 CRI 30 3000 K44'MLGR micro louver grey 400 400 lm/ft 35 3500 K55'150 150 lm/ft *Micro louver option only 40 4000 K66'225 225 lm/ft 8 8'300 300 lm/ft S(L)system run 450 450 lm/ft 600 600 lm/ft For combined shielding see forms spec sheet.Applies to all downlight segments.Louver comes in grey finish only.* 10% decrease in lumen output BATTERY - REMOTE (OPT.)CUSTOM (OPT.)B(#)remote battery pack C custom Remote onlyNot available with 347VPlease consult factory Please specify FINISH VOLTAGE DRIVER CIRCUITS MOUNTING/SUSPENSION CANOPY AP aluminum paint 120 120 V DP integral driver 0-10V 1 1 circuit CA(#)drywall+cable length (36” std.)RC round canopyWwhite277277 V dimming 1%*2 2 circuits CT9(#)TB/TG 9/16+cable length (36” std.)SC square canopyBLKblack347347 V*POE(#)POE drivers**+E(#)emergency circuit*CT15(#)TB/TG15/16+cable length (36" std.)C custom UNV universal +NL(#)night light circuit CTS(#)screw slot+cable length (36” std.)DC low voltage**CASL(#)drywall cable sloped ceilingSASL(#)drywall stem sloped ceiling * Consult factory** Only available with POE drivers.*Only integral 0-10V DP driver available** Specify system * Specify quantity See Mounting kit guide for full specification code. Specify length White canopy standard Ordering Guide Notes Type Project MiniDriver2“ 1 3/16” Direct Lens NOMINAL LUMEN OUTPUT INPUT WATTS*EFFICACY SO lensOption only 200 lm/ft 2.0 W/ft 100 lm/W300 lm/ft 3.0 W/ft 100 lm/W400 lm/ft 4.0W/ft 100 lm/W Micro louverBlack Option 150 lm/ft 2.8 W/ft 52 lm/W225 lm/ft 4.1 W/ft 52 lm/W300 lm/ft 5.5 W/ft 52 lm/W450 lm/ft 8.3 W/ft 52 lm/W600 lm/ft 11.0 W/ft 52 lm/W Micro louverGray Option 150 lm/ft 2.3 W/ft 66 lm/W225 lm/ft 3.2 W/ft 72 lm/W300 lm/ft 4.1 W/ft 74 lm/W450 lm/ft 6.1 W/ft 75 lm/W600 lm/ft 8.1 W/ft 75 lm/W * Based on a 4 foot luminaire using one driverPlease consult factory for custom lumen output and wattage. PERFORMANCE PER LINEAR FOOT AT 3500K AT 80CRI PRODUCT ID END CAPS DISTRIBUTIONS JOINING HUB FLAT FLUSH MICRO LOUVER INDIRECTSURROUNDLITE INDIRECT/INDIRECT ASYM. MIKROLITE ACCENTS NO DIRECT NO INDIRECT IN-LINE HUB CONTINOUS RUN STD (1)STI (2)STCO (3)STFC (4)STLDI (5)STFDI (6)v PRODUCT DIRECTORY NOTE: For Hub End Caps, In-line hubs, Blank, Indirect or Accent segments please refer to the product directory code directory below. (1) Stencil Pendant Direct LED Linear.(2) Stencil Pendant Indirect/ Indirect Assymetric LED Linear.(3) Stencil Pendant LED Combined Distribution Linear.(4) Stencil Pendant Combined Forms.(5) Stencil Pendant Surroundlite Linear Direct / Indirect.(6) Stencil Pendant Surroundlite Forms Direct / Indirect. © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 1 / 5 FILE NAME:Stencil-Pendant-Direct-Linear.SPECApril 17, 2023 axislighting.com STENCIL Pendant PENDANT DIRECT - LINEAR MiniDriver2“ 1 3/16” Direct withmicro louver 2“ 1 3/16” Blank Micro Louver shown Micro lens shown LT06LT06 STENCIL LENGHTS - DIRECT © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 2 / 5 FILE NAME:Stencil-Pendant-Direct-Linear.SPECApril 17, 2023 axislighting.com STENCIL Pendant PENDANT DIRECT - LINEAR Segment lengthX1 Mounting pointsX2 Feet Inches mm Inches mm 2 24.125 615 23.750 605 3 35.125 890 34.750 880 4 48 1220 47.625 1210 5 59.250 1505 58.875 1495 6 72.125 1830 71.750 1820 7 83.125 2110 82.750 2100 8 96 2440 95.625 2430 X2 X1 X1 - Segment lengthX2 - Mounting points SEGMENT LENGTHS AND MOUNTING POINTS For more information on systems and joining, please refer to the Stencil installation sheets available for download at www. axislighting.com.For lengths not listed or different length combinations, please consult factory. Stencil linear is available in continuous lines of light for lengths that are greater than 8'. Those are designated as systems (S#) where "#" is the desired length. These system runs are comprised of a combination of lengths assembled on site and made possible through the Stencil Direct Joiner seen below. SYSTEM (S#) END SECTIONMounting distance: 96"CENTER SECTIONMounting distance: 96"END SECTIONMounting distance: 96" JOINING SYSTEM ROW CONFIGURATION LENGTH EXAMPLE 24' TOP VIEW BOTTOM VIEW Stencil Pendant Direct Linear is available in standalone lit segments in one foot increments. Overall length 288 1/32" LT06LT06 LED SYSTEM CRI Minimum 80 or 90 color rendering indexCCTChoice of 2700K, 3000K, 3500K and 4000K color temperature with a great color consistency (within 3.0–step MacAdam ellipse).LED life Minimum 50,000h with 85% of lumen maintenance in 250C ambient temperature, in compliance with IES LM-80 testing measurements. Thermal Management Performance Aluminum housing acting as the heat sink to maximize life. Up to 101 lm/W. CONSTRUCTION Housing Extruded aluminum (0.080'' nominal) End Cap+Joiner Die cast aluminum Interior Brackets Die cast aluminum Reflectors Extruded acrylicLensesExtruded acrylic Hanger Die Cast AluminumSuspension1 mm Aircraft Cable along product length Cable Grips Quick Connecting / Release Axis Lighting will warrant defective LEDs, boards, and drivers for 5 years from date of purchase. Warranty is valid if luminaire is installed and used according to specifications.If defective, Axis will send replacement boards or drivers at no cost along with detailed replacement instructions and instructions on how to return defective components to Axis. WARRANTY FINISH Powder coated and custom finishes are also available. ELECTRICAL DP driver STENCIL features integral driver technology. 0-10V 1% dimming standard. The integral driver is the only driver available. Power over EthernetPOE drivers* (consult factory for more information)UL2108 certified for integral or remote driver MOLEX IGORSMARTENGINEO - Other (Consult factory) Emergency Remote emergency battery pack or emergency circuit optional. Input Voltage 120V, 277V, UNV, 347V Incorporating these components may have limitations or affect the length of the luminaire, please contact factory for more details. APPROVALS Certified to UL and CSA standards. Suitable for damp locations. LIGHT GUIDE High precision light guide made of PMMA material, allows distribution of controlled light in all 3-dimensions to put light on both vertical and horizontal planes within the space. Patented lightguide design featuring molecular optics and precision-coupled optic components yield a high efficiency luminaire. In-plane mixing maximizes color uniformity while light emitting area is uniform and diffuse without ‘head lighting’ from the LED’s. END CAPS Continuous lines of light include flat end caps. Flat End Cap © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 3 / 5 FILE NAME:Stencil-Pendant-Direct-Linear.SPECApril 17, 2023 axislighting.com STENCIL Pendant PENDANT DIRECT - LINEAR WEIGHT Direct 2 ft 2.5 lbs / 2.3 kgDirect 4 ft 5.0 lbs / 1.1 kgDirect 8 ft 10.0 lbs / 4.5 kg LT06LT06 PHOTOMETRIC DATA - DIRECT All IES fi les are available for download at: www.axislighting.com 400 lm/ft - SO lens Direct Output: 400 lm/ft Total Lumens: 1600 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 16 WEffi cacy: 100 lm/W 80 CRI shown. For 90 CRI, divide wattage by 0.8 and multiply effi cacy by 0.8.IES FILE: STD-SO-400-80-35-4.iesTESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 41858 45837 49617 55 37812 42873 47624 65 32769 38735 44638 75 25073 31762 39068 85 11103 17519 25974 LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2)CANDELA DISTRIBUTION Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 604 604 604 604 604 5 597 597 599 600 601 15 558 560 567 573 576 25 494 499 512 524 529 35 415 422 441 458 466 45 329 337 360 380 390 55 241 249 273 294 303 65 154 161 182 202 209 75 72 78 91 106 112 85 11 13 17 23 25 90 0 0 0 1 0 ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 57 10-20 161 20-30 239 30-40 281 40-50 285 50-60 253 60-70 190 70-80 106 80-90 27 90 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE 600 lm/ft - MLBK micro louver black Direct Output: 600 lm/ft Total Lumens: 2297 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 44.1 WEffi cacy: 52 lm/W 80 CRI shown. For 90 CRI, divide wattage by 0.8 and multiply effi cacy by 0.8.IES FILE: STD-4-MLBK-600-80-35.iesTESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 65400 59286 44472 55 38311 23813 12303 65 2460 2512 518 75 651 257 263 85 519 294 262 LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2)CANDELA DISTRIBUTION Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 1751 1751 1751 1751 1751 5 1724 1727 1728 1733 1736 15 1517 1523 1555 1593 1603 25 1228 1238 1260 1303 1338 35 907 910 908 906 925 45 584 579 530 419 397 55 278 270 173 98 89 65 13 20 13 3 3 75 2 1 1 1 1 85 1 0 0 0 0 90 0 0 0 0 0 ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 163 10-20 435 20-30 577 30-40 553 40-50 378 50-60 165 60-70 24 70-80 1 80-90 1 90 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE 0°15°15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 0°90° 151 454 302 605 0°15°15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 0°90° 438 1313 875 1751 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 4 / 5 FILE NAME:Stencil-Pendant-Direct-Linear.SPECApril 17, 2023 axislighting.com STENCIL Pendant PENDANT DIRECT - LINEAR LT06LT06 PHOTOMETRIC DATA - DIRECT All IES fi les are available for download at: www.axislighting.com 600 lm/ft - MLGR micro louver gray Direct Output: 600 lm/ft Total Lumens: 2419 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 32.2 WEffi cacy: 75 lm/W 80 CRI shown. For 90 CRI, divide wattage by 0.8 and multiply effi cacy by 0.8.IES FILE: STD-4-MLGR-600-80-35.iesTESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 111944 95879 78481 55 81484 57195 39318 65 35124 28782 23176 75 26702 21875 20029 85 21917 17946 15907 LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2)CANDELA DISTRIBUTION Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 1546 1546 1546 1546 1546 5 1522 1524 1527 1530 1532 15 1359 1367 1387 1411 1420 25 1137 1144 1144 1159 1176 35 887 884 851 821 827 45 626 611 536 454 439 55 370 351 260 194 178 65 117 124 96 80 78 75 55 51 45 42 41 85 15 14 12 11 11 90 1 1 1 1 1 ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 144 10-20 390 20-30 528 30-40 531 40-50 413 50-60 244 60-70 106 70-80 50 80-90 14 90 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE 0°15°15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 0°90° 386 1159 773 1546 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 5 / 5 FILE NAME:Stencil-Pendant-Direct-Linear.SPECApril 17, 2023 axislighting.com STENCIL Pendant PENDANT DIRECT - LINEAR LT06LT06 PROFILE 100 DN LED (PF1xB) SPECIFICATION DATA TYPE PAGE 1 of 7 PF1xB | 2022-10 All rights reserved. © Fluxwerx Illumination 2022 604.549.9379 | fluxwerx.com Due to continuous product improvements, specifications and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certain options have limited compatibility with some other product selections. Consult www.fluxwerx.com for most current technical information. CATALOG # PROJECT NOTES CROSS SECTION ENDCAP OPTIONS (F) FLAT(B) BEVEL (S) SQUARE (A) ANGLE (P) CAPSULE FEATURES PERFORMANCE FOCUS 3.25"(83) 3.25"(83) 2.35"(60) 2.35"(60) 3.10"(79) 3.10"(79) 1% Up | 99% Dn • An open aperture design with fully luminous interior. No horizontal lenses or diffusers. • Fluxwerx Anidolic extraction optics provide precisely controlled optical distributions with no view of the LED point source, for low glare and wide row spacing. • Up to 15 ft o.c. spacing, delivering 40 fc at less than 0.4 W/ft2. • Five endcap styles, preinstalled for perfect fit & finish. • Direct and direct/indirect general area lighting versions. • Also available in vertical surface illumination (VSI) symmetric and asymmetric distributions. • Precision machined, clear anodized extruded aluminum body. 80 CRI 4000 K (PF1xBx40) Energy (W/4ft)Light (lm/4ft)Efficacy (lm/W) A 19 W 2050 112 B 23 W 2550 110 C 29 W 3100 108 D 38 W 3950 105 Color Matching (SDCM) Lumen Maintenance (hr) L90 per TM21 L70 Estimate < 2 > 60,000 > 200,000 Nominal values, refer to back pages for full performance data. LT07 PROFILE 100 DN LED (PF1xB) SPECIFICATION DATA TYPE PAGE 2 of 7 PF1xB | 2022-10 All rights reserved. © Fluxwerx Illumination 2022 604.549.9379 | fluxwerx.com Due to continuous product improvements, specifications and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certain options have limited compatibility with some other product selections. Consult www.fluxwerx.com for most current technical information. 1 FAMILY 2 ENDCAP 3 OPTICAL DISTRIBUTION 4 ENERGY 1 5 CRI-CCT 6 FINISH 2 PF1 Profile Area A B F P S Angle Bevel Flat Capsule Square A B D E F 40 Up | 60 Dn 100 Dn 20 Up | 80 Dn 50 Up | 50 Dn 65 Up | 35 Dn A B C D 19 W 23 W 29 W 38 W 30 35 40 93 90 94 W2 80 CRI 3000 K 80 CRI 3500 K 80 CRI 4000 K 90 CRI 3000 K 90 CRI 3500 K 90 CRI 4000 K 80 CRI 2700–6500 K 10 A B S W C Clear Anodized Black Powdercoat Metallic Silver Powdercoat White Powdercoat Custom Color (RAL) 1 Nominal input power /4 ft. For 347 V with E1-4/L1/W1 add 4 W to above. 2 Fixture finish only. Canopies are standard white. ORDER GUIDE 7 LENGTH 8 CEILING TYPE 4 9 DRIVER 10 VOLTAGE 11 SUSPENSION 04 06 08 XX 4 ft 6 ft 8 ft x ft 3 D G S R Drywall Grid Structure Remote F1 F2 F3 E1 E2 E3 E4 L1 L2 W1 Non-Dim 0–10 V Dim 3% 120–277 V 0–10 V Dim 3% 347 V (Class 2 control wiring) eldoLED ECO 0–10 V Dim 1% eldoLED SOLO 0–10 V Dim 0.1% eldoLED ECO DALI Dim 1% eldoLED SOLO DALI Dim 0.1% Lutron Hi-Lume 1% EcoSystem (LDE1) Lutron Hi-Lume 1% 2-Wire 120 V (LTEA) eldoLED DUAL DALI Dynamic White 0.1% 10 M 3 120–277 V 347 V 5 03 06 12 25 ≤ 3 ft ≤ 6 ft ≤ 12 ft ≤ 25 ft 3 Specify run length in 2' nominal increments. Important: Row lengths cannot be modified on site (factory installed endcaps & joiners). 4 Integrated driver with mounting, power feed, suspension + canopy, except for remote. 5 347 V with E1-4/L1/W1 driver: transformer included, not available in Drywall ceiling. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 OPTIONS CONTROLS PF1 B OPTIONS CONTROLS WIRING & EMERGENCY 6 ROW LAYOUT SENSORS & CONTROLLERS DYNAMIC WHITE 10 A# B# H# Alternate Wiring Module Qty (2nd circuit in 8 ft modules for EM/NL or presentation switching) Battery Pack Qty Emergency Switch Qty (GTD or Controller) C F G N Chicago Plenum 4 ft End Module 6 ft Modules 7 Non-Power End SE1 RE1 VN1 Canopy Integrated Enlighted Smart Sensor 8 Remote Enlighted Smart Sensor Acuity nLight Converter 9 WN1 WC1 WC2 WD1 WD2 Acuity nLight 0–10 V Linear Dim 0–10 V Log Dim DALI Linear Dim DALI Inverse Log Dim 7 For 12 ft & 18 ft rows. 8 For Enlighted in drywall ceilings, use Remote (R) ceiling option. Enlighted with Independent Up | Dn or 8 ft Alternate Wiring (A) requires 2 sensors per luminaire and only one can be canopy integrated (SE1). 9 For nLight in Drywall (D) and Structure (S) ceilings, contact Fluxwerx. 6 BP & GTD available for 120–277 V in Grid (G), Structure (S) and Remote (R) ceilings. 10 Dynamic White is available with 40 | 60 (A) & 100 Dn (B) distributions. Use W1 driver. Refer to later section for DW spec & performance details. LT07 PROFILE 100 DN LED (PF1xB) SPECIFICATION DATA TYPE PAGE 3 of 7 PF1xB | 2022-10 All rights reserved. © Fluxwerx Illumination 2022 604.549.9379 | fluxwerx.com Due to continuous product improvements, specifications and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certain options have limited compatibility with some other product selections. Consult www.fluxwerx.com for most current technical information. 1.63"(41) 1.63"(41) (P) CAPSULE RUN LENGTHS Standalone fixtures are available in 4', 6' + 8' nominal lengths. Run lengths are available in 2' nominal increments. 4' 6' 8' IMPORTANT Endcaps and joiners are integral luminaire components. Do not remove them to change run layouts. 10'6'4' 12'8'4' 14'8'6' 16'8'8' 18' 20'8'8'4' 22' 24'8'8'8' 12'6'6'* Alternate option (G) 18'6'6'6'* Alternate option (G) 6'8'8' 8'4'6' ENDCAP DIMENSIONS 2.66"(68) 2.66"(68) (A) ANGLE 0.85"(22) (B) BEVEL 0.61"(15) (S) SQUARE LINEAR ANIDOLIC OPTIC 0.48"(12) (F) FLAT LT07 PROFILE 100 DN LED (PF1xB) SPECIFICATION DATA TYPE PAGE 4 of 7 PF1xB | 2022-10 All rights reserved. © Fluxwerx Illumination 2022 604.549.9379 | fluxwerx.com Due to continuous product improvements, specifications and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certain options have limited compatibility with some other product selections. Consult www.fluxwerx.com for most current technical information. Enlighted Sensor Option: (R) REMOTE Canopy Integrated Sensor 5.5" round canopy preinstalled with Enlighted wireless sensor for a 4" octagon J-box (by others). Remote mounted, large driver enclosure with Enlighted control unit. Plenum rated cable whips and RJ45 plugs enable quick sensor field connection. Remote Sensor Enlighted wireless sensor supplied with tile mount collar for remote sensor placement to a horizontal surface or J-box lid (by others). Plenum rated cable whips and RJ45 plugs enable quick sensor field connection. Enlighted Sensor Option: (G) GRID Canopy Integrated Sensor 5.5" round canopy preinstalled with Enlighted wireless sensor and large driver enclosure with Enlighted control unit. Plenum rated cable whips and RJ45 plugs enable quick field connection. Remote Sensor Enlighted wireless sensor supplied with tile mount collar for remote sensor placement in a ceiling tile. Plenum rated cable whips and RJ45 plugs enable quick field connection. Enlighted Sensor Option: (S) STRUCTURE Canopy Integrated Sensor Large driver enclosure with Enlighted control unit and enclosure shroud preinstalled with Enlighted wireless sensor. Hidden cable whips and RJ45 plugs enable quick field connection. Remote Sensor Enlighted wireless sensor supplied with tile mount collar for remote sensor placement to a horizontal surface or J-box lid (by others). Plenum rated cable whips and RJ45 plugs enable quick sensor field connection. INTEGRATED DRIVER, MOUNTING, POWER FEEDS + SUSPENSION Refer to separate product specification datasheets for detailed dimensions of mounting hardware components, driver enclosures, canopies and wiring. (R) REMOTE External remote mounted driver. Power feed and suspension points suitable for exposed conduit or recessed junction boxes. See Notes for wire gauge guide. 120–277 V 347 V Battery Pack 0–10 V Dim Lutron eldoLED Canopy Integrated Enlighted Sensor Remote Enlighted Sensor (G) GRID ON or OFF Grid Integrated clip, driver, power feed and mounting suspension points suitable for accessible ceiling grid heights of < 1.75" (44 mm). 120–277 V 347 V Battery Pack 0–10 V Dim Lutron eldoLED Canopy Integrated Enlighted Sensor Remote Enlighted Sensor (D) DRYWALL New or Retrofit Integrated driver, power feed and mounting suspension points suitable for GWB or plaster thicknesses of < 0.875" (22 mm). 120–277 V 347 V Battery Pack 0–10 V Dim Lutron eldoLED Canopy Integrated Enlighted Sensor Remote Enlighted Sensor OR OR (S) STRUCTURE Exposed Ceilings Integrated driver with mounting, power feed, suspension + canopy suitable for exposed surface conduit or recessed junction boxes. 120–277 V 347 V Battery Pack 0–10 V Dim Lutron eldoLED Canopy Integrated Enlighted Sensor Remote Enlighted Sensor J-box + Lid by others Enlighted Sensor Option: (D) DRYWALL For Enlighted Sensors in drywall ceilings, use REMOTE (R) mounting enclosure options. Perpendicular or Parallel Retrofit Method Horizontal or Vertical Detached Method Power Feed Canopy Battery Pack Option Suspension Canopy Multivolt 120–277 V Driver Power Feed RJ45 Coupler Horizontal or Vertical Power Feed Canopy RJ45 Coupler Tile J-box + Lid by others Horizontal or Vertical Power Feed Canopy Power Feed Power Feed LT07 PROFILE 100 DN LED (PF1xB) SPECIFICATION DATA TYPE PAGE 5 of 7 PF1xB | 2022-10 All rights reserved. © Fluxwerx Illumination 2022 604.549.9379 | fluxwerx.com Due to continuous product improvements, specifications and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certain options have limited compatibility with some other product selections. Consult www.fluxwerx.com for most current technical information. CONTROLS & SENSORS Fluxwerx products are designed for simple integration with a wide range of sensors, lighting controls and building management systems. Many projects incorporate occupancy sensing, daylight harvesting, individual or central adjustment of light levels and luminaire or space monitoring in order to save energy, reduce costs and maximize occupant comfort. Fluxwerx offers a number of standard driver and controller options to support various wired and wireless network protocols. In our suspended products, the packaging of drivers and controls in the mounting system maintains clean aesthetics, simplifies installation & maintenance, increases flexibility and supports future system upgrades. Lutron EcoSystem network protocol enables on/off, dimming, occupancy sensing and daylight harvesting. Option: EcoSystem Hi Lume 1% (L1) nLight wired, 2-way network supports luminaire light level control as well as occupancy and daylight sensors. Option: Acuity nLight Converter (VN1) Model: nPS-80-EZ or nPS-80-EZ-ER Enlighted wireless, networked smart sensor integrates occupancy sensing, daylight harvesting, energy usage, temperature and light level control. Option: Canopy-integrated or remote Enlighted sensor (SE1 or RE1) Model: SU-5E-CL EldoLED drivers support common wired protocols, 0–10 V and DALI. They also provide access to finer dimming control, dynamic white and Bluetooth low- energy (BLE) wireless. Options: ECO 1% (E1), SOLO 0.1% (E2) NOTES WIRE GAUGE • Recommended low voltage wire gauge (AWG) for minimal losses over distance when REMOTE mounting: 30 ft | 18 ga 50 ft | 14 ga 80 ft | 12 ga ENVIRONMENTAL & CARE • Designed for use in dry or damp indoor locations with ambient temperatures of 0–30° C (32–86° F) • Not suitable for natatorium environments, e.g. swimming pools, hot tubs and saunas. The luminaire may be damaged by chemicals such as chlorine, solvents, ammonia, alcohol or sulfur in the area of operation or in cleaning products. Damage from contaminants is not covered under warranty. • Clean only by wiping with a slightly water-damp, soft, clean cloth. ELECTRICAL • No electrical connections are required at fixture level for installation; low voltage power cords factory preinstalled • High efficiency multivolt drivers, integrated with suspension and mounting components, for 50–60 Hz 120–277 V or 347 V • Power Factor > 0.90 • Total Harmonic Distortion < 20% • Dim level: Standard 3%, optional 1% or 0.1% • Optional Battery Pack delivers 10 W Class 2 rated output for 90 min. Use 12 W input energy to estimate emergency flux, typically 1150–1750 lm (@ 100–150 lm/W). • Optional GTD (Generator Transfer Switch), 120–277 V, disables 0–10 V control during emergency for full light output • Surge Protection: Meets ANSI C82.11 spec and ANSI/IEEE C62.41 • Inrush Current: Meets NEMA 410 CONSTRUCTION • Anodized, extruded + machined architectural grade aluminum • Precision machined aluminum joints and endcaps are factory preinstalled for seamless fit • Stainless steel fasteners • 0.04" (1.0 mm) stainless steel aircraft cable suspensions • Clear anodized surface finish or powdercoated in white, metallic silver or black, canopies in white as standard OPTICAL • Anidolic optical structures with linear light extraction elements • Precision molded high transmittance clear acrylic lenses • Long life mid-flux LED system designed for typical TM21 lumen maintenance ≥ L90 @ 60,000 h • Available in 3000 K, 3500 K, 4000 K or 2700–6500 K with CRI ≥ 80 and R9 ≥ 0. Also static white with CRI ≥ 90 and R9 ≥ 50, all with color accurate binning ≤ 2 SDCM WEIGHT • Fixture only: ~ 2.0 lb/ft (3 kg/m) WARRANTY • 5 year limited warranty on all components and workmanship INDEPENDENT TESTING • IESNA LM79 • IESNA LM80 (LED @ 10,000 h) APPROVALS • UL Listed (USA + Canada) • CCEA Chicago Plenum Protected by one or more US patents: 10215344, 10830415, 9733411, 9823406, D731700, D780971, D891670, D890403, D877953, D877954, D877955, 10077891; EU patents: 002263020-0001, 002263020-0002, 002263020-0003. LT07 PROFILE 100 DN LED (PF1xB) SPECIFICATION DATA TYPE PAGE 6 of 7 PF1xB | 2022-10 All rights reserved. © Fluxwerx Illumination 2022 604.549.9379 | fluxwerx.com Due to continuous product improvements, specifications and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certain options have limited compatibility with some other product selections. Consult www.fluxwerx.com for most current technical information. 80 CRI, 100% Down LIGHT DISTRIBUTION Profile Suspended 1% Up | 99% Dn Photometry Reports: 11692617.22 (19 W), 11692617.21 (23 W), 11692617.20 (29 W), 11692617.17 (38 W) Integrating Sphere and Photometric results at 4000K by an independent accredited testing laboratory per IES LM-79-2008 and ANSI C78.377-2011. Results for 3000K and 3500K scaled based on integrating sphere results at 38W (D). Candlepower Distribution scaled per total lumens of Integrating Sphere results. VERSION PERFORMANCE CONFIGURATION LIGHT & POWER VISUAL COMFORT CCT ENERGY (NOM.)LIGHT (lm/4ft) POWER (W/4ft) EFFICACY (lm/W) MAX INTENSITY 45–90° (Cd) MAX LUMINANCE 45–90° (Cd/m2) PF1xBx40 4000 K A 19 W 2077 18.49 112.3 609 6,380 B 23 W 2553 23.13 110.4 749 7,843 C 29 W 3106 28.74 108.1 911 9,541 D 38 W 3941 37.46 105.2 1,156 12,107 PF1xBx35 3500 K A 19 W 2022 18.49 109.4 593 6,212 B 23 W 2521 23.13 109.0 739 7,746 C 29 W 3067 28.74 106.7 900 9,423 D 38 W 3892 37.46 103.9 1,142 11,956 PF1xBx30 3000 K A 19 W 1967 18.50 106.3 577 6,043 B 23 W 2490 23.13 107.6 730 7,647 C 29 W 3029 28.74 105.4 888 9,304 D 38 W 3843 37.48 102.5 1,127 11,805 LUMEN MAINTENANCE A B C D 19 W 23 W 29 W 38 W L90 per TM-21 (hr)> 60,000 L70 Estimate (hr)> 200,000 FAMILY PERFORMANCE 80 CRI 90 CRI BATTERY OUTPUT – 80 CRI 4000 K 3500 K 3000 K 10 W BP Light (Est. lm)1340 1310 1270 COLOR 4000 K 3500 K 3000 K Color Rendering (CRI)83 83 82 Red Index (R9)4 4 3 Color Matching (SDCM)< 2 90 CRI OUTPUT 4000 K 3500 K 3000 K 90 CRI Multiplier 0.80 0.80 0.80 For Light (lm), Intensity (Cd) or Luminance (Cd/m2) in 90 CRI, multiply 80 CRI values by the 90 CRI Multiplier for chosen CCT. COLOR 4000 K 3500 K 3000 K Color Rendering (CRI)92 92 92 Red Index (R9)63 63 59 Color Matching (SDCM)< 2 LT07 PROFILE 100 DN LED (PF1xB) SPECIFICATION DATA TYPE PAGE 7 of 7 PF1xB | 2022-10 All rights reserved. © Fluxwerx Illumination 2022 604.549.9379 | fluxwerx.com Due to continuous product improvements, specifications and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certain options have limited compatibility with some other product selections. Consult www.fluxwerx.com for most current technical information. DYNAMIC WHITE PERFORMANCE DATA Photometry Reports: Fluxwerx Integrating Sphere and Photometric results scaled from PF1xB, PF1xA and PF1xA Dynamic White results from an independent accredited testing laboratory per IES LM-79-2008 and ANSI C78.377-2011. Candlepower Distribution scaled per total lumens of Integrating Sphere results. 80 CRI, 100% Down (PF1xBxW2) LIGHT DISTRIBUTION Profile Suspended 1% Up | 99% Dn CONFIGURATION LIGHT & POWER VISUAL COMFORT CCT ENERGY (NOM.)LIGHT (lm/4ft) POWER (W/4ft) EFFICACY (lm/W) MAX INTENSITY 45–90° (Cd) MAX LUMINANCE 45–90° (Cd/m2) 6500 K A 19 W 1920 18.84 101.9 B 23 W 2370 23.45 101.1 C 29 W 2850 29.41 96.9 5000 K A 19 W 1870 17.27 108.3 B 23 W 2320 21.86 106.1 C 29 W 2800 27.22 102.9 4000 K A 19 W 1870 17.19 108.8 B 23 W 2310 21.76 106.1 C 29 W 2790 27.09 103.0 3500 K A 19 W 1850 17.48 105.8 543 5,683 B 23 W 2280 22.13 103.0 669 7,004 C 29 W 2750 27.55 99.8 807 8,448 3000 K A 19 W 1790 18.10 98.9 B 23 W 2220 22.91 96.9 C 29 W 2670 28.53 93.6 2700 K A 19 W 1780 19.08 93.3 522 5,468 B 23 W 2210 23.75 93.1 648 6,789 C 29 W 2660 29.79 89.3 780 8,172 DYNAMIC WHITE CONTROL OPTIONS CONTROLS PROTOCOL CONTROL CURVE CONTROLS BRAND DW CODE CONTROLLER COMPONENTS* (ordered separately) DALI Linear e.g. Lutron, Crestron WD1 Controller supplied by others Inverse Log e.g. Distech, Helvar WD2 nLight Linear Acuity WN1 Factory installed nLight converter 0–10 V Linear e.g. Leviton, Watt Stopper, Crestron, Pass & Seymour WC1 Fluxwerx 0–10 V converter per zone Log e.g. Lutron, Cooper Controls WC2 * See Dynamic White Controller data sheet LT07 © 2022 Q-Tran Inc. All rights reserved | 155 Hill St. Milford, CT 06460 | 203-367-8777 | sales@q-tran.com | www.q-tran.com Specification subject to change. Rev-08-26-22 KURV-SW-HE Q-CAP Flexible Fixtures Tested for KURV-SW-HE-WSC-DRYOutput [Calculated L70 = 35000 hours]Dimensions Part Number Builder Voltage: 24 VDCWattage: see table * White snug clip included with side graze channel ENCAPSULATED PRODUCTS ARE NOT FIELD CUTTABLE Product Mounting Rated CCT Output Lens Type Connector/ Wire in Connector/ Wire out End Caps(No feed)Length(in) WSCRLCMC*SGCPPS-2PPS-96PPS-FTPPS-LP-2PPS-LP-96PPS-LP-FT ENC/CLENC/TL S1S2 S3S4 S5S6 BWBRL N/A CLWH P1P2P3P4P5P6 BW BRL BW BRL N/A - 2400K - 2700K - 3000K - 3500K - 4000K Single (Closed exit)Pass through2427303540 (IP20)(1.5W) (IP67)(3.0W) (6.0W) DRY SO WET HO VHO - BW comes in standard 24”- request custom length (Max 120”) by writing it in inches next to “BW” in the order code box (ex. BW48) - Connector/Wire In or Out not needed to specify product. Standard configuration is type S1, Connector/Wire In: BW & Connector/Wire Out: N/A with white endcap (WH) - PPS mounting clip recommended for seamless applications KURV-SW-HE Flexibility KURV-SW-HE is a fully encapsulated flexible linear LED fixture suitable for use in direct viewing applications because diodes are not visible due to its unique shape. KURV has a built-in parabolic curve, which allows the fixture to push out asymmetrical light with its internal reflector. Because of its dry and wet rating, it is perfect for not only indoor use but also as outdoor accent lighting, especially when the light needs to be wrapped around a mass. KURV-SW-HE encapsulates our one step, one bin 24-volt static white high efficacy LED strips in polyurethane. It is offered in three different outputs: standard output (1.5W/ ft), high output (3.0W/ft), and very high output (6.0W/ft). Available in a clear finish, where diodes are visible, or a translucent finish, where light is diffused. SO Standard Output 1.5 W/ft HO High Output 3.0 W/ft VHO Very High Output 6.0 W/ft ENC/CL ENC/TL ENC/CL ENC/TL ENC/CL ENC/TL CCT LM CRI LM CRI LM CRI LM CRI LM CRI LM CRI 2400K 133 93 133 92 272 93 270 92 465 93 460 92 2700K 153 95 146 95 282 96 264 96 493 96 468 96 3000K 150 96 163 96 311 96 295 96 529 97 515 96 3500K 159 98 144 98 325 98 295 98 556 98 486 98 4000K 147 97 127 97 298 97 258 97 518 97 445 97 Profile (Standard)Profile (Seamless bare wire)Profile (Seamless barrel) .43".70" 1.15" .47” .70” .98” .70" .72" Wiring Detail BW 24" .25" 6" COMPLIANT • 5 year warranty • Field modifications are not covered under Q-Tran warranty • Side Bend • IK10 impact rated • Data subject to change, all data has +/- 5% tolerance • PPS-FT is to be cut at Q-Tran to requested length Available in 2” increments from 12”-191” 12"-191" Consult factory for lengths under 12". LT08,LT08A,LTE03 © 2022 Q-Tran Inc. All rights reserved | 155 Hill St. Milford, CT 06460 | 203-367-8777 | sales@q-tran.com | www.q-tran.com Specification subject to change. Rev-08-26-22 KURV-SW-HE Q-CAP Flexible Fixtures Mounting NOTE: 2 white snug clips provided per first 12", 1 for each additional 12". Other mounting styles incur additional charge, see price guide for details. Connector/Wire – In/Out BW WSC CL End Feed RLC WH Tri-Directional BRL MC SGC PPS-2 PPS-96 PPS-FT PPS-LP-96PPS-LP-2 PPS-LP-FT Bare Wire 24"Barrel 6" White snug clip Rigid lock channel Magnetic clip(Cove use only)Side graze channel PVC mounting clip Clear endcaps.0" added at end Side bend6" bending radius White endcaps.0" added at end White endcaps.0" added at end White endcaps.32" added at end PVC channel Low profilePVC mounting clip Low profilePVC channel Low profilePVC channelCustom length S1, P1 S2, S3, S4, P2, P3, P4 Custom length .10".42" .35" Lens with LED visibility ENC/CL ENC/TL Encapsulatedin clear Encapsulatedin translucent Type .00" dim spot .10" dim spot .10" dim spot .67" dim spot Compatible Power Supplies See website for additional power supply options .37” .81” .75” .51” .27” .12” .77” 1.0” .84” 1.0 ” 1.0” 1.40” .85” .69 " 2.0 " 1.25" .86" 2.0 " 1.25" .86" 96 " 1.25" .86" 96 " / FT .69 " 96 " / FT .69 " 96 " / FT .69 " 2.0 " .98" .86" 2.0 " .98" .86" 96 " .98" .86" 96" / FT .69 " 96 " / FT .69 " 96 " / FT Light source .70" .72" .10" .70" .72" .10".10” .70” .72” .70" .72" .10".32" .70” .72” .32”.10” iQ-PH-80 QD1QTM-DC+CAP QZ QTM-eLED SINGLE (Input only) S1 P1 S2 P2 S3 P3 S4 P4 S5 S6 P5 P6 SINGLE (Input only) PASS THROUGH (Input/Output) Seamless Seamless Seamless Seamless++__IN IN ++__++__IN ++__IN ++__IN++__IN OUT++__IN ++__IN OUT IN OUT ++__++__IN OUT ++__IN OUT ++__OUT IN End Caps (No Feed) Bend Radius End Caps (With Feed) Compatible Accessories See website for additional accessories options Q-ANGLE OmnidirectionalwirewaysS5, P5, S6, P6 Shown with bare wire, connectors vary 4.25” Seamless LT08,LT08A,LTE03 NOTCH 1 AREA SYMMETRIC (NN1-B) PAGE 1 of 7 NN1-B | 2021-12 All rights reserved. © Fluxwerx Illumination 2021 604.549.9379 | fluxwerx.com Due to continuous product improvements, specifications and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certain options have limited compatibility with some other product selections. Consult www.fluxwerx.com for most current technical information. SPECIFICATION DATA TYPE FEATURES • 1.5" aperture, open design with fully luminous interior. No horizontal lenses or diffusers. • Recessed companion to Profile Mini suspended, smaller scale version of Notch 2. • Anidolic optics provide shielded, precisely controlled optical distributions, for low glare and wide row spacing. • Up to 12 ft oc. spacing, delivering 40 fc at less than 0.4 W/ft2. • Length increments of 1' in drywall or 2' in T-grid ceilings. • L-Corner module enables square, rectangular and open patterns. • Extruded aluminum trims simplify installation and help installers to achieve precise fit and finish. • Optional Dado and Capsule drywall endcaps create a unique boundary for a continuous line of light. D2 — DRYWALL TRIMLESS SHOWN WITH (E) DADO ENDCAP OPTION CEILINGS & TRIM DRYWALL TRIM DRYWALL TRIMLESS GRID CATALOG # PROJECT NOTES CROSS SECTION PERFORMANCE FOCUS 4.03"(102) 4.03"(102) 1.43"(36) 1.43"(36) 3.1"(79) 3.1"(79) (ON CENTER) 15/16" GRID SHOWN 80 CRI 4000 K (NN1-Bx40) Energy (W/ft)Light (lm/ft)Efficacy (lm/W) A 4.5 W 400 99 B 5.5 W 525 98 C 7 W 650 96 D 8.5 W 800 95 Color Matching (SDCM) Lumen Maintenance (hr) L90 per TM21 L70 Estimate < 2 > 60,000 > 200,000 Nominal values, refer to back pages for full performance data. 100% Dn Symmetric LT09 NOTCH 1 AREA SYMMETRIC (NN1-B) PAGE 2 of 7 NN1-B | 2021-12 All rights reserved. © Fluxwerx Illumination 2021 604.549.9379 | fluxwerx.com Due to continuous product improvements, specifications and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certain options have limited compatibility with some other product selections. Consult www.fluxwerx.com for most current technical information. SPECIFICATION DATA TYPE ORDER GUIDE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 OPTIONS CONTROLS NN1 B 1 FAMILY 2 VERSION 3 TRIM / CEILING 4 DISTRIBUTION 5 ENERGY 2 NN1 Notch 1 Area L R Linear Row Pattern Side/Corner D1 D2 G1 Drywall — Trim Flange Drywall — Trimless Grid — 9/16" or 15/16" Flat-T 9/16" Tegular or Bolt-Slot A B Asymmetric Symmetric A B C D 4.5 W/ft 5.5 W/ft 7 W/ft 8.5 W/ftPATTERN 1 P0 P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 Square Rectangle 2 Sides | 1 Corner 3 Sides | 2 Corners 4 Sides | 3 Corners 5 Sides | 4 Corners 2 Add 1 W/ft for BP or 347 V with E1-4/L1.1 Other patterns available, consult Fluxwerx. OPTIONS CONTROLS WIRING & EMERGENCY LAYOUT & FINISH SENSORS & CONTROLLERS A# B# F H# T Alternate Wiring Module Qty (Two 4 ft circuits in 8 ft module for EM, NL or AV switching) Battery Pack Qty 6 6' Flex Whip (in first module) Emergency Switch Qty 6 (GTD or Controller) Throughwire Circuit C E K P Chicago Plenum Dado Endcap 7 Black Trim and Endcap Capsule Endcap 8 RE1 VN1 Remote Enlighted Smart Sensor Acuity nLight Converter 7 Dado End: D2 trim, only one end by default. 8 Capsule End: D2 only.6 BP/GTD: For 120-277 V, linear 4 ft or 8 ft modules. 6 CRI-CCT 7 DRIVER 8 VOLTAGE 9 LENGTH 30 35 40 93 90 94 80 CRI 3000 K 80 CRI 3500 K 80 CRI 4000 K 90 CRI 3000 K 90 CRI 3500 K 90 CRI 4000 K F1 F2 E1 E2 E3 E4 L1 L2 Non-Dim 0–10 V Dim 3% eldoLED ECO 0–10 V Dim 1% eldoLED SOLO 0–10 V Dim 0.1% eldoLED ECO DALI Dim 1% eldoLED SOLO DALI Dim 0.1% Lutron Hi-Lume 1% EcoSystem (LDE1) Lutron Hi-Lume 1% 2-Wire 120 V (LTEA) M 1 2 3 120–277 V 120 V 4 277 V 4 347 V 5 XX Length in ft (min 2 ft) Drywall — 1 ft increments Grid — 2 ft increments (for 1 ft consult Fluxwerx) CORNERS LC L Corner (Flat 2' x 2') 4 Fixed 120 or 277 V for nLight, 120 V for 2-wire driver.5 347 V Transformer for E1-4/L1 drivers. LT09 NOTCH 1 AREA SYMMETRIC (NN1-B) PAGE 3 of 7 NN1-B | 2021-12 All rights reserved. © Fluxwerx Illumination 2021 604.549.9379 | fluxwerx.com Due to continuous product improvements, specifications and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certain options have limited compatibility with some other product selections. Consult www.fluxwerx.com for most current technical information. SPECIFICATION DATA TYPE PRODUCT DETAILS TRIM D1 — DRYWALL TRIM FLANGE D2 — DRYWALL TRIMLESS OPTIONAL — DADO ENDCAP OPTIONAL — CAPSULE ENDCAP TRIMLESS G1 — 9/16" GRID FLAT T G1 — 15/16" GRID FLAT T G1 — 9/16" TEGULAR | SLOT GRID GRID LINEAR ANIDOLIC OPTIC TRIM OPTIONS LT09 NOTCH 1 AREA SYMMETRIC (NN1-B) PAGE 4 of 7 NN1-B | 2021-12 All rights reserved. © Fluxwerx Illumination 2021 604.549.9379 | fluxwerx.com Due to continuous product improvements, specifications and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certain options have limited compatibility with some other product selections. Consult www.fluxwerx.com for most current technical information. SPECIFICATION DATA TYPE 2.69"(68) 2.69"(68) 3"(76) 3"(76) 3.43"(87) 3.43"(87) 3.98"(101) 3.98"(101) 2.5"(63) 2.5"(63) ROD DROPHEIGHT 1.43"(36) 1.43"(36) 3.98"(101) 3.98"(101) 1.43"(36) 1.43"(36) 3.25"(83) 3.25"(83) 2.5"(63) 2.5"(63) ROD DROPHEIGHT 4.88"(124) 4.88"(124) 0.94"(24) 0.94"(24) 4.03"(102) 4.03"(102) 1.43"(36) 1.43"(36) 3.1"(79) 3.1"(79) (ON CENTER) 4.03"(102) 4.03"(102) 1.43"(36) 1.43"(36) 3.1"(79) 3.1"(79) 0.56"(14) 0.56"(14) (ON CENTER) 4.03"(102) 4.03"(102) 1.43"(36) 1.43"(36) 3.1"(79) 3.1"(79) 0.56"(14) 0.56"(14) (ON CENTER) 4.25"(108) 4.25"(108) 1.52"(39) 1.52"(39) 4.88"(124) 4.88"(124) 3.87"(98) 3.87"(98) 1.43"(36) 1.43"(36) 4.88"(124) 4.88"(124) 3.25"(83) 3.25"(83)CUTOUTCUTOUT CUTOUTCUTOUT 4.6"(117) 4.6"(117) 1.25"(32) 1.25"(32) 4.87"(124) 4.87"(124) 3.25"(83) 3.25"(83) 1.94"(49) 1.94"(49) CUTOUTCUTOUT CUTOUTCUTOUT FIXTURE HOUSING DIMENSIONS DRYWALL TRIM FLANGE D1 DRYWALL TRIMLESS D2 15/16" | 9/16" FLAT GRID G1 9/16" BOLT SLOT TEGULAR GRID G1 9/16" TEGULAR G1 DADO ENDCAP OPTION E END VIEW CAPSULE ENDCAP OPTION P SURFACE VIEW LT09 NOTCH 1 AREA SYMMETRIC (NN1-B) PAGE 5 of 7 NN1-B | 2021-12 All rights reserved. © Fluxwerx Illumination 2021 604.549.9379 | fluxwerx.com Due to continuous product improvements, specifications and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certain options have limited compatibility with some other product selections. Consult www.fluxwerx.com for most current technical information. SPECIFICATION DATA TYPE Continuous rows are available in nominal 1' increments in drywall ceilings and in 2' increments on-grid for T-bar ceilings. Standalone fixtures are available in 2', 3', 4', 6', or 8' sizes. LINEAR ROWS & FIXTURES NOTE: Run lengths are nominal and vary with ceiling condition and trim selections. To determine the overall drywall ceiling cutout length, add an endcap allowance to each end of a straight run, as follows: Standard flat endcap (D1-D4) — 1/2"; Capsule endcap — 1-1/4"; Dado endcap — 3/16". DRYWALL CUTOUT DIMENSIONS • Cutout dimensions apply to all drywall trim options. • A minimum depth of 4.25" above the ceiling plane is required. INSTALLATION NOTES • Threaded rod or lag bolt mounting is required for ceiling installations only: — Ensure 1/4–20 threaded rod length is cut between 2.25" – 2.75" above finished ceiling plane. — 2 threaded rods required for each linear housing. EXAMPLE OF A DRYWALL CUTOUT FOR A 15' RUN 2' 6' 4' X' 3'(drywall only) 8' 21.31"(541) 21.31"(541) 23.04"(585) 23.04"(585) 33.81"(859) 33.81"(859) 35.54"(903) 35.54"(903) 45.31"(1151) 45.31"(1151) 47.04"(1195) 47.04"(1195) 69.31"(1760) 69.31"(1760) 71.04"(1804) 71.04"(1804) 94.25"(2394) 94.25"(2394) 96"(2438) 96"(2438)HOUSINGHOUSING MOUNTSMOUNTS 0.88"(22) 0.88"(22)*TYPICAL 1/4-20THREADED RODMOUNTING SLOT 3.25"(83) 3.25"(83) 3.0"(76) 3.0"(76) D1 CUTOUTWIDTH 3.25"(83) 3.25"(83) 3.0"(76) 3.0"(76) D1 CUTOUTWIDTH 3.25"(83) 3.25"(83) 3.0"(76) 3.0"(76) D1 CUTOUTWIDTH 3.25"(83) 3.25"(83) 3.0"(76) 3.0"(76) D1 CUTOUTWIDTH 3.25"(83) 3.25"(83) 3.0"(76) 3.0"(76) D1 CUTOUTWIDTH 2 FT 3 FT 4 FT 8 FT6 FT MOUNTS HOUSING MOUNTS HOUSING MOUNTS HOUSING HOUSING MOUNTS (8')(4')(3') 0.5"(13) 0.5"(13) 0.5"(13) 0.5"(13) 3.25"(83) 3.25"(83) 3.0"(76) 3.0"(76) D1 CUTOUTWIDTH 33.81"(859) 33.81"(859) 35.54"(903) 35.54"(903) 45.31"(1151) 45.31"(1151) 47.04"(1195) 47.04"(1195) 94.25"(2394) 94.25"(2394) 96"(2438) 96"(2438) OR 179.58" 14'–11.58" 179.58" 14'–11.58" [ Add: 96", 47.04", 35.54", 2 x 0.5" ] HOUSINGHOUSING MOUNTSMOUNTS CUTOUT LENGTHCUTOUT LENGTH ENDCAP ALLOWANCE(See note above)ENDCAP ALLOWANCE(See note above) LT09 NOTCH 1 AREA SYMMETRIC (NN1-B) PAGE 6 of 7 NN1-B | 2021-12 All rights reserved. © Fluxwerx Illumination 2021 604.549.9379 | fluxwerx.com Due to continuous product improvements, specifications and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certain options have limited compatibility with some other product selections. Consult www.fluxwerx.com for most current technical information. SPECIFICATION DATA TYPE ENVIRONMENTAL & CARE • Designed for use in dry or damp indoor locations with ambient temperatures of 0–30° C (32–86° F) • Not suitable for natatorium environments, e.g. swimming pools, hot tubs and saunas. The luminaire may be damaged by chemicals such as chlorine, solvents, ammonia, alcohol or sulfur in the area of operation or in cleaning products. Damage from contaminants is not covered under warranty. • Clean only by wiping with a slightly water-damp, soft, clean cloth. NOTES Lutron EcoSystem network protocol enables on/off, dimming, occupancy sensing and daylight harvesting. Option: Hi-Lume 1% EcoSystem (L1), Model: LDE1 nLight wired, 2-way network supports luminaire light level control as well as occupancy and daylight sensors. Option: Acuity nLight Converter (VN1), Model: nPS-80-EZ or nPS-80-EZ-ER Enlighted wireless, networked smart sensor integrates occupancy sensing, daylight harvesting, energy usage, temperature and light level control. Option: Remote Enlighted sensor (RE1), Model: SU-5E-CL EldoLED drivers support common wired protocols, 0–10 V and DALI. They also provide access to finer dimming control, dynamic white and Bluetooth low- energy (BLE) wireless. Options: ECO 1% (E1), SOLO 0.1% (E2) CONTROLS & SENSORS Fluxwerx products are designed for simple integration with a wide range of wired & wireless sensors, lighting controls and building management systems. These support occupancy sensing, daylight harvesting, individual or central adjustment of light levels and luminaire or space monitoring. CONSTRUCTION • 20 ga. satin coat steel housing • Extruded aluminum flange options available for drywall trim, trimless and T-bar grid ceilings • White powdercoat or optional black trim OPTICAL • Anidolic optical structures with linear light extraction elements • Precision extruded high transmittance clear acrylic lenses • Long life mid-flux LED system designed for typical TM21 lumen maintenance ≥ L90 @ 60,000 h • Available in 3000 K, 3500 K, 4000 K with CRI ≥ 80 and R9 ≥ 0, or CRI ≥ 90 and R9 ≥ 50, all with color accurate binning ≤ 2 SDCM WEIGHT • Maximum 3.5 lb/ft (5.2 kg/m) with standard driver • Maximum 3.7 lb/ft (5.5 kg/m) with battery pack or 347 V transformer WARRANTY • 5 year limited warranty on all components and workmanship INDEPENDENT TESTING • IESNA LM79 • IESNA LM80 (LED @ 9,000 or 10,000 h) APPROVALS • UL Listed (USA + Canada) • CCEA Chicago Plenum • IC Rated ELECTRICAL • Integral high efficiency multivolt drivers, for 50–60 Hz 120–277 V or 347 V • Power Factor > 0.90 • Total Harmonic Distortion < 20% • Dim level: Standard 3%, optional 1% or 0.1% • Optional Battery Pack delivers 10 W Class 2 rated output for 90 min. Use 12 W input energy to estimate emergency flux, typically 1000–1200 lm (@90–100 lm/W). • Optional GTD (Generator Transfer Switch), 120–277 V, disables 0–10 V control during emergency for full light output • Surge Protection: Meets ANSI C82.11 spec and ANSI/IEEE C62.41 • Inrush Current: Meets NEMA 410 Protected by one or more US patents: 10215344, 10830415, 9733411, 9823406, D731700, D780971; EU patents: 002263020-0001, 002263020-0002, 002263020-0003. LT09 NOTCH 1 AREA SYMMETRIC (NN1-B) PAGE 7 of 7 NN1-B | 2021-12 All rights reserved. © Fluxwerx Illumination 2021 604.549.9379 | fluxwerx.com Due to continuous product improvements, specifications and dimensions are subject to change without notice. Certain options have limited compatibility with some other product selections. Consult www.fluxwerx.com for most current technical information. SPECIFICATION DATA TYPE FAMILY PERFORMANCE VERSION PERFORMANCE 80 CRI 90 CRI BATTERY OUTPUT – 80 CRI 4000 K 3500 K 3000 K 10 W BP Light (Est. lm)1180 1160 1130 COLOR 4000 K 3500 K 3000 K Color Rendering (CRI)83 83 83 Red Index (R9)6 4 6 Color Matching (SDCM)< 2 90 CRI OUTPUT 4000 K 3500 K 3000 K 90 CRI Multiplier 0.84 0.84 0.84 For Light (lm), Intensity (Cd) or Luminance (Cd/m2) in 90 CRI, multiply 80 CRI values by the 90 CRI Multiplier for chosen CCT. COLOR 4000 K 3500 K 3000 K Color Rendering (CRI)92 93 92 Red Index (R9)63 64 59 Color Matching (SDCM)< 2 80 CRI, 100% Down Symmetric Photometry Reports: 3500K, 18 W | 13911702.04; 22 W | 13911702.03; 36 W | 13809463.01 Integrating Sphere and Photometric results by an independent accredited testing laboratory per IES LM-79-2008 and ANSI C78.377-2011. Results for 3000K, 3500K and 4000K scaled based on integrating sphere results of Notch1 Symmetric and Profile Mini 100Dn 3000K and 4000K. Candlepower Distribution scaled per total lumens of Integrating Sphere results. LIGHT DISTRIBUTION Notch 1 100% Dn Symmetric CONFIGURATION LIGHT & POWER VISUAL COMFORT CCT ENERGY (NOM.)LIGHT (lm/ft) POWER (W/ft) EFFICACY (lm/W) MAX INTENSITY 45–90° (Cd) MAX LUMINANCE 45–90° (Cd/m2) NN1-Bx40 4000 K A 4.5 W 418 4.23 98.9 510 15,849 B 5.5 W 529 5.39 98.1 644 20,027 C 7 W 650 6.77 96.0 792 24,608 D 8.5 W 794 8.41 94.5 968 30,098 NN1-Bx35 3500 K A 4.5 W 409 4.23 96.7 499 15,498 B 5.5 W 517 5.39 95.9 630 19,582 C 7 W 636 6.77 93.9 775 24,060 D 8.5 W 777 8.41 92.4 946 29,426 NN1-Bx30 3000 K A 4.5 W 400 4.23 94.6 487 15,148 B 5.5 W 505 5.39 93.7 616 19,136 C 7 W 621 6.77 91.8 757 23,511 D 8.5 W 759 8.41 90.3 925 28,754 LUMEN MAINTENANCE A B C D 4.5 W 5.5 W 7 W 8.5 W L90 per TM-21 (hr)> 60,000 L70 Estimate (hr)> 200,000 LT09 DM - R25 Last update: June 14, 2023 Collection of compact exterior luminaires for architectural lighting. Rugged stainless steel construction, with tempered glass lens, these luminaires are designed to perform in extreme conditions. This serie is available in 3 sizes, that can be installed for in-ground, wall or ceiling applications. Complete range of optic distributions for accent lighting, effects lighting and markers. Due to continuous improvements, the information herein may be changed without notice 9320 Boul. St-Laurent, suite 100, Montréal (Québec) Canada H2N 1N7, P.: 514.523.1339 F.: 514.525.6107 www.iguzzini.com/us Project : Type:SPECIFICATION SHEET Page: 1 of 9 Luminaire characteristics: Power input: 1W to 5.5W (fixture wattage) Lumens: 7lm to 531lm (for 3000K, 80CRI) Luminaire efficacy: Up to 99lm/W Source: LUXEON LED module (LM-80) 2700K: 80CRI, 3000K: 80CRI, 3500K: 80CRI, 4000K: 80CRI.Lumen maintenance: ILUO28: 90% of initial lumens at 100 000 hours (L90) ILUO50: 80% of initial lumens at 98 000 hours (L80) ILUO80: 80% of initial lumens at 98 000 hours (L80) Optics: Spot, medium, flood, wide flood with Opti Beam technology. Wall washer, diffuse or light blade. Material: Body and frame : AISI 304 stainless steel Diffuser: 6 to 8 mm extra-clear or opal sodium- calcium tempered glass. Optics: PMMA lens or PE film for diffuse optic, clear, black or metalized polycarbonate reflector Mounting: Ground, wall or ceiling recessed installation using polypropylene back box or panel mounting springs. Supplied with 6ft (2m) long outdoor rated power cable. 12" of gravel is required below the luminaire to allow proper drainage. Electrical: High efficiency LED driver, rated at 50 000 hours. See remote LED driver options on page 3. Finish: Stainless steel Weight: ILUO28: 0.4lb (0.2kg) ILUO50: 1.2lb (0.5kg) ILUO80: 2.8lb (1.3kg) Load capacity: 4 409lb (2 000kg) Glass surface temperature: 104°F (40°C) Operating temperature: ILUO28: -13 to 95°F (-25 to 35°C) ILUO50: -13 to 122°F (-25 to 50°C) ILUO80: -4 to 95°F (-20 to 35°C) Warranty: 5 year limited warranty Ratings: ILUO28: IK09, IP66, IP68* ILUO50: IK07, IP66, IP68* ILUO80: IK09, IP66, IP68* * Complete immersion for 10 minutes, not suitable for use in swimming pools or fountains. Certification: cULus listed for wet location. Light Up OrbitStainless steel LT10 DM - R25 Last update: June 14, 2023 Due to continuous improvements, the information herein may be changed without notice 9320 Boul. St-Laurent, suite 100, Montréal (Québec) Canada H2N 1N7, P.: 514.523.1339 F.: 514.525.6107 www.iguzzini.com/us Project : Type:SPECIFICATION SHEET Page: 2 of 9 WIRING ACCESSORIES(TO BE ORDERED SEPARATELY) 9581-02 - Black watertight connectors (x4), rated IP68 MOUNTING ACCESSORIES(TO BE ORDERED SEPARATELY) X190-02 - Polypropylene recessed back box for in-ground installation for ILUO28 Ø5½" x 4" (Ø140 x 101mm) X192 - Mounting springs for panel installation for ILUO28 (panel thickness ¼" to 9⁄16" or 1-9⁄16" for floating floor boards) X194 - Mounting springs for panel installation for ILUO50 (panel thickness ¼" to 9⁄16" or 1-9⁄16" for floating floor boards) X196 - Mounting springs for panel installation for ILUO80 (panel thickness ¼" to 9⁄16" or 1-9⁄16" for floating floor boards) 9583 - Suction cup for fixture removal X191-02 - Polypropylene recessed back box for wall and ceiling installation for ILUO28 Ø5½" x 4" (Ø140 x 101mm) X193-02 - Polypropylene recessed back box for in-ground, wall and ceiling installation for ILUO50 Ø6¾" x 4" (Ø170 x 110mm) X195-02 - Polypropylene recessed back box for in-ground and wall installation for ILUO80 Ø7½" x 4" (Ø190 x 110mm) WATERPROOF IP68 FIELD CONNECTOR For 0.25"- 0.375" (5-9.5mm) cable, 2x 16-24 AWG conductors 9015-9016-KIT - Female and male connector. ORDERING INFO PRODUCT CODE 281" (28mm) 502" (50mm) 803" (80mm) BOBase output MO 1 2 Medium output HO 1 High output 8272700K, 80CRI 8303000K, 80CRI 835 3500K, 80CRI 840 4000K, 80CRI BL 1 2 Light blade SP 1 2 4 Spot- 28mm (12°)- 50mm (6°)- 80mm (8°) MD 3 4 Medium- 28mm (21°)- 50mm (24°) FL 2 Flood- 80mm (32°) WF 2 3 Wide flood- 50mm (44°)- 80mm (50°) DI 1 2 4 Diffuse WW 2 3 Wall washer WL 2 3 Wall washersuper comfort REMRemote 13Stainless steel MODEL OUTPUT LED OPTIC VOLTAGE FINISH 1 Available for 50 model.2 Available for 80 model.3 Available for 50 model with base output (BO).4 Available for 28 model. Select remote driver on page 3 Light Up OrbitStainless steel LT10 DM - R25 Last update: June 14, 2023 Due to continuous improvements, the information herein may be changed without notice 9320 Boul. St-Laurent, suite 100, Montréal (Québec) Canada H2N 1N7, P.: 514.523.1339 F.: 514.525.6107 www.iguzzini.com/us Project : Type:SPECIFICATION SHEET Page: 3 of 9 4548-0350-006-120-D10 4548-0350-012-120-LTE 4549-0350-019-UNV-ED10 4549-0350-019-UNV-SD10 4548-0500-020-UNV-D10 4548-0500-025-120-LTE 4549-0500-027-UNV-ED10 4549-0500-027-UNV-SD10 4549-0700-030-UNV-ED10 4549-0700-030-UNV-SD10 Driver box model ILUO28 ILUO50 ILUO80 BO (1W*)SP, MD, DI 2-5 3-10 1-17 1-17 - - - - - - BO (1W*)BL, SP, DI, WW, WL - - 1-17 1-17 - - - - - - BO (3.8W*)MD, WF - - 1-4 1-4 - - - - - - MO (1.4W*)SP, DI - - - - 6-12 6-15 1-17 1-17 - - HO (2W*)SP, DI - - - - - - - - 1-14 1-14 BO (2.9W / 3W*)BL, WW, WL - - 1-5 1-5 - - - - - - BO (3.8W*)SP, FL, WF, DI - - 1-4 1-4 - - - - - - MO (4.2W*)BL, WW, WL - - - - 2-4 2-5 1-5 1-5 - - MO (5.5W*)SP, FL, WF, DI - - - - 2-3 2-4 1-4 1-4 - - Min-max units 4444-0350-006-120-D10 4444-0350-012-120-LTE 4443-0350-013-UNV-D2** 4450-0350-019-UNV-D10 4450-0350-019-UNV-ED10 4450-0350-019-UNV-SD10 4450-0500-027-UNV-ED10 4450-0500-027-UNV-SD10 4450-0700-030-UNV-ED10 4450-0700-030-UNV-SD10 Driver box model ILUO28 ILUO50 ILUO80 BO (1W*)SP, MD, DI 2-5 3-10 6-12 3-16 1-17 1-17 - - - - BO (1W*)BL, SP, DI, WW, WL - 3-10 - 3-16 1-17 1-17 - - - - BO (3.8W*)MD, WF - 1-2 - 1-4 1-4 1-4 - - - - MO (1.4W*)SP, DI - - - - - - 1-17 1-17 - - HO (2W*)SP, DI - - - - - - - - 1-14 1-14 BO (2.9W / 3W*)BL, WW, WL - 1-3 - 2-5 1-5 1-5 - - - - BO (3.8W*)SP, FL, WF, DI - 1-2 - 1-4 1-4 1-4 - - - - MO (4.2W*)BL, WW, WL - - - - - - 1-5 1-5 - - MO (5.5W*)SP, FL, WF, DI - - - - - - 1-4 1-4 - - 4450-0700-038-UNV-D10 ----3-16 ---- Min-max units Outdoor rated drivers Indoor rated drivers 44435" x 4" x 3"(127 x 102 x 76mm) 44446" x 4" x 3"(152 x 102 x 76mm) 44508" x 8" x 4"(203 x 203 x 102mm) 45486" x 4.5" x 3"(152 x 114 x 76mm) 454914.5" x 5" x 3.5"(368 x 127 x 89mm) 0350350mA 0500500mA 0700700mA 006 to 0306W to 30W DIMENSION CONSTANT CURRENT WATTAGE 120120V UNV120-277V VOLTAGE DIMMING PROTOCOL D100-10VMax distance: 9m (30ft)*(down to 10%) D2Lutron Hi Lume® 1% EcoSystem™(Soft-on, Fade to Black)Max distance: 9m (30ft)*(down to 1%) ED100-10V ELDOLED ECOdriveMax distance: 36m (118ft)*(down to 1%) SD100-10V ELDOLED SOLOdriveMax distance: 36m (118ft)*(down to 0.1%) LTELeading edge and trailing edge(ELV and TRIAC)Max distance: 100m (330ft)*(down to 15%) *Max distance cable calculated for 16AWG cable. Contact customer service for longer remote distance. WIRING DIAGRAMSMultiple luminaires must be connected in series(home run or fixture chain) * Wattage requirement for one (1) fixture (remote fixture only).** OEM digital LED driver allotment letter required to order any LUTRON products. Please contact a LUTRON representative for more information. REMOTE LED DRIVER OPTIONS (TO BE ORDERED SEPARATELY) PRODUCT CODE DRIVER BOX MODEL DESCRIPTION Light Up OrbitStainless steel LT10 DM - R25 Last update: June 14, 2023 Due to continuous improvements, the information herein may be changed without notice 9320 Boul. St-Laurent, suite 100, Montréal (Québec) Canada H2N 1N7, P.: 514.523.1339 F.: 514.525.6107 www.iguzzini.com/us Project : Type:SPECIFICATION SHEET Page: 4 of 9 FAMILY OVERVIEW 2" (50mm) 3" (80mm) 1" (28mm) Spot (6°) Spot (12°) Wide flood (44°)Light blade Wall washer Wall washer super comfort Diffuse Wall washer Wall washersuper comfort Diffuse Diffuse Spot (6°) Flood (32°) Wide flood (50°)Light blade Medium (24°) Medium (21°) Light Up OrbitStainless steel LT10 DM - R25 Last update: June 14, 2023 Due to continuous improvements, the information herein may be changed without notice 9320 Boul. St-Laurent, suite 100, Montréal (Québec) Canada H2N 1N7, P.: 514.523.1339 F.: 514.525.6107 www.iguzzini.com/us Project : Type:SPECIFICATION SHEET Page: 5 of 9 Ø 3⅛"(Ø 80mm) 7½"(190mm) 3" (80mm) SECTION VIEWTOP VIEW Ø 2"(Ø 50mm) 6⅝"(170mm) 2" (50mm) SECTION VIEWTOP VIEW 5½" (140mm) 1"(24mm) 1¾"(44mm) 2¾"(69mm) 1" (28mm) SECTION VIEWTOP VIEW DIMENSIONS Ø 1⅛"(Ø 28mm) 2⅝" (68mm)4" (101mm) 2⅞" (72mm)4" (101mm) 3⅛" (79mm)4" (101mm) Light Up OrbitStainless steel LT10 DM - R25 Last update: June 14, 2023 Due to continuous improvements, the information herein may be changed without notice 9320 Boul. St-Laurent, suite 100, Montréal (Québec) Canada H2N 1N7, P.: 514.523.1339 F.: 514.525.6107 www.iguzzini.com/us Project : Type:SPECIFICATION SHEET Page: 6 of 9 19"(0.5m)19"(0.5m) 12"(0.3m)16"(0.4m) 3" (80mm)2" (50mm) SUGGESTED SURFACE DISTANCE FLOORWASHER WALLWASHERFLOORWASHERWALLWASHER WALL WASHER INSTALLATION 19"(0.5m)19"(0.5m)19"(0.5m)19"(0.5m) SUGGESTED SPACING FOR UNIFORM DISTRIBUTION 3" (80mm)2" (50mm) Light Up OrbitStainless steel LT10 DM - R25 Last update: June 14, 2023 Due to continuous improvements, the information herein may be changed without notice 9320 Boul. St-Laurent, suite 100, Montréal (Québec) Canada H2N 1N7, P.: 514.523.1339 F.: 514.525.6107 www.iguzzini.com/us Project : Type:SPECIFICATION SHEET Page: 7 of 9 Ground Wall Ceiling 3.52 Center beam fc Beam width ft 2.6 5.07 2.1 7.92 1.7 14.1 1.3 12ft 10ft 8ft 6ft 4ft 2ft 12ft 10ft 8ft 6ft 4ft 2ft 31.7 0.9 127 0.4 Spot 12° BO (3000K, 80CRI) 425 340 255 170 85 CD 0 -0° H 510 90° 50° 70° 30° 10° 12ft 10ft 8ft 6ft 4ft 2ft 2.49 Center beam fc Beam width ft 4.4 3.59 3.6 5.61 2.9 9.97 2.2 22.4 1.5 89.8 0.7 Medium 21° BO (3000K, 80CRI) 308 247 185 123 62 CD 0 -0° H 370 90° 50° 70° 30° 10° 0.02 Center beam fc Beam width ft 34.0 0.03 28.3 0.04 22.7 0.07 17.0 0.16 11.3 0.65 5.7 Diffuse BO (3000K, 80CRI) 2.5 2.5 1.5 1.0 0.5 CD 0 -0° H 3.0 90° 50° 70° 30° 10° CCT (K) CRI LOAD (W)* OUTPUT OPTIC BO LUMENS (lm) EFFICACY (lm / W) MAX CANDELA (cd) MODELS 803000K 1W 48Spot 12°48 507 ILUO28-BO-830SP 56Medium 21°56 368 ILUO28-BO-830MD 7Diffuse 7 3 ILUO28-BO-830DI *For products that uses a remote led driver, total system wattage will varies according to the efficacy of the remote led driver selected. For this reason, the load and efficacy valuesgiven in the table above refers to the led source only and does not include the led driver consumption. 1" (28mm) PHOTOMETRIC DATA CCT options CRI options Multiplier 2700K 80CRI 0.97 3000K 80CRI 1 3500K 80CRI 1.04 4000K 80CRI 1.08 Light Up OrbitStainless steel LT10 DM - R25 Last update: June 14, 2023 Due to continuous improvements, the information herein may be changed without notice 9320 Boul. St-Laurent, suite 100, Montréal (Québec) Canada H2N 1N7, P.: 514.523.1339 F.: 514.525.6107 www.iguzzini.com/us Project : Type:SPECIFICATION SHEET Page: 8 of 9 CCT (K) CRI LOAD (W)* OUTPUT OPTIC BO LUMENS (lm) EFFICACY (lm / W) MAX CANDELA (cd) MODELS 803000K 86 86 3 412 ILUO50-BO-830SP MO 1.5W HO 2W 1W 4W 119 79 4 724 ILUO50-MO-830SP 159 Spot 6° Spot 6° Spot 6°79 6 299 ILUO50-HO-830SP 352 88 1 675 ILUO50-BO-830MD 352 Medium 24° Wide flood 44°88 719 ILUO50-BO-830WF 12 12 16 ILUO50-BO-830WL 14 Wall washer SC (super comfort) Diffuse 14 5 ILUO50-BO-830DI 43 43 56 ILUO50-BO-830WWWall washer 20 13 7 ILUO50-MO-830DI 25 Diffuse Diffuse 12 9 ILUO50-HO-830DI 1W 9Light blade 9 121 ILUO50-BO-830BL Ground Wall Ceiling 2" (50mm) PHOTOMETRIC DATA *For products that uses a remote led driver, total system wattage will varies according to the efficacy of the remote led driver selected. For this reason, the load and efficacy valuesgiven in the table above refers to the led source only and does not include the led driver consumption. 23.7 Center beam fc Beam width ft 1.2 34.1 1.0 53.3 0.8 94.8 0.6 12ft 10ft 8ft 6ft 4ft 2ft 12ft 10ft 8ft 6ft 4ft 2ft 213 0.4 853 0.2 Spot 6° BO (3000K, 80CRI) 2 917 2 333 1 750 1 167 583 CD 0 -0° H 3 500 90° 50° 70° 30° 10° 12ft 10ft 8ft 6ft 4ft 2ft 11.2 Center beam fc Beam width ft 5.2 16.2 4.3 25.3 3.4 44.9 2.6 101 1.7 405 0.9 Medium 24° BO (3000K, 80CRI) 1 417 1 133 850 567 283 CD 0 -0° H 1 700 90° 50° 70° 30° 10° 0.04 Center beam fc Beam width ft 32.7 0.05 27.2 0.08 21.8 0.15 16.3 0.33 10.9 1.33 5.4 Diffuse BO (3000K, 80CRI) 8 7 5 3 2 CD 0 -0° H 10 90° 50° 70° 30° 10° 0.65 Center beam fc Beam width ft 1.0 0.94 0.8 1.47 0.6 2.61 0.5 12ft 10ft 8ft 6ft 4ft 2ft 5.87 0.3 23.5 0.2 10.8 9.0 7.2 5.4 3.6 1.8 Light blade BO (3000K, 80CRI) 108 87 65 43 22 CD 0 -0° H 130 90° 50° 70° 30° 10° -90° H 4.53 Center beam fc Beam width ft 9.6 6.52 8.0 10.2 6.4 18.1 4.8 12ft 10ft 8ft 6ft 4ft 2ft 40.7 3.2 163 1.6 Wide flood 44° BO (3000K, 80CRI) 600 480 360 240 120 CD 0 -0° H 720 90° 50° 70° 30° 10° Wall washer BO (3000K, 80CRI) 50 40 30 20 10 CD 0 60 90° 50° 70° 30° 10° Wall washer SC BO (3000K, 80CRI) 17 13 10 7 3 CD 0 20 90° 50° 70° 30° 10° -0° H -90° H -0° H -90° H CCT options CRI options Multiplier 2700K 80CRI 0.97 3000K 80CRI 1 3500K 80CRI 1.04 4000K 80CRI 1.08 Light Up OrbitStainless steel LT10 DM - R25 Last update: June 14, 2023 Due to continuous improvements, the information herein may be changed without notice 9320 Boul. St-Laurent, suite 100, Montréal (Québec) Canada H2N 1N7, P.: 514.523.1339 F.: 514.525.6107 www.iguzzini.com/us Project : Type:SPECIFICATION SHEET Page: 9 of 9 3" (80mm) Ground Wall *For products that uses a remote led driver, total system wattage will varies according to the efficacy of the remote led driver selected. For this reason, the load and efficacy valuesgiven in the table above refers to the led source only and does not include the led driver consumption. CCT (K) CRI LOAD (W)* OUTPUT OPTIC BO LUMENS (lm) EFFICACY (lm / W) MAX CANDELA (cd) MODELS 803000K 148 49 178 ILUO80-BO-830WW 3W 3W 4W 4W 4.5W 4.5W 5.5W 5.5W MO 31 10 877 ILUO80-BO-830BL 398 Wall washer 200 47 241 ILUO80-MO-830WWWall washer Light blade Spot 8°99 8 775 ILUO80-BO-830SP 329 82 1 144 ILUO80-BO-830FL 385 Flood 32° Wide flood 50°96 738 ILUO80-BO-830WF 62 14 74 ILUO80-MO-830WL 41 Wall washer SC (super comfort) 46 15 56 ILUO80-BO-830WLWall washer SC (super comfort) Light blade 9 1 170 ILUO80-MO-830LB 47 11 17 ILUO80-BO-830DIDiffuse 531 96 11 700 ILUO80-MO-830SP 440 Spot 8° Flood 32°80 1 534 ILUO80-MO-830FL 516Wide flood 50°93 989 ILUO80-MO-830WF 62Diffuse 11 23 ILUO80-MO-830DI 60.9 Center beam fc Beam width ft 1.8 87.7 1.5 137 1.2 244 0.9 12ft 10ft 8ft 6ft 4ft 2ft 12ft 10ft 8ft 6ft 4ft 2ft 548 0.6 2 194 0.3 Spot 8° BO (3000K, 80CRI) 7 333 5 867 4 400 2 933 1 467 CD 0 -0° H 8 800 90° 50° 70° 30° 10° 12ft 10ft 8ft 6ft 4ft 2ft 7.74 Center beam fc Beam width ft 6.9 11.2 5.8 17.4 4.6 31.0 3.5 69.7 2.3 279 1.2 Flood 32° BO (3000K, 80CRI) 1 000 800 600 400 200 CD 0 -0° H 1 200 90° 50° 70° 30° 10° 0.12 Center beam fc Beam width ft 34.1 0.17 28.4 0.27 22.7 0.47 17.0 1.07 11.4 4.26 5.7 Diffuse BO (3000K, 80CRI) 17 13 10 7 3 CD 0 -0° H 20 90° 50° 70° 30° 10° 5.63 Center beam fc Beam width ft 1.5 8.11 0.4 12.7 0.3 22.5 0.3 12ft 10ft 8ft 6ft 4ft 2ft 50.7 0.2 203 0.1 10.0 8.3 6.7 5.0 3.3 1.7 Light blade BO (3000K, 80CRI) 700 560 420 280 140 CD 0 -0° H 840 90° 50° 70° 30° 10° -90° H 5.12 Center beam fc Beam width ft 11.2 7.38 9.3 11.5 7.4 20.5 5.6 12ft 10ft 8ft 6ft 4ft 2ft 46.1 3.7 184 1.9 Wide flood 50° BO (3000K, 80CRI) 617 493 370 247 123 CD 0 -0° H 740 90° 50° 70° 30° 10° Wall washer BO (3000K, 80CRI) 150 120 90 60 30 CD 0 180 90° 50° 70° 30° 10° Wall washer SC BO (3000K, 80CRI) 50 40 30 20 10 CD 0 60 90° 50° 70° 30° 10° -0° H -90° H -0° H -90° H PHOTOMETRIC DATA CCT options CRI options Multiplier 2700K 80CRI 0.97 3000K 80CRI 1 3500K 80CRI 1.04 4000K 80CRI 1.08 Light Up OrbitStainless steel LT10 Zaniboni lighting - Ph +1(727)213-0410 - Fx +1(727)683 - 9720 - zanibonilighting.com - 101 N Garden Ave Suite 230, Clearwater - FL 33755The manufacture reserves the right to change or modify the design, dimensions, and photometric information at any time without notice. The manufacturer accepts no liability for consequential damage which is occasioned to the user based on the data provided. Rev 2024-01-31page 1 Lara 1 D Direct / Indirect Round Fixed 1" Inner Aperture Project: Type: Contact: ORDERING INFO W1 LAR1D __ ____ __________ ____ ____ ____ MODEL Wattage Kelvin CRI Beam Lens Color Driver Installation I.P. Rating LAR1D: Lara 1 D 06 : 06W ( 3W x2 ) 14 : 14W ( 7W x2 ) 27 : 2700° 30 : 3000° 35 : 3500° 40 : 4000° AM : Amber RW : RGBW TD : Tunable White2700K to 6500K(Daylight) TH : Tunable White1800K to 4000K(Hospitality) A : 80 B : 95 6 : 60° 3 : 36° 2 : 24° 1 : 10°(WD, TH, TD,and RGBW notpossible with 10°) F : Frosted P : Prismatic C : Clear WS : MatteWhite BK : MatteBlack CC : CustomColor BP : BlackPearl SN : SatinNickle BZ : Bronze 00 : No Driver Z0 : 0-10V Dimmable to 1% E0 : ELV Dimmable L0 : Lutron™ (LutronEcoSystem) N0 : Non-Dimmable D0 : DALI X0 : DMX V0 : Constant VoltageDimmable (Price does notinclude power supply) 00 : No Housings (Option whenproduct is installed in LowVoltage - Class 2) R0 : Retro-Fit Enclosure RL : Retro-Fit for Lutron™ M0 : Jbox Cover W : Wet IP 65 Notes: SPECIFICATIONS LED Source Tool-free field-replaced LED module. Propriety high performance aluminum extruded heatsink, anodized black for maximum LED life. 2 SDCM Binning for all static colors. Beams Computer-optimized reflector design, high reflected finish aluminum for 24º, 36º and 60º. For 10º beam angle option a Total Internal Reflection technology is used. Body We use CNC machining to precision-machine 6063 aluminum bodies to tight tolerances. Then, we powder coat them in our in-house facility for a durable, long-lasting finish. This process ensures that our bodies meet our high standards of quality and performance. Fixture Retention Wall sconce to be mounted to standard single gang junction box, with hardware supplied by others. Please refer to the proper installation instructions if a different condition for mounting is presented. Life L80(10K): 55,000+ hrs at 80% of initial lumens. Label ETL listed for US Canada. CE labeled. CCC label available on request. Warranty 5 years limited warranty. https://zanibonilighting.com/terms-and-conditions.html LT11 Zaniboni lighting - Ph +1(727)213-0410 - Fx +1(727)683 - 9720 - zanibonilighting.com - 101 N Garden Ave Suite 230, Clearwater - FL 33755The manufacture reserves the right to change or modify the design, dimensions, and photometric information at any time without notice. The manufacturer accepts no liability for consequential damage which is occasioned to the user based on the data provided. Rev 2024-01-31page 2 PERFORMANCE INFO 3000K Power 80 CRI Performance Performance Options 6W (3W x 2 lights)14W (7W x 2 lights) Source Lumens [ lm ]808 (404 x 2 lights)1370 (685 x 2 lights) Delivered Lumens [ lm ]740 (370 x 2 lights)1234 (617 x 2 lights) Efficacy [ lm / W ]124 98 Current [ mA ]350 700 CRI/CCT Multiplier CRI/CCT Multiplier 2700°K 3000°K 3500°K 4000°K 80 CRI 0.93 1.00 1.00 1.07 95 CRI 0.69 0.75 0.81 0.87 RGBW Performance (All Colors On) Power Options 3W 7W Source Lumens [ lm ]291 502 Delivered Lumens [ lm ]262 452 Efficacy [ lm / W ]87 72 RGBW Performance (Single Color) Color Red Green Blue White (6500K)Totals Source Lumens [ lm ]112 142 34 210 502 Delivered Lumens [ lm ]101 128 31 189 452 Efficacy [ lm / w ]16 20 5 30 72 Lens Multiplier Nominal Optic 10º24º36º60º Clear 0.74 1.00 0.99 0.94 Frosted 0.66 0.88 0.92 0.84 Prismatic 0.69 0.95 0.94 0.91 Amber (Wavelength 590nm) Values @ 7 Watts / 700mA Power Options 3W 5W 7W Source Lumens [ lm ]241 355 473 Delivered Lumens [ lm ]207 305 407 Efficacy [lm / W ]75 68 65 Splay Color Multiplier White Shadow Gray Black 1.00 0.95 0.92 Tunable White Hospitality (CCT 1800K - 4000K) Values @ 3000K & 95CRI Power Options 3W 7W Source Lumens [ lm ]320 667 Delivered Lumens [ lm ]288 600 Efficacy [ lm / W ]99 95 Tunable White Daylight (CCT 2700K - 6500K) Values @ 3000K & 95CRI Power Options 3W 7W Source Lumens [ lm ]334 695 Delivered Lumens [ lm ]301 626 Efficacy [ lm / W ]104 99 Tunable White Hospitality (CCT 1800K - 4000K) @ Different CCT 13W 95CRI CCT Value 1800K 3000K 3500K 4000K Source Lumens [ lm ]818 1245 1274 1306 Delivered Lumens [ lm ]736 1120 1147 1175 Efficacy [ lm / W ]60 91 94 96 Tunable White Daylight (CCT 2700K - 6500K) @ Different 3000K & 95CRI CCT Value 2700K 3000K 3500K 6500K Source Lumens [ lm ]1229 1294 1359 1465 Delivered Lumens [ lm ]1106 1168 1223 1319 Efficacy [ lm / W ]90 95 100 108 LT11 Zaniboni lighting - Ph +1(727)213-0410 - Fx +1(727)683 - 9720 - zanibonilighting.com - 101 N Garden Ave Suite 230, Clearwater - FL 33755The manufacture reserves the right to change or modify the design, dimensions, and photometric information at any time without notice. The manufacturer accepts no liability for consequential damage which is occasioned to the user based on the data provided. Rev 2024-01-31page 3 DIMENSIONS / DRAWINGS Luminaire without housing Drivers Non-Dimmable & ELV Drivers Power Options ELV & Non-Dimmable LxWxH (mm) ELV & Non-Dimmable LxWxH (inch) 7W 70.5x34.5x25.0 2.77x1.35x0.98 9W-13W 85.2x38.0x27.5 3.35x1.50x1.08 18W-26W-36W 88.3x41.5x30.3 3.48x1.63x1.19 N&E: Non-Dimmable, ELV Drivers & 0-10V Dimmable Power Options 0-10 V Dimmable LxWxH (mm) 0-10 V Dimmable LxWxH (inch) 7W 85.2x38.0x27.5 3.35x1.50x1.08 9W 85.2x38.0x25.2 3.35x1.50x0.99 13W-18W-26W-36W 88.3x41.5x30.3 3.48x1.63x1.19 Installation N0: No J-Box Cover Driver is remote. No J-Box cover RL: Retro Fit-Enclosure Coupled With Lutron HI-Lume Driver When using the Retro-Fit Enclosure along with any Lutron HI-Lume Driver, the Lutron Driver will be mounted atop the Retro-Fit enclosure with the line voltage connection inside the junction box. This configuration is suitable for fixtures with a cutout size below 104mm, but it requires access from above for installation. R0: Retro Fit-Enclosure This housing is designed for easy installation in existing spaces. It comes in various cutout sizes, making it compatible with different light fixtures. It's ideal for use in plaster or t-bar ceilings where you want to retrofit or upgrade lighting without major modifications. LT11 Zaniboni lighting - Ph +1(727)213-0410 - Fx +1(727)683 - 9720 - zanibonilighting.com - 101 N Garden Ave Suite 230, Clearwater - FL 33755The manufacture reserves the right to change or modify the design, dimensions, and photometric information at any time without notice. The manufacturer accepts no liability for consequential damage which is occasioned to the user based on the data provided. Rev 2024-01-31page 4 M: J-Box Cover Beauty ring to cover 4.0" j-box opening. Driver is remote. Dali / DMX / Lutron requires access from above on all fixtures with a cutout at or below 81mm. LT11 Zaniboni lighting - Ph +1(727)213-0410 - Fx +1(727)683 - 9720 - zanibonilighting.com - 101 N Garden Ave Suite 230, Clearwater - FL 33755The manufacture reserves the right to change or modify the design, dimensions, and photometric information at any time without notice. The manufacturer accepts no liability for consequential damage which is occasioned to the user based on the data provided. Rev 2024-01-31page 5 INFO FOR DISTRIBUTORS DRIVERS SHIP SEPARATE AS Type 3W 7W N0 A1-DR03C-035SM-08-12-17-NONZ A1-DR07C-070SM-08-17-17-NONZ Z0 A1-DR03C-035SM-08-12-17-0T10 A1-DR07C-070SM-08-15-17-0T10 E0 A1-DR03C-035SM-08-12-17-ELV0 A1-DR07C-070SM-08-12-17-ELV0 T0 A1-LU03C-035KS-08-20-12-LTED A1-LU07C-070KS-08-20-12-LTED LT11 NOTES SPEC TYPE PROJECT PROJET www.eurekalighting.com SPECIFICATION V5.0 — 2023.04Eureka Lighting © 2023 SPIN 4236B ORDERING SPECIFICATION SPÉCIFICATION DE COMMANDE CODE MODEL MODÈLE 4236B 4236B BIG SPIN LIGHT SOURCE SOURCE LUMINEUSE LED LED.HO REGULAR OUTPUT HIGH OUTPUT COLOR TEMPERATURE TEMPÉRATURE DE COULEUR (A) 27 30 35 40* 2700K 3000K 3500K 4000K * LONGER LEAD TIME MAY APPLY, PLEASE CONTACT YOUR EUREKA REPRESENTATIVE COLOR RENDERING INDEX (CRI) INDICE DE RENDU DE COULEUR (IRC) (B) 90 90+ CRI VOLTAGE VOLTAGE 120V 277V 120 VOLT 277 VOLT * ONLY AVAILABLE WITH F.T5.C.22 & F.T5.C.40 DIMMING OPTION OPTION DE GRADATION (C) DV DP 0-10V DIMMING (120V-277V) PHASE DIMMING (120V ONLY) LED DIMMING DRIVER IS STANDARD IN THIS PRODUCT, PLEASE SPECIFY YOUR DIMMING TYPE CABLE CÂBLE AC 90 AC AIRCRAFT MOUNTING & CLEAR CABLE, FIELD ADJUSTABLE CABLE LENGTH LONGUEUR DE CÂBLE 60 ** 60" AIRCRAFT CABLE (STD LENGTH) CUSTOM AIRCRAFT CABLE LENGTH (PLEASE SPECIFY) FOR OVERALL LENGTH, PLEASE CONTACT YOUR EUREKA REPRESENTATIVE STRUCTURE FINISH FINI STRUCTURE WHE WHE WHITE FINE TEXTURE DECORATIVE PLATE FINISH FINI PLAQUE DÉCORATIVE WHE MIR WHITE FINE TEXTURE MIRROR 4236B-WHE 4236B-MIR PRODUCT CHARACTERISTICS CARACTÉRISTIQUES DU PRODUIT DESIGN : Concentric parabolic create a simple and elegant direct / indirect lighting. INSTALLATION : Easy to install, adjust and level triple aircraft cable mounting. LIGHT SOURCE : High power LED. STRUCTURE : Die spun steel structure with white texture The front plate is available in white or with a shatter proof mirror. DIFFUSER : Vacuum formed frosted polymer. CERTIFIED : c-CSA-us, c-UL-us CONCEPTION : paraboliques concentriques offrant un éclairage direct / indirect simple et élégant INSTALLATION : Facile à installer, ajuster et à équilibrer sur câble d’acier triple. SOURCE LUMINEUSE : DEL. STRUCTURE : Structure d’acier embouti avec blanc texturé. La plaque frontale décorative est offerte en blanc ou avec un miroir incassable. DIFFUSEUR : Polymère givré thermoformé. CERTIFIÉ : c-CSA-us, c-UL-us63.75"1618mm Ø26.00" Ø660mm 3.75"95mm 63.75"1618mm Ø26.00" Ø660mm 3.75"95mm FINISH FINI WHE MIR FAMILY FAMILLE 4236 3036B (CEILING SURFACE) 3036B (WALL SURFACE) LT12 B (SURFACE MOUNT)63036 (SURFACE MOUNT)303B (SUSPENSION)63246 (SUSPENSION)324 63.75"1618mm ø19.70" ø500mm 3.75"95mm 63.75"1618mm ø26.00" ø660mm 3.75"95mm Ø19.70"Ø500mm J-BOX9.85"250mm 4.00"100mm Ø26.00"Ø660mm J-BOX13.00"330mm 4.00"100mm DIFFUSER Frosted acrylic MAINTENANCE ALUMINUM HEATSINK Easy access to driver & ballast LED LIGHT SOURCE DIE-SPUN STEEL PARABOLIC REFLECTORSWith white fine textured paint PAINTED STEELREFLECTOR ACRYLICMIRROR FRONT REFLECTOR OPTIONS TECHNICAL DATA V1.0 — 2023.05All right reserved and all designs protected by copyrights. Eureka Lighting reserves the right to change or modify specification without notification. Visit our website for warranty terms and conditions. SPIN / BIG SPIN XX36X LIGHT DISTRIBUTION 4236 4236B 3036 3036B EFFICACY MULTIPLIERS CRI CCT FACTOR 90+ 90+ 90+ 90+ 4000K 3500K 3000K 2700K 1.00 0.96 0.92 0.87 PRODUCT SPECIFICATION 3036 3036B 4236 4236B PERFORMANCE REG/HO REG/HO REG/HO REG/HO SYSTEM WATTAGE DELIVERED LUMENS (4000K) EFFICACY 16,5 W / 32,9 W 1185,3 LM / 2289,7 LM 71 LM/W / 69 LM/W 16.5 W / 32,5 W 1344 LM / 2581,9 LM 93 LM/W / 90 LM/W 16,5 W / 32,9 W 1185,3 LM / 2289,7 LM 71 LM/W / 69 LM/W 16,5 W / 32,5 W 1332 LM / 2581,9 LM 93 LM/W / 90 LM/W OTHER INFORMATION LUMINAIRE’S WEIGHT L70 (LUMEN MAINTENANCE) MAX. LUMINANCE 45°-90° OF NADIR LIGHT QUALITY 3,9 KG / 8,59 LBS 60 000 HRS 3123 CD/M² R9 > 50 5,9 KG / 13 LBS 60 000 HRS 1474 CD/M² R9 > 50 4,1 KG / 9,1 LBS 60 000 HRS 3123 CD/M² R9 > 50 6,1 KG / 13,4 LBS 60 000 HRS 1474 CD/M² R9 > 50 LT12 B (SURFACE MOUNT)63036 (SURFACE MOUNT)303B (SUSPENSION)63246 (SUSPENSION)324 63.75"1618mm ø19.70" ø500mm 3.75"95mm 63.75"1618mm ø26.00" ø660mm 3.75"95mm Ø19.70"Ø500mm J-BOX9.85"250mm 4.00"100mm Ø26.00"Ø660mm J-BOX13.00"330mm 4.00"100mm DIFFUSER Frosted acrylic MAINTENANCE ALUMINUM HEATSINK Easy access to driver & ballast LED LIGHT SOURCE DIE-SPUN STEEL PARABOLIC REFLECTORSWith white fine textured paintPAINTED STEELREFLECTORACRYLICMIRROR FRONT REFLECTOR OPTIONS B (APPLIQUE)63036 (APPLIQUE)303B (SUSPENSION)63246 (SUSPENSION)324 63.75"1618mm ø19.70" ø500mm 3.75"95mm 63.75"1618mm ø26.00" ø660mm 3.75"95mm Ø19.70"Ø500mm J-BOX9.85"250mm 4.00"100mm Ø26.00"Ø660mm J-BOX13.00"330mm 4.00"100mm DIFFUSEUR Acrylique givré ENTRETIEN RADIATEUR EN ALUMINIUM Accès facile au pilote & ballast SOURCE LUMINEUSE DEL RÉFLECTEURS PARABOLIQUES EN ACIER Avec peinture blanche texturée RÉFLECTEUR EN ACIER PEINT MIROIR EN ACRYLIQUE OPTIONS RÉFLECTEURS AVANT DONNÉES TECHNIQUES V1.0 — 2023.05Tous droits réservés et tous les dessins protégés par le droit d'auteur. Eureka Lighting se réserve le droit de changer ou de modifier les spécifications sans préavis. Visitez notre site Web pour les termes et conditions. SPIN / BIG SPIN XX36X DISTRIBUTION LUMINEUSE 4236 4236B 3036 3036B FACTEURS D’EFFICACITÉ CRI CCT FACTEUR 90+ 90+ 90+ 90+ 4000K 3500K 3000K 2700K 1.00 0.96 0.92 0.87 SPÉCIFICATION PRODUIT 3036 3036B 4236 4236B PERFORMANCE REG/HO REG/HO REG/HO REG/HO PUISSANCE TOTALE LUMENS RÉELS (4000K) EFFICACITÉ 16,5 W / 32,9 W 1185,3 LM / 2289,7 LM 71 LM/W / 69 LM/W 16,5 W / 32,5 W 1344 LM / 2581,9 LM 93 LM/W / 90 LM/W 16,5 W / 32,9 W 1185,3 LM / 2289,7 LM 71 LM/W / 69 LM/W 16.5 W / 32,5 W 1332 LM / 2581,9 LM 93 LM/W / 90 LM/W AUTRES INFORMATION POIDS DU LUMINAIRE L70 (LUMEN MAINTENANCE) LUMINOSITÉ MAX. 45°-90° OF NADIR QUALITÉ DE LA LUMIÈRE 3,9 KG / 8,59 LBS 60 000 HRS 3123 CD/M² R9 > 50 5,9 KG / 13 LBS 60 000 HRS 1474 CD/M² R9 > 50 4,1 KG / 9,1 LBS 60 000 HRS 3123 CD/M² R9 > 50 6,1 KG / 13,4 LBS 60 000 HRS 1474 CD/M² R9 > 50 LT12 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 1 / 13 FILE NAME:BMR.LED-B3.SPECOctober 25, 2023 axislighting.com Recessed - with StepLens optionBeam 3 Ordering Guide 1332 Flush 1332 Regressed Notes Type Project NOMINAL LUMEN OUTPUT INPUT WATTS*EFFICACY SHIELDING 1100 lm/ft 8.8 W/ft 125 lm/W FL 1100 lm/ft 8.4 W/ft 125 lm/W RG 1100 lm/ft 9.7 W/ft 114 lm/W UB 1100 lm/ft 8.6 W/ft 128 lm/W 0.25G 1100 lm/ft 8.4 W/ft 131 lm/W 1.25M 1100 lm/ft 8.4 W/ft 131 lm/W 1.25P 1100 lm/ft 9.1 W/ft 122 lm/W BW 1000 lm/ft 9.5 W/ft 112 lm/W NW 1000 lm/ft 9.4 W/ft 113 lm/W ASO 1000 lm/ft 9.3 W/ft 114 lm/W GZ 1000 lm/ft 9.4 W/ft 113 lm/W WW Please consult factory for custom lumen output and wattage. PERFORMANCE PER LINEAR FOOT AT 3500K Flush shielding option StepLens option BMRLED PRODUCT ID NOM. LUMENS/FT CRI COLOR TEMP. (choose one)SHIELDING LENGTHBMRLEDRecessed300300 lm/ft - min 80 80 CRI 27 2700 K TW2750 2700-5000 K - Tunable White FL flush*2 2’LED 1000 1000 lm/ft - max for 90 90 CRI* 30 3000 K TW2765 2700-6500 K - Tunable White RG regressed*3 3’GZ, NW, WW, ASO.*35 3500 K BTW3527 3500-2700 K - Tunable BIOS 0.25G 0.25" Glo lens*4 4’1100 1100 lm/ft - max 40 4000 K BTW4027 4000-2700 K - Tunable BIOS 1.25M 1.25" StepLens, lum. end cap*5 5’B30 3000 K - BIOS*1.25P 1.25" StepLens, opaque end cap*6 6’B35 3500 K - BIOS*UB Ultra blend lens**8 8’B40 4000 K - BIOS*ASO asymmetric, flush only 12 12’BW batwing, flush only S(L)system run*NW narrow, flush onlyGZgraze, flush onlyWWwallwash, flush only Outputs between listed min and max are available.* 1000 lm/ft max. only for GZ, NW, WW and ASO.Consult factory for outputs outside of the listed range.Consult factory for max output with BIOS * Not available with BIOS.Consult Axitune technical sheet for more information of color technology.*Consult BIOS guide for more information on BIOS technology *Lens options use spotless lens. See page 5 for more details.** Default lens for Tunable white and BIOS. Consult factory for other lens. MR (OPTIONAL)FINISH VOLTAGE DRIVER CIRCUITSM16LED(#)MR16 LED lamp - Line voltage (by other)*W white 120 120 V DP dimming (0-10V) 1%1 1 circuitM16LEDB(#)MR16 LED lamp - Dimmable (provided)**BLK black 277 277 V LT(#)Lutron*2 2 circuitsCcustom347347 V BI bi-level dimming +E(#)emergency circuit*UNV universal O(#)other**+NL(#)night light circuit*DC low voltage*DPB(STC)dimming (0-10V) 1% with BIOS*+GTD(#)generator transfer device*DPB(DYN)Bio-dimming™ 100%-81% with BIOS*+LDI LED downlight insert TW(#)tunable white drivers*POE(#)POE drivers* *Specify quantity; Line wattage only; Seperate circuits included**Consult factory; See page 4 for more details; M16 constant current for 0-10V & DALI only.Available in 3000K or 4000K;Available in luminaires with Axitune and BIOS but downlight modules will not be tunable white or BIOS LEDs * Only available with POE drivers.*Specify system**Please consult factory; see page 2 *Specify quantity MOUNTING BATTERY (OPTIONAL)OTHER (OPTIONAL)IC CONTROLS (OPT.)CUSTOM (OPT.)TB9 t-bar 9/16”B(#)battery pack 4’ sections EF end feed DS(#)Daylight sensor C customTB15t-bar 15/16”FW(#)flex whip (6’ std)OS(#)occupancy sensorSTscrew slot t-bar CP Chicago plenum DOS(#)Daylight & occupancy sensorTG9tegular 9/16”HD hold-down clip*EN(#)Enlighted integral*TG15 tegular 15/16”AR air return plate**ENR(#)Enlighted remote**DF drywall flange SR sprinkler plate**WC(#)wireless control dimmingDdrywall flangeless SPK speaker plate**DB slip-through bracketDSdrywall spackle flangeTXtx Hunter Douglas techstyle* *TX available with flush lens only Not available with 347V.Please consult factory *Only available for t-bar mounting**Please consult factory *For flush and regressed option only; Please consult factory **Please consult factorySpecify quantity. Requires 8" blank. See integrated controls guide for more details.Consult factory for Tunable White.Not available with DPB (DYN) driver for BIOS with Dynamic Spectrum. Please specify See page 3 for DLC Approved options LT14 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 2 / 13 FILE NAME:BMR.LED-B3.SPECOctober 25, 2023 axislighting.com Recessed - with StepLens optionBeam 3 BEAM 3 LED linear systems, with the use of a strong profile, allow for a nearly hair thin connection system of continuous runs.Lengths of 4', 8', 12' as well as custom lengths are available. Runs of BEAM 3 LED that are greater than 12' in length are designated as systems (S#). This means that the run is comprised of a combination 4', 8' and/or 12' sections to be assembled on site using our joining system. For more information on systems and joining, please refer to the BEAM 3 LED installation sheets available for download at www.axislighting.com. SYSTEM (S#) ELECTRICAL Incorporating these components may have limitations or aff ect the length of the luminaire. Please contact factory for more details. Lutron driver LDE1 - Hi-lume 1% EcoSystem with Soft-on, Fade-to- Black Other drivers**DALI - Digital Addressable Lighting InterfaceDMX - Digital MultiplexXitanium SR - For wireless sensorBIOS DPB drivers*STC - BIOS control 0-10V with static spectrum and BIOS SkyBlue enabled from 100% to 1%.DYN - BIOS control 0-10V with dynamic spectrum andBIOS SkyBlue® with Bio-Dimming™, which changesspectral qualities by removing the SkyBlue componentwhen dimming from 100% to 81%, while light outputremains relatively constant; bio-dimming reduces CCT to2700K. Dimming from 80% to 1% will then reduce lightoutput. Tunable WhiteTW drivers*DALIDT6 - DALI Type 6 (Two DALI Addresses)DALIDT8 - DALI Type 8 ( One DALI Address)LTTW - Lutron T-Series Tunable White Power over EthernetPOE drivers* UL2108 certified for integral or remote driver MOLEX IGORSMARTENGINEO - Other (Consult factory) Emergency Integral emergency battery pack or emergency circuit optional. Input Voltage 120V, 277V, 347V, UNV, DC.Flex Whip Shipped in a separate box for contractors to install *Choose driver from available options. LED SYSTEM CRI Minimum 80 or 90 color rendering index. CRI BIOS Minimum 80 color rendering index with R9>75 for all CCTs. CCT Single Color Choice of 2700K, 3000K, 3500K and 4000K color temperature with a great color consistency (within 3–step MacAdam ellipse). Both within fixture and fixture to fixture. CCT BIOS BIOS Static (STC) Choice of 3000K, 3500K and 4000K.BIOS SkyBlue® Dynamic (DYN) Choice of 3000K, 3500K, and 4000K with Bio-Dimming™ BIOS Tunable White (BTW) Choice of 4000-2700K and 3500-2700K; does not use a bio-dimmer, it uses TW drivers, which allow independent control of CCT and intensity; e.g., BTW4027 provides combined SkyBlue + white light at 4000K, SkyBlue is removed at 2700K. Light output can be adjusted for each CCT. Consult BIOS guide for more information on BIOS technology. CCT Axitune Systems Consult Axitune technical sheet for more information on color technology. LED life Minimum 50,000h with 85% of lumen maintenance in 250C ambient temperature, in compliance with IES LM-80 testing measurements. Thermal Management Aluminum housing acting as the heat sink to maximize life. Environment Dry and damp rated for indoor use only in operating ambient temperatures of 0-400C (32-104F). LT14 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 3 / 13 FILE NAME:BMR.LED-B3.SPECOctober 25, 2023 axislighting.com Recessed - with StepLens optionBeam 3 FINISHES Powder coated and custom finishes are also available. WEIGHT Recessed 4 ft 12.3 lbs / 5.0 kgRecessed 8 ft 24.6 lbs / 10.1 kgRecessed 12 ft 36.9 lbs / 15.1 kg SPECIFICATIONS CONSTRUCTION Housing Extruded aluminum (0.075'' nominal) Up to 70% recycled contentInterior Brackets Die formed sheet steel (18 gauge)Reflectors White powder coated sheet steel (22 gauge)Blank Extruded aluminum (0.075'' nominal)Lens Spotless acrylic lensT-Bar Bracket Die formed sheet steel (16 gauge)Screw Slot T-Bar Bracket Die formed sheet steel (16 gauge)Slip-Through Bracket Die formed sheet steel (18 gauge)Spackle Flange Die formed perforated sheet steel (20 gauge)Flange Extruded aluminum (0.075'' nominal) Visible flange width: 9/16" JOINERS In order to allow very long runs of BEAM 3 LED luminaires, Axis has developed a number of different joining systems. Special care has been taken to maximize the performance of the joiner for each BEAM 3 LED option. NOTE: Hang each system segment individually.Do not assemble system prior to hanging. JOINER SYSTEM APPROVALS Certified to UL and CSA standards Meets NYC requirementsMeets CCEC requirements (Chicago plenum)Suitable for damp locationsIC Rated (Insulated ceiling) Limited 5-year warranty is available. Warranty is valid provided luminaires are installed and used according tospecifi cations. For full terms and conditions, please consultwarranty section at axislighting.com. WARRANTY LUMEN OUTPUT CRI COLOR TEMP.SHIELDING LENGTH VOLTAGE DRIVER 500 lm/ft 80 3500 K FL 4’universal DP650 lm/ft BW 6’1000 lm/ft DLC Approved Options LT14 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 4 / 13 FILE NAME:BMR.LED-B3.SPECOctober 25, 2023 axislighting.com Recessed - with StepLens optionBeam 3 TECHZONETM AND LOGIXTM Integrated contiguous modules for PA speakers, Air Returns and Sprinkler Heads are available for our recessed Beam products to add a consistent linear system to complete the illuminated portion. SPK SPEAKER SR SPRINKLER AR AIR RETURN Unlit Corners - BEAM 3 LED features a multitude of layout patterns with the use of a number of corners, 90° corner, T or X junctions.900 unlit corner 90° corner X junction T junction Lit Corners - Axis also offers lit 90° corners including ceiling to ceiling, wall to ceiling and ceiling to wall. wall to ceiling lit corner CORNERS For custom corner angles, please consult factory. Specifications sheets for all corners are available at: www.axislighting.com *For StepLens please consult factory. variable Several in a long blank section Between sections 9" 9" At luminaire ends MR16 LED LAMPS Blank Extruded aluminum (0.075'' nominal) MR16 LED Adjustable LED lamp (provided) MR16 LEDB Constant current LED lamp (provided)- Dimmable by control system for 0-10V & DALI only Quantity For every 4' section, there may be up to a maximum of 4 x MR16 LED lamps. Spacing Each MR16 is placed centered on a blank section 9" in length. Within a given section length, a series of downlights will be spaced evenly on a longer blank section. Custom spacing available on special request. 3 15/16" 3 1/8" 2" More options are available upon request.Please consult factory. Base Type GU 5.3Beam Angle 40 nominal degreesInput Watts 6WNominal Lumens 300 lumensEfficacy 50 lumens per wattColor Rendering Index (CRI) 85Center Beam Candle Power (CBCP) 584 candelasLife 25,000 hours at L70Correlated color temperature (CCT) 3000K, 4000KAdjustability 15º tilt BEAM 3 LED is also available with pendant, surface, wall, wall vertical, recessed asymmetric and recessed vertical mounted options. Specification sheets and installation sheets for all mounting for BEAM 3 LED luminaires are available for download at: www.axislighting.com OTHER MOUNTING OPTIONS LT14 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 5 / 13 FILE NAME:BMR.LED-B3.SPECOctober 25, 2023 axislighting.com Recessed - with StepLens optionBeam 3 LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 10929 11514 11535 55 9680 10835 11159 65 8474 10621 11382 75 7563 11618 13117 85 8110 21088 25819 0°15°15° 90°0°30° 60° 45° 90° 0° 30° 60° 45° 90° 1522 1142 761 381 Lumen/ft: 1100 lm/ft Total Lumens: 4400 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 33.7 WEfficacy: 131 lm/WIES FILE: BMRLED-1100-80-35-1.25P-4.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 1100 lm/ft Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 1522 1522 1522 1522 1522 10 1482 1479 1485 1486 1487 30 1161 1174 1174 1164 1160 50 694 727 751 760 761 70 286 337 388 419 427 90 25 83 145 180 187 110 17 58 98 129 140 130 9 40 73 94 103 150 6 24 44 56 62 170 2 8 15 19 21 180 0 0 0 0 0 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 143 10-20 402 20-30 580 30-40 659 40-50 647 50-60 569 60-70 449 70-80 314 80-90 191 90 90-100 127 100-110 107 110-120 82 120-130 62 130-140 0 140-150 0 150-160 0 160-170 0 170-180 70 180 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE 1.25P 1.25" Step lens, opaque end cap. STEP LENS OPTION All IES files are available for download at: www.axislighting.com StepLens PERFORMANCE LUMENS WATTS EFFICACY 1100 lm/ft 8.43 W/ft 131 lm/W 3 13/32” 3 15/16” 1 1/4” OPTICS - Frosted acrylic Spotless lens FL flush RG regressed 1.25M 1.25" StepLens, lum. end cap0.25G 0.25" GloLens 1.25P 1.25" StepLens, opaque end cap StepLens LT14 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 6 / 13 FILE NAME:BMR.LED-B3.SPECOctober 25, 2023 axislighting.com Recessed - with StepLens optionBeam 3 DRYWALL CEILING MOUNTING OPTIONS OTHER MOUNTING OPTIONS BEAM 3 LED is also available with pendant, surface, wall and recessed wall mounted options. Specification sheets and installation sheets for all mounting for BEAM luminaires are available for download at www.axislighting.com TB CEILING MOUNTING OPTIONS D FLANGELESS WITH 1/4-20 STUD MOUNTING 1332 DB VISIBLE FLANGES WITH SLIP-THROUGH BRACKET 4 3/8” 1332 DF VISIBLE FLANGES WITH 1/4-20 STUD MOUNTING 13 32 DS SPACKLE FLANGES ” 1332 TB15 15/16" T-BAR 13 32 ST SCREW SLOT T-BAR 13 32 TG15 15/16" TEGULAR TB9 9/16" T-BAR 1332 TG9 9/16" T-TEGULAR 1332 1332 TX TX HUNTER DOUGLAS TECHSTYLE 5” 5 1/4” 1/8” 1/4” 3 15/16” 3 3/8” T-bar spacing With flanges 1 1/8” LT14 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 7 / 13 FILE NAME:BMR.LED-B3.SPECOctober 25, 2023 axislighting.com Recessed - with StepLens optionBeam 3 Lumen/ft: 1100 lm/ft Total Lumens: 4401 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 35.3 WEfficacy: 125 lm/W IES FILE: BMRLED-1100-80-35-FL-4.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 0°15°15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 0°90° 486 1458 972 1943 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE PHOTOMETRIC DATA LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 14498 13531 12597 55 12924 11906 10937 65 11296 10353 9428 75 9687 8978 8221 85 8716 7862 7247 1100 lm/ft Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 1942 1942 1942 1942 1942 5 1933 1929 1926 1924 1924 15 1832 1820 1805 1791 1787 25 1637 1619 1583 1550 1541 35 1374 1351 1300 1255 1241 45 1075 1052 1003 951 934 55 777 761 716 672 658 65 501 491 459 427 418 75 263 259 244 227 223 85 80 78 72 66 66 90 9 6 5 4 5 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 182 10-20 507 20-30 726 30-40 810 40-50 768 50-60 634 60-70 448 70-80 250 80-90 74 90 FL Flush lens PHOTOMETRIC DATA Lumen/ft: 500 lm/ft Total Lumens: 2000 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 15.7 WEfficacy: 127 lm/W IES FILE: BMRLED-500-80-35-FL.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 0°15°15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 0°90° 221 663 442 883 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 6590 6150 5726 55 5874 5412 4971 65 5135 4706 4286 75 4403 4081 3737 85 3962 3574 3294 500 lm/ft Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 883 883 883 883 883 5 879 877 875 875 875 15 833 827 821 814 812 25 744 736 719 704 701 35 625 614 591 570 564 45 489 478 456 432 425 55 353 346 326 305 299 65 228 223 209 194 190 75 120 118 111 103 101 85 36 35 33 30 30 90 4 3 2 2 2 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 83 10-20 231 20-30 330 30-40 368 40-50 349 50-60 288 60-70 203 70-80 114 80-90 34 90 FL Flush lens All IES files are available for download at: www.axislighting.com LT14 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 8 / 13 FILE NAME:BMR.LED-B3.SPECOctober 25, 2023 axislighting.com Recessed - with StepLens optionBeam 3 PHOTOMETRIC DATA Lumen/ft: 750 lm/ft Total Lumens: 3000 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 23.6 WEfficacy: 127 lm/W IES FILE: BMRLED-750-80-35-FL-4.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 0°15°15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 0°90° 331 994 663 1325 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 9885 9226 8589 55 8812 8118 7457 65 7702 7059 6428 75 6605 6121 5605 85 5943 5361 4941 750 lm/ft Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 1324 1324 1324 1324 1324 5 1318 1315 1313 1312 1312 15 1249 1241 1231 1221 1218 25 1116 1104 1079 1057 1051 35 937 921 887 855 846 45 733 718 684 648 637 55 530 519 488 458 449 65 341 335 313 291 285 75 179 177 166 155 152 85 54 53 49 45 45 90 6 4 3 3 3 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 124 10-20 346 20-30 495 30-40 552 40-50 524 50-60 432 60-70 305 70-80 171 80-90 51 90 FL Flush lens All IES files are available for download at: www.axislighting.com Lumen/ft: 1100 lm/ft Total Lumens: 4401 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 35.3 WEfficacy: 125 lm/W IES FILE: BMRLED-1100-80-35-RG-4.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 0°15°15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 0°90° 486 1458 972 1943 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 14498 13531 12597 55 12924 11906 10937 65 11296 10353 9428 75 9687 8978 8221 85 8716 7862 7247 1100 lm/ft Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 1942 1942 1942 1942 1942 5 1933 1929 1926 1924 1924 15 1832 1820 1805 1791 1787 25 1637 1619 1583 1550 1541 35 1374 1351 1300 1255 1241 45 1075 1052 1003 951 934 55 777 761 716 672 658 65 501 491 459 427 418 75 263 259 244 227 223 85 80 78 72 66 66 90 9 6 5 4 5 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 182 10-20 507 20-30 726 30-40 810 40-50 768 50-60 634 60-70 448 70-80 250 80-90 74 90 RG Regressed lens LT14 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 9 / 13 FILE NAME:BMR.LED-B3.SPECOctober 25, 2023 axislighting.com Recessed - with StepLens optionBeam 3 PHOTOMETRIC DATA LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 14372 13099 11995 55 12519 11312 10286 65 10664 9831 9091 75 8958 8992 8868 85 7937 10890 12567 LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 10929 11514 11535 55 9680 10835 11159 65 8474 10621 11382 75 7563 11618 13117 85 8110 21088 25819 0°15°15° 90°0°30° 60° 45° 90°0° 30° 60° 45° 90° 1991 1493 996 498 0°15°15° 90°0°30° 60° 45° 90° 0° 30° 60° 45° 90° 1522 1142 761 381 Lumen/ft: 1100 lm/ft Total Lumens: 4400 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 34.4 WEfficacy: 128 lm/WIES FILE: BMRLED-1100-80-35-0.25G-4.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 Lumen/ft: 1100 lm/ft Total Lumens: 4400 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 33.7 WEfficacy: 131 lm/WIES FILE: BMRLED-1100-80-35-1.25M-4.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 1100 lm/ft 1100 lm/ft Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 1991 1991 1991 1991 1991 5 1978 1976 1975 1974 1975 15 1873 1862 1844 1825 1824 25 1666 1647 1603 1556 1547 35 1384 1357 1291 1228 1211 45 1066 1037 971 906 890 55 753 732 680 631 619 65 473 462 436 408 403 75 243 246 244 239 241 85 73 85 100 109 115 90 11 27 46 59 65 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 1522 1522 1522 1522 1522 10 1482 1479 1485 1486 1487 30 1161 1174 1174 1164 1160 50 694 727 751 760 761 70 286 337 388 419 427 90 25 83 145 180 187 110 17 58 98 129 140 130 9 40 73 94 103 150 6 24 44 56 62 170 2 8 15 19 21 180 0 0 0 0 0 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 187 10-20 517 20-30 734 30-40 806 40-50 750 50-60 611 60-70 433 70-80 256 80-90 106 90 ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 143 10-20 402 20-30 580 30-40 659 40-50 647 50-60 569 60-70 449 70-80 314 80-90 191 90 90-100 127 100-110 107 110-120 82 120-130 62 130-140 0 140-150 0 150-160 0 160-170 0 170-180 70 180 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE PHOTOMETRIC CURVE 0.25G 0.25" Glo lens 1.25M 1.25" Step lens All IES files are available for download at: www.axislighting.com LT14 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 10 / 13 FILE NAME:BMR.LED-B3.SPECOctober 25, 2023 axislighting.com Recessed - with StepLens optionBeam 3 PHOTOMETRIC DATA Lumen/ft: 1100 lm/ft Total Lumens: 4399 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 36.2 WEfficacy: 122 lm/W IES FILE: BMRLED-1100-80-35-BW-4.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 0°15°15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 900° ° 386 1159 773 1546 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 11273 14924 16678 55 10539 14492 15605 65 9599 13373 13538 75 8222 11204 10524 85 5358 7337 6371 1100 lm/ft Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 1399 1399 1399 1399 1399 5 1391 1387 1391 1396 1398 15 1322 1332 1381 1431 1452 25 1195 1233 1351 1458 1499 35 1027 1092 1267 1397 1439 45 836 916 1107 1214 1237 55 634 710 872 937 939 65 425 484 593 613 600 75 223 255 304 298 286 85 49 60 67 61 58 90 4 4 4 4 4 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 134 10-20 397 20-30 631 30-40 787 40-50 825 50-60 734 60-70 537 70-80 286 80-90 69 90 BW Batwing lens Lumen/ft: 1100 lm/ft Total Lumens: 4399 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 38.7 WEfficacy: 114 lm/W IES FILE: BMRLED-1100-80-35-UB-4.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 0°15°15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 0°90° 394 1182 788 1575 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 13834 13823 13691 55 13224 13200 13042 65 12321 12343 12198 75 11079 11301 11216 85 10433 10286 9998 1100 lm/ft Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 1575 1575 1575 1575 1575 5 1569 1569 1568 1569 1569 15 1509 1507 1508 1509 1509 25 1392 1392 1392 1392 1391 35 1229 1228 1228 1224 1222 45 1026 1027 1025 1018 1015 55 795 798 794 786 785 65 546 550 547 542 541 75 301 305 307 305 304 85 95 95 94 91 91 90 8 5 4 3 3 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 149 10-20 425 20-30 639 30-40 763 40-50 783 50-60 700 60-70 530 70-80 313 80-90 97 90 UB Ultra blend lens All IES files are available for download at: www.axislighting.com LT14 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 11 / 13 FILE NAME:BMR.LED-B3.SPECOctober 25, 2023 axislighting.com Recessed - with StepLens optionBeam 3 All IES files are available for download at: www.axislighting.com 2’ 3 4 5 6 6 7 7 6 6 5 4 4 4 5 7 8 8 9 9 8 8 7 5 4 5 7 9 10 11 12 12 11 10 9 7 5 6 9 12 15 16 17 17 16 15 12 9 6 7 11 15 19 22 23 23 22 19 16 11 7 7 12 17 22 25 26 26 25 22 17 12 7 5 10 15 19 22 22 22 21 19 15 10 5 2 4 6 8 9 9 9 9 8 6 4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 5 6 7 8 8 8 8 7 6 5 4 5 6 8 9 10 10 10 10 9 8 6 5 6 8 10 11 13 13 13 13 11 10 8 6 6 9 12 14 16 17 17 16 14 12 9 7 7 10 13 16 18 19 19 18 16 13 10 7 6 9 13 16 19 20 20 19 17 13 10 6 4 7 10 13 15 15 15 15 13 10 7 4 2 3 4 5 6 6 6 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Front View- Point by Point on Wall Set Back Distance - 2 FT2ft 8ft Front View- Point by Point on Wall Set Back Distance - 2.5 FT2.5ft 8ft 345 6 6 7 7 6 6 5 4 4 457 8 8 9 9 8 8 7 5 4 579 10 11 12 12 11 10 9 7 5 6912 15 16 17 17 16 15 12 9 6 71115 19 22 23 23 22 19 16 11 7 71217 22 25 26 26 25 22 17 12 7 51015 19 22 22 22 21 19 15 10 5 246 8 9 9 9 9 8 6 4 2 111 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 111 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 5 6 7 8 8 8 8 7 6 5 4 5 6 8 9 10 10 10 10 9 8 6 5 6 8 10 11 13 13 13 13 11 10 8 6 6 9 12 14 16 17 17 16 14 12 9 7 7 10 13 16 18 19 19 18 16 13 10 7 6 9 13 16 19 20 20 19 17 13 10 6 4 7 10 13 15 15 15 15 13 10 7 4 2 3 4 5 6 6 6 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Front View- Point by Point on Wall Set Back Distance - 2 FT2ft 8ft Front View- Point by Point on Wall Set Back Distance - 2.5 FT2.5ft 8ft PHOTOMETRIC DATA Lumen/ft down: 1000 lm/ft Total Lumens: 4259 lm/4ft)Input Watts: 37.73 WEfficacy: 113 lm/WIES FILE: BMRLED-1000-80-35-WW-4.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 1000 lm/ft PHOTOMETRIC CURVE Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 1699 1699 1699 1699 1699 5 1683 1765 1844 1897 1936 15 1583 1847 2127 2340 2439 25 1391 1839 2351 2578 2553 35 1139 1705 2108 1790 1597 45 868 1384 1406 1068 961 55 609 943 850 663 610 65 381 547 480 389 356 75 186 246 215 177 159 85 37 47 41 34 28 90 2 1 1 1 2 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 12569 20360 13917 55 10877 15171 10892 65 9224 11630 8628 75 7348 8494 6301 85 4347 4825 3330 ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 162 10-20 481 20-30 751 30-40 829 40-50 748 50-60 599 60-70 416 70-80 219 80-90 55 90 0°15°15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 90° 0° 663 1990 1327 2654 WW Wallwash lens LT14 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 12 / 13 FILE NAME:BMR.LED-B3.SPECOctober 25, 2023 axislighting.com Recessed - with StepLens optionBeam 3 All IES files are available for download at: www.axislighting.com Lumen/ft: 1000 lm/ft Total Lumens: 4257 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 38 WEfficacy: 112 lm/W IES FILE: BMRLED-1000-80-35-NW-4.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 0°15°15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 0°90° 801 2408 1602 3204 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE PHOTOMETRIC DATA LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 17972 11392 10668 55 13677 10021 9983 65 10567 8693 9148 75 7944 6928 7427 85 4473 3964 3353 1000 lm/ft Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 3204 3204 3204 3204 3204 5 3180 3125 2988 2870 2777 15 2952 2577 2046 1760 1649 25 2484 1924 1402 1224 1173 35 1853 1396 1044 958 933 45 1241 994 787 745 737 55 766 674 561 556 559 65 436 410 359 370 377 75 201 194 175 184 188 85 38 37 34 34 29 90 2 1 1 1 2 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 272 10-20 610 20-30 736 30-40 753 40-50 683 50-60 555 60-70 391 70-80 207 80-90 50 90 NW Narrow lens Lumen/ft down: 1000 lm/ft Total Lumens: 4246 lm/4ft)Input Watts: 37.28 WEfficacy: 114 lm/WIES FILE: BMRLED-1000-80-35-GZ-4.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 1000 lm/ft PHOTOMETRIC CURVE Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 3204 3204 3204 3204 3204 5 3173 3405 3506 3502 3474 15 2964 3194 2574 2128 1976 25 2503 2380 1592 1315 1250 35 1857 1633 1109 994 969 45 1219 1095 814 771 764 55 746 707 576 572 576 65 425 421 367 381 392 75 197 200 182 195 203 85 39 41 40 44 42 90 2 3 2 1 1 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 17701 11826 11087 55 13348 10311 10313 65 10329 8924 9521 75 7828 7223 8067 85 4562 4741 4954 ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 279 10-20 626 20-30 744 30-40 750 40-50 673 50-60 542 60-70 380 70-80 202 80-90 49 90 0°15°15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 90° 0° 876 2629 1763 3506 GZ Graze lens LT14 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 13 / 13 FILE NAME:BMR.LED-B3.SPECOctober 25, 2023 axislighting.com Recessed - with StepLens optionBeam 3 PHOTOMETRIC DATA Lumen/ft down: 1000 lm/ft Total Lumens: 4259 lm/4ft)Input Watts: 37.73 WEfficacy: 113 lm/WIES FILE: BMRLED-1000-80-35-ASO-4.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 1699 1699 1699 1699 1699 5 1683 1765 1844 1897 1936 15 1583 1847 2127 2340 2439 25 1391 1839 2351 2578 2553 35 1139 1705 2108 1790 1597 45 868 1384 1406 1068 961 55 609 943 850 663 610 65 381 547 480 389 356 75 186 246 215 177 159 85 37 47 41 34 28 90 2 1 1 1 2 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 12569 20360 13917 55 10877 15171 10892 65 9224 11630 8628 75 7348 8494 6301 85 4347 4825 3330 ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 162 10-20 481 20-30 751 30-40 829 40-50 748 50-60 599 60-70 416 70-80 219 80-90 55 90 0°15°15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 90° 0° 663 1990 1327 2654 ASO Asymmetric lens 1000 lm/ft LT14 pg. 1[PH] +1-210-227-7329 [FAX] +1-210-227-4967 ©2024 Lucifer® Lighting Company As part of its policy of continuous research and product development, the company reserves the right to change or withdraw specifications without prior notice. luciferlighting.com [DATE OF REV: 01172023] ® ORDERING INFORMATION Quick Ship Product. All rough in components ship within 10 days up to quantities of 100.JA8-2022 COMPLIANCE INDICATED BY SHADING PROJECT NAME:TYPE:CYLINDER 3 SURFACE MOUNT CYLINDER FUNCTION RATING CYLINDER FINISH BAFFLE FINISH CRI / WATTAGE PACKAGE CCT OPTIC (UGR)MEDIA POWER SUPPLY MOUNTING CY3X CY3X 3.91” Ø AD 90° Adjustable AS 90° Adjustable Shallow Canopy* *(Remote driver only) AW Adjustable Wallwash FB Fixed WW Wallwash Fixed 1 Dry / Damp (IP30) 2 Wet (IP65) POWDERCOAT FINISHES WH White AG Satin Silver AU Cashmere Gold AB Architectural Bronze BB Burnt Bronze BK Black CF Custom Finish* *(Consult Factory) ALUMINA FINISHES 01 Brushed Obsidian 02 Matte Obsidian 03 Brushed Dark Patinated Bronze 04 Matte Dark Patinated Bronze 05 Brushed Aged Aluminum 06 Matte Aged Aluminum 07 Brushed Cast Brass 08 Matte Cast Brass 09 Brushed Light Patinated Bronze 10 Matte Light Patinated Bronze FINISH IMAGES ON PAGE 2 POWDERCOAT FINISHES WH White AG Satin Silver AU Cashmere Gold AB Architectural Bronze BB Burnt Bronze BK Black CF Custom Finish* *(Consult Factory) ALUMINA FINISHES 01 Brushed Obsidian 02 Matte Obsidian 03 Brushed Dark Patinated Bronze 04 Matte Dark Patinated Bronze 05 Brushed Aged Aluminum 06 Matte Aged Aluminum 07 Brushed Cast Brass 08 Matte Cast Brass 09 Brushed Light Patinated Bronze 10 Matte Light Patinated Bronze FINISH IMAGES ON PAGE 2 STATIC WHITE80S11B 80+ CRI, 11 Watts Lm. Delivered - 1240 80S17B 80+ CRI, 17 Watts Lm. Delivered - 194380S23B 80+ CRI, 23 Watts Lm. Delivered - 255980S32B 80+ CRI, 32 Watts Lm. Delivered - 337280S38B* 80+ CRI, 38 Watts Lm. Delivered - 3932 *(Remote driver required)90S11B 90+ CRI, 11 Watts Lm. Delivered - 1060 90S17B 90+ CRI, 17 Watts Lm. Delivered - 166190S23B 90+ CRI, 23 Watts Lm. Delivered - 2187 90S32B 90+ CRI, 32 Watts Lm. Delivered - 288290S38B* 90+ CRI, 38 Watts 3361 Lm. Delivered - 3361 *(Remote driver required)97S11B 97+ CRI, 11 Watts Lm. Delivered - 975 97S17B 97+ CRI, 17 Watts Lm. Delivered - 152897S23B 97+ CRI, 23 Watts Lm. Delivered - 2012 97S32B 97+ CRI, 32 Watts Lm. Delivered - 265197S38B* 97+ CRI, 38 Watts Lm. Delivered - 3092 *(Remote driver required) WARM DIM90W23B 90+ CRI, 23 Watts Incandescent Profile Lm. Delivered - 1642 Halogen Profile Lm. Delivered - 1777*SEE PAGE 3 FOR DETAILED PER-FORMANCE CONFIGURATIONS AND WARM DIM PROFILE COMPARISON.TUNABLE WHITE (REMOTE DRIVER ONLY)90T32B 90+ CRI, 32 Watts Warm Profile Lm. Delivered - 2325 Cool Profile Lm. Delivered - 2580 *ALL DELIVERED LUMEN OUTPUTS AND T24 COMPLIANCE REFLECT 3000K PAIRED WITH 20° OPTIC AND SOFT FOCUS LENS. 24 2400K* *90+CRI only 27 2700K 30 3000K 35 3500K 40 4000K WL 2700K - 1800K WD 3000K - 1800K TR 4000K - 1800K TH 5000K - 2700K 10 10°* (<10) *(11/17 Watts only)15 15° (<13)20 20° (<10) 25 25° (<10) 40 40° (<10) 60 60° (<13)WW Wallwash* *(Required for WW & AW fixture) 20 20° (<10) 25 25° (<10) 40 40° (<10) 60 60° (<10)WW Wallwash*(Required for WW & AW fixture) 15 15° (<13) 20 20° (<10)25 25° (<10)40 40° (<10) 60 60° (<13) WW Wallwash* *(Required for WW & AW fixture) *SEE PAGE 4 FOR UGR VALUES STANDARD MEDIA 4 Soft Focus Lens (SFL) 0 No Lens* *(Recommended for 10° optic, not available for Warm Dim or Wet Location) ALTERNATE MEDIA 2 Honey Comb Louver (HCL)* *(Not available for Warm Dim or Wet Location) 3 Clear Glass Lens (CGL)* *(Not available for Warm Dim or Wet Location) 5 Frosted Glass Lens (FGL) 6 Frosted Soft Focus Lens (FSFL) 7 Frosted Linear Spread Lens (FLSL) C Clear Glass Lens w/ Linear Spread Lens H Soft Focus Lens w/ Honey-comb Louver W Wallwash Lens**(Required for WW and AW fixture) INTEGRALUCA 0-10V Analog 120-277V 1CE 120V Electronic Forward/Reverse ROUGH-INJBMP 4” Sq. or 4/0 Junction Box Mounting Plate FINISH OUT CMJB*1/2” and 3/4” Conduit Ceiling Mount Junction Box* *(Available in powdercoat finishes. Alumina finish fixtures ship with Black powdercoat CMJB.) SMK3 3/0 Surface Mount Kit*SMK4 4/0 Surface Mount Kit* *(Dry/Damp rated) REMOTE (120V)1TR Philips, 2% Forward/Reverse* *(11 & 17 Watts only) 1L2 Lutron Hi-Lume 1%, 2-Wire 1RE Forward/Reverse REMOTE (120-277V)URA 0-10V Analog ULH Lutron Hi-Lume Ecosystem 1% Fade to BlackUAN Philips Xitanium 1% 0-10V, LOG ULN Philips Xitanium 1% 0-10V, LINUEG eldoLED, SOLOdrive 0.1% 0-10V, LOG UEN eldoLED, SOLOdrive 0.1% 0-10V, LINUED eldoLED, SOLOdrive 0.1% DALI-2, LOG ULD eldoLED, SOLOdrive 0.1% DALI-2, LINUAS/ Athena Control UAR EldoLED, SOLOdrive 0.1% 120-277V*UCS/Casambi Control UCR EldoLED, SOLOdrive 0.1% 120-277V* *(Includes Node. Extended lead time, consult factory for EM use)TUNABLE WHITE REMOTE (0.1%, 120-277V)UDD eldoLED, DUALdrive DALI-2, LOG UDG eldoLED, DUALdrive 0-10V, LOGUDN eldoLED, DUALdrive 0-10V, LIN UAD1/ Athena Control, UADR EldoLED, DUALdrive*UCD1/ Casambi Control, UCDR EldoLED, DUALdrive* *(Includes Node. Extended lead time, consult factory for EM use) PART NUMBER NOTES • CY3X ships as e.g., CY3XAD1WHWH80S17A304041CE3 • Remote driver ships as e.g., PS-RMT-80S17A-1RE3 • Mounting part numbers listed on page 6 Red List Approved Our best-selling cylinders keep getting better. Adjustable, fixed, and wallwash are all offered in a broad range of sizes, with lumens from 500 to almost 5000lm, standard 90˚ tilt, and more than a dozen finish options. Now, there’s a fixture for anywhere you need to illuminate anything. LT15, LT15W pg. 2[PH] +1-210-227-7329 [FAX] +1-210-227-4967 ©2024 Lucifer® Lighting Company As part of its policy of continuous research and product development, the company reserves the right to change or withdraw specifications without prior notice. luciferlighting.com [DATE OF REV: 01172023] ® CYLINDER 3 SURFACE MOUNT ACCESSORIES ALTERNATE MEDIA ¨ SFL-CY3X-03 Soft Focus Lens ¨ HCL-CY3X-03 Honeycomb Louver * *(Secondary media required for Warm Dim) ¨ CGL-CY3X-03 Clear Glass Lens * *(Secondary media required for Warm Dim) ¨ FGL-CY3X-03 Frosted Glass Lens ¨ FSFL-CY3X-03 Frosted Soft Focus Lens ¨ FLSL-CY3X-03 Frosted Linear Spread Lens ¨ CGL-LSL-CY3X-03 Clear Glass Lens W/ Linear Spread Lens* *(Not available for Wet Location) ¨ SFL-HCL-CY3X-03 Soft Focus Lens W/ Honeycomb Louver* *(Not available for Wet Location) POWDERCOAT FINISHES (WH) White Powder Coat (AG) Satin Silver Powder Coat (BK) Black Powder Coat (AB) Architectural Bronze Powder Coat (AU) Cashmere Gold Powder Coat (BB) Burnt Bronze Powder Coat (03) Brushed Dark Patinated Bronze (07) Brushed Cast Brass (05) Brushed Aged Aluminum (01) Brushed Obsidian (09) Brushed Light Patinated Bronze ALUMINA FINISHES BY LUCIFER LIGHTINGTM (04) Matte Dark Patinated Bronze (08) Matte Cast Brass (06) Matte Aged Aluminum (02) Matte Obsidian (10) Matte Light Patinated Bronze EMERGENCY LIGHTING - REMOTE MOUNT ONLY During disruption of main power, emergency battery inverter provides temporary 120V or 277V to fixture. ¨ EMB-S-25-120/277-LEDX 25 watt max capacity, 120 or 277 VAC 60Hz ¨ EMB-S-100-120-LEDX 100 watt max capacity, 120 VAC 60Hz, 0-10V dimmable ¨ EMB-S-100-277-LEDX 100 watt max capacity, 277 VAC 60Hz, 0-10V dimmable ¨ EMB-S-250-120/277-LEDX 250 watt max capacity, 120 or 277 VAC 60Hz *SHUNT REQUIRED FOR USE WITH ATHENA AND CASAMBI CONTROLS, CONSULT FACTORY FOR DETAILS. STATIC WHITE REPLACEMENT OPTICS ¨ RO-70-15-S 15° optic ¨ RO-70-20-S 20° optic ¨ RO-70-25-S 25° optic ¨ RO-70-40-S 40° optic ¨ RO-70-60-S 60° optic WARM DIM REPLACEMENT OPTICS ¨ RO-70-20-W 20° optic ¨ RO-70-25-W 25° optic ¨ RO-70-40-W 40° optic ¨ RO-70-60-W 60° optic TUNABLE WHITE REPLACEMENT OPTICS ¨ RO-70-15-T 15° optic ¨ RO-70-20-T 20° optic ¨ RO-70-25-T 25° optic ¨ RO-70-40-T 40° optic ¨ RO-70-60-T 60° optic LT15, LT15W pg. 3[PH] +1-210-227-7329 [FAX] +1-210-227-4967 ©2024 Lucifer® Lighting Company As part of its policy of continuous research and product development, the company reserves the right to change or withdraw specifications without prior notice. luciferlighting.com [DATE OF REV: 01172023] ® WALLWASH DESIGN GUIDE CYLINDER 3 SURFACE MOUNT 10˚ TILT 30” SETBACK / 30” ON CENTER SPACING • 10FT CEILING SHOWN / 8-12FT IDEAL • AVERAGE FC: 59.81 • MAX / MIN: 6.11 • 9 FIXTURES / 25FT WALL SHOWN 20˚ TILT 42” SETBACK / 42” ON CENTER SPACING • 10FT CEILING SHOWN / 8-12FT IDEAL • AVERAGE FC: 47.58 • MAX / MIN: 5.10 • 9 FIXTURES / 35FT WALL SHOWN RECOMMENDED 15˚ TILT 36” SETBACK / 36” ON CENTER SPACING • 10FT CEILING SHOWN / 8-12FT IDEAL • AVERAGE FC: 52.90 • MAX / MIN: 5.47 • 9 FIXTURES / 30FT WALL SHOWN *ALL DATA REFLECTS 90S17B WATTAGE PACKAGE ADDITIONAL SETBACKS AND SPACINGS 30” SETBACK / 42” ON CENTER SPACING • 10FT CEILING SHOWN / 8-12FT IDEAL • AVERAGE FC: 38.76 • MAX / MIN: 6.49 • 9 FIXTURES / 25FT WALL SHOWN 42” SETBACK / 54” ON CENTER SPACING • 10FT CEILING SHOWN / 8-12FT IDEAL • AVERAGE FC: 25.34 • MAX / MIN: 6.22 • 9 FIXTURES / 35FT WALL SHOWN RECOMMENDED 36” SETBACK / 48” ON CENTER SPACING • 10FT CEILING SHOWN / 8-12FT IDEAL • AVERAGE FC: 31.26 • MAX / MIN: 6.32 • 9 FIXTURES / 30FT WALL SHOWN ON CENTER SPACING SETBACK / TILT 30” / 10˚36” / 15˚42” / 20˚ 30”SHOWN ABOVE AVERAGE FC: 61.83 MAX / MIN: 5.46 AVERAGE FC: 63.70 MAX / MIN: 5.22 36”AVERAGE FC: 51.17 MAX / MIN: 6.25 SHOWN ABOVE AVERAGE FC: 54.57 MAX / MIN: 5.10 42”AVERAGE FC: 44.58 MAX / MIN: 6.55 AVERAGE FC: 46.13 MAX / MIN: 5.63 SHOWN ABOVE ON CENTER SPACING SETBACK 30”36”42” 42”SHOWN ABOVE AVERAGE FC: 34.94 MAX / MIN: 6.44 AVERAGE FC: 31.32 MAX / MIN: 6.35 48”AVERAGE FC: 34.66 MAX / MIN: 6.34 SHOWN ABOVE AVERAGE FC: 28.02 MAX / MIN: 6.22 54”AVERAGE FC: 31.32 MAX / MIN: 6.57 AVERAGE FC: 28.22 MAX / MIN: 6.36 SHOWN ABOVE LT15, LT15W pg. 4[PH] +1-210-227-7329 [FAX] +1-210-227-4967 ©2024 Lucifer® Lighting Company As part of its policy of continuous research and product development, the company reserves the right to change or withdraw specifications without prior notice. luciferlighting.com [DATE OF REV: 01172023] ® WARM DIM PERFORMANCE - SOFT FOCUS LENS - 20� OPTIC STATIC WHITE PERFORMANCE - 3000K JA8-2022 INDICATED BY SHADING INCANDESCENT DIMMING PROFILE CYLINDER 3 SURFACE MOUNT HALOGEN DIMMING PROFILE UNIFIED GLARE RATING 10° OPTIC NO LENS 15° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS LENS 20° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS LENS 25° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS LENS 40° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS LENS 60° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS LENS WALLWASH WALLWASH LENS <10 <13 <10 <10 <10 <13 >19 2800 80%60%40%20%2%1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 DIMMING % CCT (K) 80%60%40%20%2% DIMMING % 2900 1700 1900 2100 2300 2500 2700 CCT (K) 3100 90W23BL 2700K - 1800K Full on 100%Dimmed to 80%Dimmed to 70%Dimmed to 50%Dimmed to 20%Dimmed to 10%Dimmed to 2% CCT (K)2700 2650 2620 2520 2180 1950 1800 Light Output (Lm)1642 1314 1149 821 328 164 33 Power (W)23 18 16 12 5 2.3 0.5 Efficacy (LPW)71 71 71 71 71 71 71 90W23BD 3000K - 1800K Full on 100%Dimmed to 80%Dimmed to 70%Dimmed to 50%Dimmed to 20%Dimmed to 10%Dimmed to 2% CCT (K)3000 2950 2920 2775 2375 2000 1800 Light Output (Lm)1777 1422 1244 889 355 178 36 Power (W)23 18 16 12 5 2.3 0.5 Efficacy (LPW)74 74 74 74 74 74 74 OUTPUT MULTIPLIER CCT CCT SCALE 2400K 0.76 2700K 0.957 3000K 1.000 3500K 1.019 4000K 1.030 MEDIA LIGHT LOSS FACTOR MEDIA LIGHT LOSS FACTOR No Lens 1.07 CGL 0.99 SFL 1.00 FGL 0.88 FSFL 0.91 FLSL 0.81 HCL 0.71 SFL+HCL 0.66 TUNABLE WHITE MULTIPLIER CCT 5000K-2700K 4000K-1800K 5000K 1.16 - 4000K 1.08 1.14 3500K 1.04 1.07 3000K 1.00 1.00 2700K 0.96 0.92 2400K -0.84 1800K -0.69 LUMEN PACKAGE WATTAGE 10° OPTIC NO LENS 15° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS LENS 20° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS LENS 25° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS LENS 40° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS LENS 60° OPTIC SOFT FOCUS LENS WALLWASH WALLWASH LENS ADJ. WALLWASH WALLWASH LENS DLVD LPW DLVD LPW DLVD LPW DLVD LPW DLVD LPW DLVD LPW DLVD LPW DLVD LPW 80S11B 11 950 86 1169 106 1240 112 1243 112 1185 107 1156 105 979 89 1137 103 80S17B 17 1357 79 1171 104 1943 114 1931 113 1858 109 1801 105 1509 88 1783 104 80S23B 23 --2301 100 2559 111 2541 110 2409 104 2373 103 2039 88 2312 100 80S32B 32 --2913 91 3372 105 3339 104 3170 99 3111 97 2641 82 3042 95 80S38B 38 --3226 84 3932 103 3856 101 3680 96 3614 95 3072 80 3531 92 90S11B 11 812 73 1008 91 1060 96 1062 96 1013 92 988 89 837 76 972 88 90S17B 17 1160 68 1527 89 1661 97 1650 97 1588 93 1539 90 1290 75 1524 89 90S23B 23 --1984 86 2187 95 2172 94 2059 89 2028 88 1743 75 1976 85 90S32B 32 --2511 78 2882 90 2854 89 2709 84 2659 83 2257 70 2600 81 90S38B 38 --2781 73 3361 88 3296 86 3121 82 3089 81 2626 69 3018 79 97S11B 11 747 67 887 80 975 88 977 88 932 84 909 82 770 70 894 81 97S17B 17 1067 62 1344 79 1528 89 1518 89 1461 85 1416 83 1187 69 1402 82 97S23B 23 --1746 75 2012 87 1998 86 1894 82 1866 81 1604 69 1818 79 97S32B 32 --2210 69 2651 82 2626 82 2492 77 2446 76 2076 64 2392 74 97S38B 38 --2447 64 3092 81 3032 79 2893 76 2842 74 2416 63 2777 73 90W23BL(2700K-1800K)23 ----1642 71 1626 70 1556 67 1491 64 1340 58 1570 68 90W23BD (3000K-1800K) 23 ----1777 77 1742 75 1685 73 1600 69 1422 61 1668 72 90T32BTR (4000K-1800K)32 --2251 70 2325 72 2319 72 2359 73 2352 73 2072 64 2520 78 90T32BTH (5000K-2700K)32 --2458 76 2580 80 2533 79 2394 74 2291 71 2085 65 2401 75 LT15, LT15W pg. 5[PH] +1-210-227-7329 [FAX] +1-210-227-4967 ©2024 Lucifer® Lighting Company As part of its policy of continuous research and product development, the company reserves the right to change or withdraw specifications without prior notice. luciferlighting.com [DATE OF REV: 01172023] ® CYLINDER 3 SURFACE MOUNT E A B D ADJUSTABLE - STANDARD CANOPY Die-cast canopy accommodates flat and sloped ceiling conditions. Conceals hidden mounting hardware. “AD” (90° tilt, 365° rotation) canopy features 2.15” (55mm) tall canopy. Available with integral or remote driver. ADJUSTABLE - SHALLOW CANOPY Die-cast canopy accommodates flat and slope ceiling conditions. Conceals hidden mounting hardware. “AS” (90° tilt, 365° rotation) canopy features 0.65” (17mm) tall canopy, reducing overall height. Requires remote power supply. FIXED BODY Body with integrated heat sink and LED. Conceals mounting hardware. Power supply may be integral or remote mount. WALLWASH FIXED BODY OPTICS Robust light engine with optimized optic pairing integrates Reflection, Refraction, and TIR offering 10°, 15°, 20°, 25°, 40° & 60° beams. MEDIA Cylinder accepts 2 lenses; soft focus lens, no lens or wallwash lens standard. Sealed in place for Wet locations. BAFFLE Die-cast baffle minimizes aperture glare and conceals view into fixture. WALL-MOUNT Cylinder may be wall mounted using any mounting option. C F G H DIMENSIONS / DRAWINGSCYLINDER ASSEMBLY WALLWASH FIXED BODYFIXED BODY Ø3.91” (99mm) 8.40”(213mm) ADJUSTABLE BODY SHALLOW CANOPY 2.15” (55mm) 0.46” (12mm) ADJUSTABLE BODY STANDARD CANOPY Ø3.91” (99mm) 8.40”(213mm) 5.85” (149mm) Cylinder weight3.25 lbs Cylinder weight 3.45 lbs Cylinder weight3.45 lbs 0.65”(17mm) 6.96”(177mm) Cylinder weight 3.45 lbs A E F G C D H B E F G 90° 90° 2.15” (55mm) LT15, LT15W pg. 6[PH] +1-210-227-7329 [FAX] +1-210-227-4967 ©2024 Lucifer® Lighting Company As part of its policy of continuous research and product development, the company reserves the right to change or withdraw specifications without prior notice. luciferlighting.com [DATE OF REV: 01172023] ® DIMENSIONS / DRAWINGSMOUNTING • CY3X-JBMP and CY3X-SMK-3/0 & 4/0 not recommended for use with pancake style j-box. MOUNTING NOTES JBMP Mounting plate (concealed) for standard 4” square or 4” 4/0 j-box . To be installed during rough-in prior to substrate. Fixture to mount flush with minimalist transition to ceiling. Part Number - CY3X-JBMP SMK3 Surface mount kit includes mounting plate and 4” concealer plate that installs between fixture and standard 3” 3/0 j-box for existing applications where standard j-box cutout is to be concealed. Part Number - CY3X-SMK-3/0-(FINISH) SMK4 Surface mount kit includes mounting plate and 5” concealer plate that installs between fixture and standard 4” 4/0 j-box for existing applications where standard j-box cutout is to be concealed. Part Number - CY3X-SMK-4/0-(FINISH) CMJB Ceiling mount junction box perfectly matches the cylinder profile for a continuous, integrated look where exposed ceiling mount junction box and conduit applications apply. For use with 1/2” and 3/4” EMT conduit only. Features two conduit entrances on either side and one conduit knockout on top of j-box. J-box is IP10 rated; painted finishes only. Blank off plugs included. Part Number - CY3X-CMJB-(FINISH) CYLINDER 3 SURFACE MOUNT Blank off plug EMT conduit (by others), no fitting required 1.80”(46mm) J-Box supplied by others Existing J-Box Ceiling substrate, cutout as required J-box mounting plate Concealer plate Ceiling substrateØ2-3/4”(70mm) cutout 3.20”(81mm) Conduit & wiringsupplied by others 6.60”(168mm) 2.00”(51mm) K J I L M I L K J Mounting adaptor plate(Ships with fixture) Mounting adaptor plate (Ships with fixture) Mounting adaptor plate(Ships with fixture) STANDARD ENCLOSURE PS-RMT weight - 1.40 lbs REMOTE POWER SUPPLY PS-RMT Remote power supply must be mounted in accessible area. Mounting device still required. Consult page 8 for dimming compatibility list. Consult install guide for complete details of suitable controls, wiring diagrams, and maximum allowable secondary run lengths between PS-RMT and cylinder. ATHENA / CASAMBI CONTROL Controls integrated into remote driver assembly. All equipment is serviceable Athena Model Number: A-WN-D01-RF-BL & DC-OEM-DBI Casambi Model Number: BT-S1E1-5400 ATHENA / CASAMBI EM SHUNT Inlcuded with drivers specified as ASR, ADR, CSR, or CDR. One required for each wireless EM fixture, requires class 2 control wiring between fixture and shunt. Features integrated test switch. Model Number: PS-RMT-SHUNT M N 3.231 3.231 2.00” 3.35” N ATHENA / CASAMBI ENCLOSURE 6.94” O ATHENA / CASAMBI EM SHUNT 6.660 6.660 3.231 3.231 2.00” 3.35”6.94” O LT15, LT15W pg. 7[PH] +1-210-227-7329 [FAX] +1-210-227-4967 ©2024 Lucifer® Lighting Company As part of its policy of continuous research and product development, the company reserves the right to change or withdraw specifications without prior notice. luciferlighting.com [DATE OF REV: 01172023] ® CONSTRUCTIONCylinder: Die-cast aluminum body with integrated heat sink; painted finishes are granulated powder coat. Alumina finishes are anodized aluminum.CMJB: Die-cast aluminum body; painted finishes are granulated powder coat. Remote Power Supply: 22 Gauge galvanized steel. STATIC WHITE LED 2-step MacAdam ellipse LED module available in 80+, 90+ and 95+ CRI configurations in color temperatures of 2700K, 3000K, 3500K and 4000K. 3-step MacAdam ellipse LED module available in 90+ CRI configuration in color temprtature of 2400K. Average rated lamp life: 50,000 hours. LED and driver assemblies are field-replaceable. WARM DIM LED 3-step MacAdam ellipse warm dim LED module available in 90+ CRI configuration. 3000K or 2700K at full brightness, warming to 1800K at full dim. Average rated lamp life of 50,000 hours. LED and driver assemblies are field-replaceable. TUNABLE WHITE LED 3-step MacAdam ellipse tunable white LED module available in 90+ CRI configuration. Features tuning range of 2700K to 5000K and 1800K to 4000K. Average rated lamp life of 50,000 hours. Driver assemblies are field-replaceable. POWER SUPPLY PERFORMANCE AND DIMMING INFORMATION Note: For 1TR, 1L2, ULH, UAN, ULN, UEG and UEN drivers consult chart on page 8 to confirm appropriate dimming curve for compatibility with selected control. MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE REMOTE DRIVER WIRING DISTANCES WALLWASH SPACING AND TILT Adjustable Wallwash Cylinder must be tilted to achieve wallwashing effect. Recommended adjustable spacing is 36” (914mm) on center with 36” (914mm) setback from wall plane with 15° tilt. Recommended fixed spacing is 36” (914mm) on center spacing with 48” (1219mm) setback from wall plane. MOUNTING Cylinder is supplied with a mounting adaptor plate, which integrates with required additional mounting accessories specified separately according to field application conditions, providing a minimalist transition from standard 4/0 or 4” square junction boxes and accommodating ceiling thicknesses of 0.44” (12mm) to 0.75” (19mm). Ceiling-mount junction box available for 1/2” (13mm) and 3/4” (19mm) conduit and feature concealed internal clamps for clean fitting-free conduit exit and entry. LISTING cTUVus listed to UL1598 standard for Dry / Damp (IP30) and Wet (IP65) location. Title 24 JA8-2022 Listed. NEMA 410 Compliant. Buy American Act compliant. DECLARE LBC Red List ApprovedWARRANTYManufacturer’s 1-year warranty guarantees product(s) listed to be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service. 5-year warranty on LED and power supply to operate with 70% of the original flux and remain within a range of 3 duv. 10-year Lutron Advantage limited warranty available on Lutron equipped systems. Warranty period begins from the date of shipment by Seller. Consult website for full warranty terms and conditions. TECHNICAL CYLINDER 3 SURFACE MOUNT WIRE AWG DRIVER 12 14 16 18 20 URA, 1RE -164’105’66’40’ 1TR, UAN, ULN 285’180’113’71’45’ 1L2, ULH 60’40’25’15’- UEG, UEN, UED, ULD, DD1, DG1, DN1, UAS, UCS, UAD, UCD --118’72 46’ PHASE 0-10V ECO DALI ATHENA CASAMBI Power Supply 1CE/1RE 1TR 1L2 UCA/URA UAN ULN UEG UEN UDG UDN ULH UED ULD UDD UAS/UAD UCS/UCD Minimum °C -20 °C -20 °C 0 °C -20 °C -20 °C -20 °C -20 °C -20 °C -20 °C -20 °C 0 °C -20 °C -20 °C -20 °C 0 °C -20 °C Maximum °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C 40 °C Dimming %1.0%2.0%1.0%1.0%1.0%1.0%0.1%0.1%0.1%0.1%1.0%0.1%0.1%0.1%0.1%0.1% LT15, LT15W pg. 8[PH] +1-210-227-7329 [FAX] +1-210-227-4967 ©2024 Lucifer® Lighting Company As part of its policy of continuous research and product development, the company reserves the right to change or withdraw specifications without prior notice. luciferlighting.com [DATE OF REV: 01172023] ® DIMMING COMPATIBILITY Power supply UEG / UENDimmer / Switch Control Manufacturer Family/Model # Busch-Jaeger 2112U-101 Jung 240-10 Leviton Lighting Controls IP710-DLX Lightolier Controls ZP600FAM120 Lutron Electronics Nova T® - NTFTV Lutron Electronics Diva® - DVTV Lutron Electronics Nova® - NFTV Merten 5729 Pass & Seymour CD4FB-W The Watt Stopper DCLV1 Sensor Switch nIO EZ Synergy ISD BC Power supply UEG / UENLighting Control SystemsManufacturer Family/Model # Lutron Electronics GrafixEye® GRX-TVI w GRX3503 Lutron Electronics Energy Savr NodeTM - QSN-4T16-S Lutron Electronics TVM2 Module Crestron®GLX-DIMFLV8 Crestron®GLXP-DIMFLV8 Crestron®GLPAC-DIMFLV4-* Crestron®GLPAC-DIMFLV8-* Crestron®GLPP-DIMFLVEX-PM Crestron®GLPP-1DIMFLV2EX-PM Crestron®GLPP-1DIMFLV3EX-PM Crestron®DIN-AO8 Crestron®DIN-4DIMFLV4 Crestron®CLS-EXP-DIMFLV Crestron®CLCI-1DIMFLV2EX ABB SD/S 2.16.1 eldoLED DRIVER COMPATIBILITY Power supply 1TRManufacturer Family/Model # Lutron Electronics DV-600P Lutron Electronics DVELV-303P Lutron Electronics NTELV-600 Lutron Electronics MAELV-600 Lutron Electronics SELV-300P Lutron Electronics DVLV-600P Lutron Electronics NFTU-5A Lutron Electronics CTCL-153P Lutron Electronics GL-600H Lutron Electronics S-600P Lutron Electronics PHPM Power supply UAN / ULNManufacturer Family/Model # Lutron Electronics DVTV plus PP-DV Lutron Electronics DVSCTV plus PP-DV Lutron Electronics DVSTV Lutron Electronics DVSCSTV Lutron Electronics QSGRJ-XP plus GRX-TVI Lutron Electronics QSGRJ-XE plus GRX-TVI Lutron Electronics QSGR-XE plus GRX-TVI Lutron Electronics NFTV plus PP-DV Lutron Electronics NTSTV Lutron Electronics RMJ-5T Lutron Electronics RMJS-8T Lutron Electronics FCJS-010 Leviton IllumaTch IP7 series Philips Sunrise - SR1200ZTUNV PHILIPS DRIVER COMPATIBILITY CYLINDER 3 SURFACE MOUNT LUTRON DRIVER COMPATIBILITY Power supply 1L2 Lutron Product Family Part No. Maestro WirelessR 600 W dimmer MRF2-6ND-120- Maestro WirelessR 1000 W dimmer MRF2-10ND-120- Caséta® Wireless Pro 1000 W dimmer PD-10NXD- GRAFIK TTM CL® dimmer GT-250M- GTJ-250M- HomeWorks® QS adaptive dimmer HQRD-6NA- HomeWorks® QS 600 W dimmer HQRD-6ND- HomeWorks® QS 1000 W dimmer HQRD-10ND- RadioRA® 2 adaptive dimmer RRD-6NA- RadioRA® 2 1000 W dimmer RRD-10ND myRoomTM DIN power module MQSE-4A1-D HomeWorks® QS DIN power module LQSE-4A1-D HomeWorks® QS wallbox power module HQRJ-WPM-6D-120 HomeWorks® wallbox power module HWI-WPM-6D-120 GRAFIK Eye® QS control unit QSGR-, QSGRJ- GRAFIK Eye® 3000 control unit GRX-3100- GRX-3500- RPM-4U module (LCP, HomeWorks® QS, GRAFIK SystemsTM, Quantum®)HW-RPM-4U-120LP-RPM-4U-120 RPM-4A module (LCP, HomeWorks® QS, GRAFIK SystemsTM, Quantum®)HW-RPM-4A-120,LP-RPM-4A-120 GP dimming panels Various Ariadni CL 250W dimmer AYCL-253P- Diva CL 250W dimmer DVCL-253P- DCSCCL-253P- Nova T CL 250W dimmer NTCL-250- Power supply ULH Lutron Product Family Part No. PowPak Dimming Modules RMJ-ECO32-DV-B PowPak Dimming Modules FCJ/FCJS-ECO Energi Savr Nodes QSN-1ECO-S GRAFIK Eye QS control unitHomeworks QS control unit QSN-2ECO-S GRAFIK Eye QS control unitHomeworks QS control unit QSGRJ-_E (wireless)QSGR-_E Quantum Hub QP2-_ _ 2C Quantum Hub QP2-_ _ 4C Quantum Hub QP2-_ _ 6C Quantum Hub QP2-_ _ 8C Homeworks QS power modulemyRoom Plus power module LQSE-2ECO-D ANALOG DRIVERS AND DIMMERS DIMMER DRIVER OUTPUT LIN*LIN* LOG LIN  VICEVERSA *STATIC WHITE ONLY LOG LOG  LIN = LINEAR LOG = LOGARITHMIC *LIN-TO-LIN NOT COMPATIBLE FOR WARM DIM LT15, LT15W © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting.We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 1 / 10 FILE NAME:TB3WDI-LED.SPECJuly 6, 2023 axislighting.com Wall mount - Direct / IndirectBeam 3 TB3WDILED PRODUCT ID NOM. LUM/FT UP NOM. LUM/FT DOWN CRI COLOR TEMP. (choose one)SHIELDING INDIRECTTB3WDILEDBEAM3 - Wall 300 300 lm/ft-Min 300 300 lm/ft - min 80 80 CRI 27 2700 K SO spotless lensDirect/Indirect LED 1200 1200 lm/ft-Max 1000 1000 lm/ft - max for 90 90 CRI*30 3000 K SLA surroundlite asy.GZ, NW, ASO*35 3500 K 0.25G 0.25" Glo lens11001100 lm/ft - max 40 4000 KB303000 K - BIOS*B35 3500 K - BIOS*B40 4000 K - BIOS*TW2750 2700-5000 K - Tunable WhiteTW27652700-6500 K - Tunable WhiteBTW35273500-2700 K - Tunable BIOSBTW40274000-2700 K - Tunable BIOS Outputs between listed min and max are available. Consult factory for outputs outside of the listed range.Consult factory for max output with BIOS Outputs between listed min and max are available. *1000 lm/ft max. only for GZ, NW, and ASO. Consult factory for outputs outside of the listed range.Consult factory for max output with BIOS * Not available with BIOS.Consult Axitune technical sheet for more information of color technology.*Consult BIOS guide for more information on BIOS technology Choose only one of the options above SHIELDING DIRECT LENGTH (FT)MR (OPTIONAL)FINISH VOLTAGE DRIVERSOspotless lens 2 2’M16LED(#)MR16 LED lamp - Line voltage (by other)*AP aluminum 120 120 V DP dimming (0-10V) 1%ASO asymmetric, flush only 3 3’paint 277 277 V LT(#)Lutron*0.25G 0.25" Glo lens 4 4’M16LEDB(#)MR16 LED lamp - Dimmable (provided)**W white 347 347 V BI bi-level dimming1.25M 1.25" StepLens lum. end cap 5 5’BLK black UNV universal O(#)other **UB Ultra blend lens (Flush only)*8 8’C custom DC low voltage*DPB(STC)dimming (0-10V) 1% with BIOS*NW narrow, flush only 12 12’DPB(DYN)Bio-dimming™ 100%-81% with BIOS*GZ graze, flush only S(L)System Run *TW(#)tunable white drivers*POE(#)POE drivers* Choose only one of the options above; SurroundLite not available with direct* Default lens for Tunable white and BIOS. Consult factory for other lens. * SurroundLite available in 1' increments *Specify quantity; Line wattage only; Seperate circuits included. **Consult factory; See page 3 for more details; MR16 constant current for 0-10V & DALI only. Available in 3000K or 4000K. Available in luminaires with Axitune and BIOS but downlight will not be tunable white, color tuning, or BIOS LEDs * Only available with POE drivers.* See page 2 to specify system** Please consult factory; see page 2Consult factory for other control options. CIRCUITS BATTERY (OPTIONAL)IC CONTROLS (OPTIONAL)CUSTOM (OPTIONAL)1 1 circuit B(#)battery pack (integral)DS(#)daylight sensor C custom22 circuits OS(#)occupancy sensor+E(#)emergency circuit *DOS(#)daylight & occupancy sensor+NL(#)night light circuit *EN(#)Enlighted integral*+GTD(#)generator transfer device*ENR(#)Enlighted remote*+M MR WC(#)wireless control dimming* Specify quantity Minimum 4ft; Not available with 347VPlease consult factory *Please consult factorySpecify quantity. Requires 8" blank. See integrated controls guide for more details.Consult factory for Tunable White.Not available with DPB (DYN) driver for BIOS with Dynamic Spectrum. Please specify Notes Type Project Ordering Guide Flush spotless lens up and down Flush Spotless Lens - up1.25" StepLens - downFlush Spotless Lens - downGlo Lens - up NOMINAL LUMEN OUTPUT INPUT WATTS*EFFICACY SHIELDING I/D UPLIGHT DOWNLIGHT 1200 lm/ft 1100 lm/ft 17.3 W/ft 132 lm/ft SO/SO 1200 lm/ft 1000 lm/ft 17.5 W/ft 132 lm/ft SO/ASO 1200 lm/ft 1100 lm/ft 17.2 W/ft 133 lm/ft SO/0.25G 1200 lm/ft 1100 lm/ft 17.7 W/ft 87 lm/ft SLA/1.25M 1200 lm/ft 1100 lm/ft 18.9 W/ft 122 lm/ft SLA/UB 1200 lm/ft 1000 lm/ft 18 W/ft 126 lm/ft 0.25G/NW 1200 lm/ft 1000 lm/ft 17.8 W/ft 127 lm/ft 0.25G/GZ Please consult factory for custom lumen output and wattage. PERFORMANCE PER LINEAR FOOT AT 3500K SHIELDING INDIRECT SHIELDING DIRECT Step lens1.25"Glo Lens0.25"Spotless Lens SO Narrow NW Graze GZ Ultra BLend UB Asymmetric ASO SurroundLite SurroundLite Asy.Glo Lens0.25"4 1/2" 3 3/8"4" LT17 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting.We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 2 / 10 FILE NAME:TB3WDI-LED.SPECJuly 6, 2023 axislighting.com Wall mount - Direct / IndirectBeam 3 Housing Extruded aluminum (0.075'' nominal) Up to 70% recycled contentEnd Cap Cast aluminumInterior Brackets Die formed sheet steel (20 gauge)Reflectors White powder coated sheet steel (22 gauge) Lenses Extruded acrylic (0.070'' nominal)Hanger Die cast aluminumSuspension Sliding aircraft cable along product length CONSTRUCTION ELECTRICAL Incorporating these components may have limitations or aff ect the length of the luminaire. Please contact factory for more details. Lutron driver LDE1 - Hi-lume 1% EcoSystem with Soft-on, Fade-to- Black Other drivers**DALI - Digital Addressable Lighting InterfaceDMX - Digital MultiplexXitanium SR - For wireless sensorBIOS DPB drivers*STC - BIOS control 0-10V with static spectrum and BIOS SkyBlue enabled from 100% to 1%.DYN - BIOS control 0-10V with dynamic spectrum andBIOS SkyBlue® with Bio-Dimming™, which changesspectral qualities by removing the SkyBlue componentwhen dimming from 100% to 81%, while light outputremains relatively constant; bio-dimming reduces CCT to2700K. Dimming from 80% to 1% will then reduce lightoutput. Tunable WhiteTW drivers*DALIDT6 - DALI Type 6 (Two DALI Addresses)DALIDT8 - DALI Type 8 ( One DALI Address)LTTW - Lutron T-Series Tunable White Power over EthernetPOE drivers* UL2108 certified for integral or remote driver MOLEX IGORSMARTENGINEO - Other (Consult factory) Emergency Integral emergency battery pack or emergency circuit optional. Input Voltage 120V, 277V, 347V, UNV, DC.Flex Whip Shipped in a separate box for contractors to install *Choose driver from available options. LED SYSTEM CRI Minimum 80 or 90 color rendering index. CRI BIOS Minimum 80 color rendering index with R9>75 for all CCTs. CCT Single Color Choice of 2700K, 3000K, 3500K and 4000K color temperature with a great color consistency (within 3–step MacAdam ellipse). Both within fixture and fixture to fixture. CCT BIOS BIOS Static (STC) Choice of 3000K, 3500K and 4000K.BIOS SkyBlue® Dynamic (DYN) Choice of 3000K, 3500K, and 4000K with Bio-Dimming™ BIOS Tunable White (BTW) Choice of 4000-2700K and 3500-2700K; does not use a bio-dimmer, it uses TW drivers, which allow independent control of CCT and intensity; e.g., BTW4027 provides combined SkyBlue + white light at 4000K, SkyBlue is removed at 2700K. Light output can be adjusted for each CCT. Consult BIOS guide for more information on BIOS technology. CCT Axitune Systems Consult Axitune technical sheet for more information on color technology. LED life Minimum 50,000h with 85% of lumen maintenance in 250C ambient temperature, in compliance with IES LM-80 testing measurements. Thermal Management Aluminum housing acting as the heat sink to maximize life. Environment Dry and damp rated for indoor use only in operating ambient temperatures of 0-400C (32-104F). LT17 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting.We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 3 / 10 FILE NAME:TB3WDI-LED.SPECJuly 6, 2023 axislighting.com Wall mount - Direct / IndirectBeam 3 FINISH Aluminium paint, powder coated and custom finishes are also available. APPROVALS Certified to UL and CSA standards Meets NYC requirementsMeets ADA requirements.Suitable for damp locations. WEIGHT Wall Direct/Indirect LED 4 ft 12.3 lbs / 5.0 kgWall Direct/Indirect LED 8 ft 24.6 lbs / 10.1 kgWall Direct/Indirect LED 12 ft 36.9 lbs / 15.1 kg BEAM 4 linear systems, with the use of a strong profile, allow for a nearly hair thin connection system of continuous runs.Lengths of 4’, 8’, 12’ as well as custom lengths are available. Runs of BEAM 4 that are greater than 12’ in length are designated as systems (S#). This means that the run is comprised of a combination of 4’, 8’ and/or 12’ sections to be assembled on site using our joining system. System runs with SurroundLite available in 1’ increments only. For more information on systems and joining, please refer to the BEAM installation sheets available for download at www.axislighting.com. SYSTEM (S#)OPTICS 0.25G Glo lens 1.25M 1.25” StepLensSO Spotless lensUB Ultra Blend Lens ULTRA BLEND LENSFrosted acrylic snap-in micro lens suitable for Tunable White and BIOS applications. SPOTLESS LENSFrosted acrylic snap-in micro lens. Used for SO, ASO, NW, and GZ shielding options.GLO LENS0.25” frosted acrylic drop lens. Patented design. STEPLENS1.25” StepLens, illuminated end cap. Limited 5-year warranty is available. Warranty is valid provided luminaires are installed and used according tospecifi cations. For full terms and conditions, please consultwarranty section at axislighting.com. WARRANTY LT17 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting.We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 4 / 10 FILE NAME:TB3WDI-LED.SPECJuly 6, 2023 axislighting.com Wall mount - Direct / IndirectBeam 3 MOUNTING OPTIONS SIDE VIEW MOUNTING BRACKETS HORIZONTAL MOUNTING DETAILS BEAM3 SurroundLite is also available with pendant mounted option. Specification sheets and installation sheets for all mountings for BEAM3 SurroundLite luminaires are available for download at www.axislighting.com OTHER MOUNTING OPTIONS variable Several in a long blank section Between sections 9" 9" At luminaire ends MR16 LED LAMPS Blank Extruded aluminum (0.075'' nominal) MR16 LED Adjustable LED lamp (provided) MR16 LEDB Constant current LED lamp (provided)- Dimmable by control system for 0-10V & DALI only Quantity For every 4' section, there may be up to a maximum of 4 x MR16 LED lamps. Spacing Each MR16 is placed centered on a blank section 9" in length. Within a given section length, a series of downlights will be spaced evenly on a longer blank section. Custom spacing available on special request. 3 15/16" 3 1/8" 2" More options are available upon request.Please consult factory. Base Type GU 5.3Beam Angle 40 nominal degreesInput Watts 6WNominal Lumens 300 lumensEfficacy 50 lumens per wattColor Rendering Index (CRI) 85Center Beam Candle Power (CBCP) 584 candelasLife 25,000 hours at L70Correlated color temperature (CCT) 3000K, 4000KAdjustability 15º tilt LT17 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting.We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 5 / 10 FILE NAME:TB3WDI-LED.SPECJuly 6, 2023 axislighting.com Wall mount - Direct / IndirectBeam 3 SECTION VIEWS 4 1/2” 3 3/8” 4 ” SO Spotless lens - Indirect 4 1/2” 3 3/8” 4 ” 4 1/2” 3 3/8” 5 3/4 ” 1/4” 4 ” 4 1/2” 3 3/8” 1/4” 4 3/4” 4 ” 0.25G 0.25" Glo lens - Direct SO Spotless lens - Indirect 4 1/2” 3 3/8” 1/4” 4 3/4” 4 ” 0.25G 0.25" Glo lens - Direct 5 ” 4 1/2” 3 3/8” 1/4” 1/4” 4 ” 0.25G 0.25" Glo lens - Direct SO Spotless lens - Direct NW Narrow lens - Direct GZ Graze lens - Direct UB Ultra Blend lens - Direct ASO Asymm. lens - Direct SO Spotless lens - Direct NW Narrow lens - DirectGZ Graze lens - Direct UB Ultra Blend lens - Direct ASO Asymm. lens - Direct SO Spotless lens - DirectNW Narrow lens - Direct GZ Graze lens - Direct UB Ultra Blend lens - Direct ASO Asymm. lens - Direct 4 1/2” 3 3/8” 1 1/4” 5 3/4” 4 ” SO Spotless lens - Indirect 1.25M 1.25" StepLens - Direct 4 1/2” 3 3/8” 1 1/4” 5 3/4” 4 ” 1.25M 1.25" StepLens - Direct 4 1/2” 3 3/8” 1 1/4” 6 ” 1/4” 4 ” 1.25M 1.25" StepLens - Direct SLA SurroundLite Asymmetric - Indirect SLA SurroundLite Asymmetric - Indirect SLA SurroundLite Asymmetric - Indirect 0.25G 0.25" Glo lens - Indirect 0.25G 0.25" Glo lens - Indirect 0.25G 0.25" Glo lens - Indirect LT17 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting.We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 6 / 10 FILE NAME:TB3WDI-LED.SPECJuly 6, 2023 axislighting.com Wall mount - Direct / IndirectBeam 3 BEAM 3 luminaires feature the joining mechanism shown below. This mechanism joins and aligns multiple luminaires to create long continuous runs of light. NOTE: Mount each system segment individually. Do not assemble system prior to mounting. JOINERS LT17 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting.We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 7 / 10 FILE NAME:TB3WDI-LED.SPECJuly 6, 2023 axislighting.com Wall mount - Direct / IndirectBeam 3 All IES files are available for download at: www.axislighting.com PHOTOMETRIC DATA 90º 60º 120º 150º180º 30º0º 180° 30° 150° 0° 90°0 ° 972 1458 486 1943 Lumen/ft up: 1200 lm/ft Lumen/ft down: 1100 lm/ft Total Lumens: 9201 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 69.8 WEfficacy: 132 lm/WIES FILE: TB3WDILED-1200-1100-80-35-SO-SO-4.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 1200 lm/ftUplight 1100 lm/ftDownlight PHOTOMETRIC CURVE Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 1942 1942 1942 1942 1942 5 1933 1929 1926 1924 1924 15 1832 1820 1805 1791 1787 25 1637 1619 1583 1550 1541 35 1374 1351 1300 1255 1241 45 1075 1052 1003 951 934 55 777 761 716 672 658 65 501 491 459 427 418 75 263 259 244 227 223 85 80 78 72 66 66 90 8 6 6 5 4 95 79 78 73 64 60 105 279 275 273 270 270 115 532 525 520 514 514 125 816 810 804 796 795 135 1115 1107 1099 1095 1094 145 1401 1390 1386 1382 1380 155 1643 1636 1632 1629 1628 165 1815 1812 1809 1807 1808 175 1899 1897 1896 1897 1897 180 1909 1909 1909 1909 1909 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 14498 13531 12597 55 12924 11906 10937 65 11296 10353 9428 75 9687 8978 8221 85 8716 7862 7247 ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 182 10-20 507 20-30 726 30-40 810 40-50 768 50-60 634 60-70 448 70-80 250 80-90 75 90 90-100 85 100-110 296 110-120 523 120-130 726 130-140 855 140-150 871 150-160 753 160-170 510 170-180 180 180 SO spotless lens - Up SO spotless lens - Down 90º 60º 120º 150º180º 30º0º 180° 30° 150° 0° 90°0 ° 1327 1990 663 2654 Lumen/ft up: 1200 lm/ft Lumen/ft down: 1000 lm/ft Total Lumens: 9059 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 72.23 WEfficacy: 125 lm/WIES FILE: TB3WDILED-1200-1000-80-35-SO-ASO-4.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 1200 lm/ftUplight 1000 lm/ftDownlight PHOTOMETRIC CURVE Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 1699 1699 1699 1699 1699 5 1683 1765 1844 1897 1936 15 1583 1847 2127 2340 2439 25 1391 1839 2351 2578 2553 35 1139 1705 2108 1790 1597 45 868 1384 1406 1068 961 55 609 943 850 663 610 65 381 547 480 389 356 75 186 246 215 177 159 85 37 47 41 34 28 90 8 6 6 5 4 95 79 78 73 64 60 105 279 275 273 270 270 115 532 525 520 514 514 125 816 810 804 796 795 135 1115 1107 1099 1095 1094 145 1401 1390 1386 1382 1380 155 1643 1636 1632 1629 1628 165 1815 1812 1809 1807 1808 175 1899 1897 1896 1897 1897 180 1909 1909 1909 1909 1909 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 11702 18955 12957 55 10126 14124 10140 65 8587 10827 8033 75 6841 7908 5866 85 4047 4492 3100 ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 162 10-20 481 20-30 751 30-40 829 40-50 748 50-60 599 60-70 416 70-80 219 80-90 55 90 90-100 85 100-110 296 110-120 523 120-130 726 130-140 855 140-150 871 150-160 753 160-170 510 170-180 180 180 SO spotless lens - Up ASO Asymm. lens - Down LT17 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting.We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 8 / 10 FILE NAME:TB3WDI-LED.SPECJuly 6, 2023 axislighting.com Wall mount - Direct / IndirectBeam 3 90º 60º 120º 150º180º 30º0º 180° 30° 150° 0° 90°0 ° 996 1498 498 1990 Lumen/ft up: 1200 lm/ft Lumen/ft down: 1100 lm/ft Total Lumens: 9196 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 68.9 WEfficacy: 133 lm/WIES FILE: TB3WDILED-1200-1100-80-35-SO-0.25G-4.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 1200 lm/ftUplight 1100 lm/ftDownlight PHOTOMETRIC CURVE Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 1991 1991 1991 1991 1991 5 1978 1976 1975 1974 1975 15 1873 1862 1844 1825 1824 25 1666 1647 1603 1556 1547 35 1384 1357 1291 1228 1211 45 1066 1037 971 906 890 55 753 732 680 631 619 65 473 462 436 408 403 75 243 246 244 239 241 85 73 85 100 109 115 90 8 6 6 5 4 95 79 78 73 64 60 105 279 275 273 270 270 115 532 525 520 514 514 125 816 810 804 796 795 135 1115 1107 1099 1095 1094 145 1401 1390 1386 1382 1380 155 1643 1636 1632 1629 1628 165 1815 1812 1809 1807 1808 175 1899 1897 1896 1897 1897 180 1909 1909 1909 1909 1909 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 14372 13099 11995 55 12519 11312 10286 65 10664 9831 9091 75 8958 8992 8868 85 7937 10890 12567 ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 187 10-20 517 20-30 734 30-40 806 40-50 750 50-60 611 60-70 433 70-80 256 80-90 101 90 90-100 85 100-110 296 110-120 523 120-130 726 130-140 855 140-150 871 150-160 753 160-170 510 170-180 180 180 SO Spotless Lens - Up 0.25G 0.25 Glo Lens - Down All IES files are available for download at: www.axislighting.com PHOTOMETRIC DATA 90º 60º 120º 150º180º 30º0º 180° 120 60° 90° 30° 150° 0° 90°0 ° 1068 1602 534 2136 Lumen/ft up: 1200 lm/ft Lumen/ft down: 1100 lm/ft Total Lumens: 6136 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 70.6 WEfficacy: 87 lm/WIES FILE: TB3WDILED-1200-1100-80-35-SLA-1.25M-4.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 1200 lm/ftUplight 1100 lm/ftDownlight PHOTOMETRIC CURVE Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 1522 1522 1522 1522 1522 5 1482 1479 1485 1486 1487 15 1161 1174 1174 1164 1160 25 694 727 751 760 761 35 286 337 388 419 427 45 25 83 145 180 187 55 17 58 98 129 140 65 9 40 73 94 103 75 6 24 44 56 62 85 2 8 15 19 21 90 6 5 7 8 8 95 81 82 56 39 36 105 370 296 262 238 230 115 648 495 414 373 361 125 828 635 512 451 434 135 908 707 569 495 473 145 916 730 602 529 506 155 886 739 632 572 551 165 851 755 683 642 629 175 828 794 770 758 756 180 835 835 835 835 835 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 571 3370 4367 55 476 2823 4023 65 359 2861 4007 75 352 2803 3926 85 349 2775 3886 ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 137 10-20 322 20-30 335 30-40 232 40-50 112 50-60 82 60-70 62 70-80 40 80-90 14 90 90-100 165 100-110 657 110-120 892 120-130 907 130-140 797 140-150 622 150-160 430 160-170 248 170-180 81 180 SLA SurroundLite Asymm. Lens - Up 1.25M 1.25 Step Lens - Down LT17 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting.We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 9 / 10 FILE NAME:TB3WDI-LED.SPECJuly 6, 2023 axislighting.com Wall mount - Direct / IndirectBeam 3 PHOTOMETRIC DATA All IES files are available for download at: www.axislighting.com 90º 60º 120º 150º180º 30º0º 180° 120 60° 90° 30° 150° 0° 90°0 ° 1068 1602 534 2136 Lumen/ft up: 1200 lm/ft Lumen/ft down: 1100 lm/ft Total Lumens: 9199 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 75.6 WEfficacy: 122 lm/WIES FILE: TB3DILED-1200-1100-80-35-SLA-UB-4.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 1200 lm/ftUplight 1100 lm/ftDownlight PHOTOMETRIC CURVE Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 1575 1575 1575 1575 1575 5 1569 1569 1568 1569 1569 15 1509 1507 1508 1509 1509 25 1392 1392 1392 1392 1391 35 1229 1228 1228 1224 1222 45 1026 1027 1025 1018 1015 55 795 798 794 786 785 65 546 550 547 542 541 75 301 305 307 305 304 85 95 95 94 91 91 90 6 5 7 8 8 95 81 82 56 39 36 105 370 296 262 238 230 115 648 495 414 373 361 125 828 635 512 451 434 135 908 707 569 495 473 145 916 730 602 529 506 155 886 739 632 572 551 165 851 755 683 642 629 175 828 794 770 758 756 180 835 835 835 835 835 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 23896 23877 23650 55 22843 22801 22528 65 21282 21321 21071 75 19138 19521 19374 85 18022 17767 17270 ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 149 10-20 425 20-30 639 30-40 763 40-50 783 50-60 700 60-70 530 70-80 313 80-90 97 90 90-100 165 100-110 657 110-120 892 120-130 907 130-140 797 140-150 622 150-160 430 160-170 248 170-180 81 180 SLA SurroundLite Asymm. Lens - Up UB Ultra blend Lens - Down 90º 60º 120º 150º180º 30º0º 180° 30° 150° 0° 90°0 ° 1602 2403 801 3204 Lumen/ft up: 1200 lm/ft Lumen/ft down: 1000 lm/ft Total Lumens: 9065 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 72 WEfficacy: 126 lm/WIES FILE: TB3WDILED-1200-1000-80-35-0.25G-NW-4.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 1200 lm/ftUplight 1000 lm/ftDownlight PHOTOMETRIC CURVE Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 3204 3204 3204 3204 3204 5 3180 3125 2988 2870 2777 15 2952 2577 2046 1760 1649 25 2484 1924 1402 1224 1173 35 1853 1396 1044 958 933 45 1241 994 787 745 737 55 766 674 561 556 559 65 436 410 359 370 377 75 201 194 175 184 188 85 38 37 34 34 29 90 8 33 68 98 108 95 76 104 141 171 181 105 255 281 322 354 364 115 491 514 544 572 582 125 768 783 805 821 826 135 1062 1069 1083 1090 1092 145 1346 1346 1352 1356 1357 155 1583 1583 1584 1585 1586 165 1749 1749 1750 1749 1749 175 1829 1829 1830 1830 1830 180 1837 1837 1837 1837 1837 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 18596 11788 11038 55 14152 10369 10329 65 10933 8995 9465 75 8219 7169 7685 85 4629 4102 3470 ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 272 10-20 610 20-30 736 30-40 753 40-50 683 50-60 555 60-70 391 70-80 207 80-90 59 90 90-100 150 100-110 336 110-120 536 120-130 715 130-140 830 140-150 842 150-160 726 160-170 491 170-180 173 180 0.25G 0.25 Glo Lens - Up NW Narrow lens - Down LT17 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting.We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 10 / 10 FILE NAME:TB3WDI-LED.SPECJuly 6, 2023 axislighting.com Wall mount - Direct / IndirectBeam 3 PHOTOMETRIC DATA All IES files are available for download at: www.axislighting.com 90º 60º 120º 150º180º 30º0º 180° 30° 150° 0° 90°0 ° 1753 2629 876 3506 Lumen/ft up: 1200 lm/ft Lumen/ft down: 1000 lm/ft Total Lumens: 9054 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 71.3 WEfficacy: 127 lm/WIES FILE: TB3WDILED-1200-1000-80-35-0.25G-GZ-4.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 1200 lm/ftUplight 1000 lm/ftDownlight PHOTOMETRIC CURVE Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 3204 3204 3204 3204 3204 5 3173 3405 3506 3502 3474 15 2964 3194 2574 2128 1976 25 2503 2380 1592 1315 1250 35 1857 1633 1109 994 969 45 1219 1095 814 771 764 55 746 707 576 572 576 65 425 421 367 381 392 75 197 200 182 195 203 85 39 41 40 44 42 90 8 33 68 98 108 95 76 104 141 171 181 105 255 281 322 354 364 115 491 514 544 572 582 125 768 783 805 821 826 135 1062 1069 1083 1090 1092 145 1346 1346 1352 1356 1357 155 1583 1583 1584 1585 1586 165 1749 1749 1750 1749 1749 175 1829 1829 1830 1830 1830 180 1837 1837 1837 1837 1837 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 18271 12206 11443 55 13777 10643 10644 65 10662 9211 9827 75 8080 7456 8326 85 4709 4894 5113 ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 279 10-20 626 20-30 744 30-40 750 40-50 673 50-60 542 60-70 380 70-80 202 80-90 58 90 90-100 150 100-110 336 110-120 536 120-130 715 130-140 830 140-150 842 150-160 726 160-170 491 170-180 173 180 0.25G 0.25 Glo Lens - Up GZ Graze lens - Down LT17 PIP-125-P-BK-27-ELV-120 MODIFIED: 04/26/23 1/1 1951 Franklin St Vancouver, B.C. Canada V5L 0C7ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. +1 604 563 6938 info@a-n-d.com a-n-d.com©2023 ANDSTUDIOS INC. *277 ONLY AVAILABLE WITH 010 BK (BLACK) WH (WHITE) BR (BRASS) CP (COPPER) CH (CHROME) TECHNICAL INFORMATION – Input Voltage: 110–120V, 220–240V, 110–277V –Lamping: Integral 17W 24V DC LED CRI 90+, 50,000 hours –Lumens: 716 lumens delivered – Power Supply: Phase dimming, 0-10V, DALI COLOUR TEMPERATURE OPTIONS DIM TO WARM DESCRIPTION Pipeline is the quintessential modular light fixture as its components enable it to match the contours of any given space. TYPE Pendant DIMENSIONS – Luminaire: 125 x 7.5 x 5cm / 49.5” x 3.25” x 2” –Adjustable drop length: 243cm / 96” * CUSTOM LENGTH AVAILABLE CERTIFICATIONS * APPLICATION: DRY INDOOR LOCATION ONLY PIPELINE 125 – P CAINE HEINTZMAN / 2013 MANUFACTURED IN CANADAPENDANT WARM 2700K NEUTRAL 3000K 3500K 4100K MATERIALS –Aluminum –Acrylic FINISHES FOR CUSTOM FINISHES, PLEASE INQUIRE. TYPESIZESERIES P125PIP BODY FINISH END CAP/JOINER CCT 120 230 277* VOLTAGE IN 27 (2700K) 30 (3000K) 35 (3500K) 41 (4100K) DW (DIM TO WARM) PS ELV 010 DAL WARM / DIM -BRIGHT / DIM + 1800K 3000K RAW “RA” BK (BLACK) WH (WHITE) RA (RAW) BR (BRASS) CP (COPPER) CH (CHROME) BRASS “BR”COPPER “CP”CHROME “CH” BLACK “BK”WHITE “WH” 243cm 96” 125cm 49.5”5cm 2” 15cm 6” 9cm 3.5” LT18 PRODUCT FEATURES • Seamless Illumination • Ultra Low, Sleek Profile • Line Voltage Integral Driver • Even Illumination on Surfaces • Dimmable with Accessories: 0-10V • Easy Plug-and-Play Installation • Integral On/Off Control Available • Occupancy Sensor Module Available • Quick Ship* PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS • Voltage: AC 120-240V (277V not available) • Operating Temperature: 32-113ºF (0-45ºC) • Lamp Life: 50,000 hrs L70 • Available Color: 2700K, 3000K, 3500K, 4000K • CRI/Ra > 90+ • Energy Efficiency: 75 lm/W - 5W/ft - 375lm/ft • Degree of Protection IP20 • Beam Angle: Asymetric 120º • Finish: Natural Aluminum • 5-year Warranty FEELUX Lighting, Inc., 3000 Northwoods Parkway, Suite 165, Peachtree Corners, GA 30071 | Tel: 678.668.7005 | feeluxlighting.com If you have any questions, please contact your local Feelux Representative. Specifications subject to change without notice. All Rights Reserved. © 2016 Feelux Lighting, Inc. TUN-SF 1 of 411/2017 * Pending factory availability TUNELight 2 Spot Free SPOT FREE DIMENSIONS Model Number Voltage Input (V) Power Input (W) A inches (mm) B inches (mm) C inches (mm) TUN7-(Color)K-120V-SF AC 120–240 7 20.70" (526) 2.04" (52) .70" (18) TUN11-(Color)K-120V-SF AC 120–240 11 32.91" (836) 2.04" (52) .70" (18) TUN15-(Color)K-120V-SF AC 120–240 15 45.07" (1145) 2.04" (52) .70" (18) C A B LT19 TUN-SF 2 of 4 11/2017FEELUX Lighting, Inc., 3000 Northwoods Parkway, Suite 165, Peachtree Corners, GA 30071 | Tel: 678.668.7005 | feeluxlighting.com If you have any questions, please contact your local Feelux Representative. Specifications subject to change without notice. All Rights Reserved. © 2016 Feelux Lighting, Inc.LEDFEELUX Lighting, Inc.3000 Northwoods Parkway #115Norcross, GA 30071 U.S.A.Phone: (678) 668 7005 TUN 3 of 3Specifications subject to change without notice.All Rights Reserved. © 2015 - Feelux Lighting, Inc. NORTH AMERICAPRODUCT FEATUREs• seamless Illumination• Ultra Low, sleek Profile• Line Voltage Integral Driver• Even Illumination on surfaces• Dimmable with Accessories 0-10 LV & Forward Phase• Easy plug-and-play installation• Quick ship**• Beam Angle: Asymetric120º • Finish: Natural Aluminum (standard)• Warranty: 5 year Warranty• Certifications • Voltage: AC 120V• Operating Temperature: 32-113ºF (0-45ºC)• Lamp Life: 40,000 hrs L70• Available Color: 2700K, 3000K, 3500K, 4000K, 6000K** • Color Rendering: Ra > 80• Energy Efficiency: 75 Lm/W - 5W/Ft - 375Lm/Ft• Degree of protection IP20 TUNELight2 sPECIFICATION DIAgRAM PRODUCT sPECIFICATIONs 3000 Northwoods Parkway, Suite 115 Norcross GA 30071678 - 668 - 7005 • www.FeeluxLighting.comFEELUX LINE VOLTAGE POWER & FIXTURE CONNECTOR OPTIONS Power Options Fixture Connector Options LINE VOLTAGE Power Cord with Plug Option 1 - Cord & Plug Option 2 - Hardwire Option 3 - Dimming Fixture (Length) Direct Connector Flexible Connector 6”,12”,24”,48” or 72" Fixture (Length)Fixture (Length) Hardwire Box MAX Power Load on 1 Power Feed (non-dimming) Dimming Module Occupency Sensor OPTION Fluorescent: 600W LED: 400W MAX Number of Fixtures Dimming Fluorescent: Need one booster every 10 LED: Need one booster every 15 04/2014 | Version: 1 Interface Cable Interface Cable OR + + 120V System - Other Voltages Available - Consult Factory FLX stix sPECIFICATION gUIDE ALL PARTs NEEDED FOR INsTALLATION WILL BE INCLUDED. FOR ADDITIONAL COMPONENTs ORDER sEPARATELy ON PAgE 2 MODEL POWER/DIMCOLOR 120V LENs ST -Milky white S -Straight V -Varies* TUN 120V ST ACCEssORIEs NON NoneRSW Rocker Switch Controls only 1 fixtureOCC Occupency Sensor CONFIgURATION RUN LENgTH ft. CP - Cable/PlugHW - Hard Wire ZT0-10V Interface FP Forward Phase 27K -2700 K 30K -3000 K35K -3500 K40K -4000 K 60K -6000 K RUN LENGTH IN FEET ~80Ft max on single feed.60Ft if dimming Fill out for every run section *DRAWINgs & RUN LENgTH REQUIRED VOLTAgEMOUNTINg STD - Flat Brackets Included BK1 -Sliding Brackets 1 ** Consult Factory. stock subject to prior sale xx SPECIFICATION DIAGRAM Power Options LEDFEELUX Lighting, Inc.3000 Northwoods Parkway #115Norcross, GA 30071 U.S.A.Phone: (678) 668 7005 TUN 3 of 3Specifications subject to change without notice.All Rights Reserved. © 2015 - Feelux Lighting, Inc. NORTH AMERICAPRODUCT FEATUREs• seamless Illumination• Ultra Low, sleek Profile• Line Voltage Integral Driver• Even Illumination on surfaces• Dimmable with Accessories 0-10 LV & Forward Phase• Easy plug-and-play installation• Quick ship**• Beam Angle: Asymetric120º • Finish: Natural Aluminum (standard)• Warranty: 5 year Warranty• Certifications • Voltage: AC 120V• Operating Temperature: 32-113ºF (0-45ºC)• Lamp Life: 40,000 hrs L70• Available Color: 2700K, 3000K, 3500K, 4000K, 6000K** • Color Rendering: Ra > 80• Energy Efficiency: 75 Lm/W - 5W/Ft - 375Lm/Ft• Degree of protection IP20 TUNELight2 sPECIFICATION DIAgRAM PRODUCT sPECIFICATIONs 3000 Northwoods Parkway, Suite 115 Norcross GA 30071678 - 668 - 7005 • www.FeeluxLighting.comFEELUX LINE VOLTAGE POWER & FIXTURE CONNECTOR OPTIONS Power Options Fixture Connector Options LINE VOLTAGE Power Cord with Plug Option 1 - Cord & Plug Option 2 - Hardwire Option 3 - Dimming Fixture (Length) Direct Connector Flexible Connector 6”,12”,24”,48” or 72" Fixture (Length)Fixture (Length) Hardwire Box MAX Power Load on 1 Power Feed (non-dimming) Dimming Module Occupency Sensor OPTION Fluorescent: 600W LED: 400W MAX Number of Fixtures Dimming Fluorescent: Need one booster every 10 LED: Need one booster every 15 04/2014 | Version: 1 Interface Cable Interface Cable OR + + 120V System - Other Voltages Available - Consult Factory FLX stix sPECIFICATION gUIDE ALL PARTs NEEDED FOR INsTALLATION WILL BE INCLUDED. FOR ADDITIONAL COMPONENTs ORDER sEPARATELy ON PAgE 2 MODEL POWER/DIMCOLOR 120V LENs ST -Milky white S -Straight V -Varies* TUN 120V ST ACCEssORIEs NON NoneRSW Rocker Switch Controls only 1 fixtureOCC Occupency Sensor CONFIgURATION RUN LENgTH ft. CP - Cable/PlugHW - Hard Wire ZT0-10V Interface FP Forward Phase 27K -2700 K 30K -3000 K35K -3500 K40K -4000 K 60K -6000 K RUN LENGTH IN FEET ~80Ft max on single feed.60Ft if dimming Fill out for every run section *DRAWINgs & RUN LENgTH REQUIRED VOLTAgEMOUNTINg STD - Flat Brackets Included BK1 -Sliding Brackets 1 ** Consult Factory. stock subject to prior sale xx Option 1 - Cord & Plug Power Cord with Plug TUNPC120/XL Option 2 - Hardwire Hardwire Box MHWB-ESL Interface Cable Option 3 - Dimming 0-10V Dimming Module FDB-P10 Interface Cable Fixture Connector Options Direct Connector TUNCPL/XL Flexible Connector TUNPTC(X)/XL 6", 12", 24", 48", or 72" Occupancy Sensor OPTION Fixture (Length)Fixture (Length)Fixture (Length) MAX Power Load on 1 Power Feed (non-dimming) MAX Number of Fixtures Dimming Need one booster every 15 fixtures BEAM SPREADS TUNELIGHT2 7W 4000K (1,000lm (Lamp), 214.6cd (Max Intensity), 7W (Power)TUNELIGHT2 11W 4000K (1,000lm (Lamp), 359.6cd (Max Intensity), 11W (Power)TUNELIGHT2 15W 4000K (1,000lm (Lamp), 479.8cd (Max intensity), 15W (Power)) TUNELight 2 Spot FreeLT19 TUN-SF 3 of 4 11/2017FEELUX Lighting, Inc., 3000 Northwoods Parkway, Suite 165, Peachtree Corners, GA 30071 | Tel: 678.668.7005 | feeluxlighting.com If you have any questions, please contact your local Feelux Representative. Specifications subject to change without notice. All Rights Reserved. © 2016 Feelux Lighting, Inc. FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES DIMENSIONS LEDLEDLEDESL TUNELight 2 Spot FreeLT19 Jumper Cables ____ TUNPTC/XL (6") ____ TUNPTC1/XL (1') ____ TUNPTC2/XL (2') ____ TUNPTC4/XL (4') ____ TUNPTC6/XL (6') Interface Cables ____ ESLTUNPTC/XL (6") ____ ESLTUNPTC1/XL (1') ____ ESLTUNPTC2/XL (2') ____ ESLTUNPTC4/XL (4') ____ ESLTUNPTC6/XL (6') TUN-SF 4 of 4 11/2017 MODEL COLOR LENS MOUNTING CONFIGURATION RUN LENGTH POWER/DIM CONTROLS VOLTAGE TUN 27K -2700K 30K -3000K 35K -3500K 40K -4000K SF - Spot Free STD - Flat Brackets Included BK1 -Sliding Brackets S -Straight V -Varies* RUN LENGTH IN FEET80ft max on single feed. 60ft for dimming.Fill out for everyrun section 120-240VCP -Cable/Plug HW -Hard Wire ZT -0-10V Interface NDMNon-Dim RSWRocker Switch OCCOccupancy Sensor*DRAWINGS AND RUN LENGTH MAY BE REQUIRED TUN COMPONENTS ft. FEELUX Lighting, Inc., 3000 Northwoods Parkway, Suite 165, Peachtree Corners, GA 30071 | Tel: 678.668.7005 | feeluxlighting.com If you have any questions, please contact your local Feelux Representative. Specifications subject to change without notice. All Rights Reserved. © 2016 Feelux Lighting, Inc. Hard Wire Box ____ MHWB-ESL Fixture ____ TUN7-(Color)K-120V-SF ____ TUN11-(Color)K-120V-SF ____ TUN15-(Color)K-120V-SF Power Cord (6') ____ TUNPC120/XL Power Cord (6') ____ TUNPC120/SM2/XL Rocker Switch* ____ TUN7-(color)K-120V-S-SF* ____ TUN11-(color)K-120V-S-SF* ____ TUN15-(color)K-120V-S-SF* Dimming Interface ____ FDB-P10 0-10V/1-10V to PWM Occupancy Sensor** ____ TUN-OSM 2 Channel Booster / 10Pcs ea. ____ FBA-P2P Mounting Bracket ____ TUN-BRACKET Included with fixture Sliding Bracket ____ TUN-BRACKET1 Connector ____ TUNCPL/XL End-Cap ____ TUN-END-CAP Included with fixture SPECIFICATION GUIDE: NOT TO BE USED FOR ORDERING. The Specification Guide is intended solely to ensure that all options are considered. * Spot Free Lens – Switch controls full run. Switch available on TUN7, TUN11, and TUN15 models. **Dimming options not available if using TUN-OSM SF TUNELight 2 Spot Free Right Angle ___ ESLTUNPTC/SM 6" ___ESLTUNPTC1/SM 1' ___ESLTUNPTC2/SM 2' LT19 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting.We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 1 / 13 FILE NAME:CC-B4.SPECJuly 3, 2023 axislighting.com CEILING MOUNTING/SUSPENSION BATTERY (OPTIONAL)OTHER (OPTIONAL)REMOTE IC CONTROLS (OPTIONAL)CUSTOM (OPTIONAL) AC Armstrong Axiom Cove*B(#)battery pack CP Chicago plenum DS(#)daylight sensor C customCOther Cove OS(#)occupancy sensorDOS(#)daylight & occupancy sensor ENR(#)Enlighted remote*WC(#)wireless control dimming *Ordered separately from Armstrong. For minimum 4' long fixture onlyNot available with 347V.Please consult factory Not available with 347VLuminaires with Chicago plenum option are shipped with 6’ of FMT cable. See page 6 for more details. *Please consult factorySpecify quantity. Remote only. See integrated controls guide for more details.Consult factory for Tunable White. Not available with DPB (DYN) driver for BIOS with Dynamic Spectrum. Please specify 3 9/16” 1 5/8" IMPORTANT! - All cove opening patterns and length must be submitted with drawings indicating dimensions and light direction. W COLOR TEMP. (choose one)FINISH VOLTAGE DRIVER CIRCUITS 27 2700 K TW2750 2700-5000 K - Tunable White W white 120 120 V DP dimming (0-10V) 1%1 1 circuit303000 K TW2765 2700-6500 K - Tunable White 277 277 V LT Lutron 2 2 circuits *35 3500 K 347 347 V BI bi-level dimming +E(#)emergency section**40 4000 K UNV universal O(#)other**+NL(#)night light section**B30 3000 K - BIOS*DC low voltage*DPB(#)dimming (0-10V) 1% with BIOS*B35 3500 K - BIOS*TW(#)tunable white drivers*B40 4000 K - BIOS*POE(#)POE drivers* Consult Axitune technical sheet for more information of color technology.*Consult BIOS guide for more information on BIOS technology * Only available with POE drivers.*See page 4 to specify system**Please consult factory; see page 5Not available with 347VPlease consult factory * Cannot combine with E or NL** Specify quantity CC PRODUCT ID OUTPUT LIGHT DIRECTION COVE OPENING PATTERNS AND LENGTH NOMINAL LUMENS/FT CRI CC Ceiling Cove H HI-output I inside lit CL(L)Cove linear (length)300 300 lm/ft - Min LO-OUTPUT 80 80 CRILLO-output O outside lit S(L)square shape (length)699 699 lm/ft - Max 90 90 CRI* R(LxL)rectangular shape (length)700 700 lm/ft - Min HI-OUTPUTU(LxLxL)U shape (length)1100 1100 lm/ft - MaxL(LxL)L shape (length)FF(L)total pattern length * For Cove Linear Length, please use Inside Lit option Cove Perfekt standard lengths are 2-12 feet in increments of 1 foot.Outputs between listed min and max are available.Consult factory for outputs outside of the listed range.1000 lm/ft - Maximum for 90 CRI. Consult factory for max output with BIOS. * Maximum 1000 lumens/ft; Not available with BIOS.All cove opening patterns and length must be submitted with drawings indicating dimensions and light direction. Ordering Guide Notes Type Project CCEAAPPROVED CONTROLSENSORS PERFORMANCE/LINEAR FT AT 3000K AND 3500K NOMINAL LUMEN OUTPUT INPUT WATTS*EFFICACY* 500 lm/ft 6.0 W/ft 84 lm/W 700 lm/ft 7.9 W/ft 89 lm/W 900 lm/ft 10.6 W/ft 85 lm/W 1100 lm/ft 13.5 W/ft 81 lm/W REFER TO PHOTOMETRIC DATA SECTION FOR EXACT VALUES*for 2700K use 0.94 multiplier on watts and efficacy*for 4000K use 1.02 multiplier on watts and efficacy LT20 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting.We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 2 / 13 FILE NAME:CC-B4.SPECJuly 3, 2023 axislighting.com CEILING How to Specify 90 degree Corners and Patterns Example Defining R - Rectangular shape Defining L shape Defining U shape Defining S - Square shape Note: The first number will always define the right arm length, the second - the width, and the third - the left arm length. Note: The first number will always define the width, the second - the length. X Y X Y 9’ 9’ R (9’x5’) U (2.5’x9’x5’) 5’ 5’ 2.5’ 1st 2nd X Y Note: The number will definethe width. (All sides are the same length). 5’ S (5’) 1st 2nd X Y L (9’x5’) 9’ 5’ 1st 2nd 3rd 1st TOP VIEW - Square 90° Corner Pattern TOP VIEW - Square 90° Corner Pattern 4' 4' CCL O S(4) PRODUCT ID LIGHT DIRECTION PATTERNS TOP VIEW - Rectangle 90° Corner Pattern 3' TOP VIEW - Rectangle 90° Corner Pattern 4' TOP VIEW - Open Shape 90° Corner Pattern 8' 3'6" TOP VIEW - Open Shape 90° Corner Pattern 9' 4'4' LIGHT DIRECTION LIGHT DIRECTIONLIGHT DIRECTIONLIGHT DIRECTIONLIGHT DIRECTIONLIGHT DIRECTIONLIGHT DIRECTIONLIGHT DIRECTIONLIGHT DIRECTIONLIGHT DIRECTIONLIGHT DIRECTIONLIGHT DIRECTIONLIGHT DIRECTIONLIGHT DIRECTIONLIGHT DIRECTION LIGHT DIRECTION LIGHT DIRECTION LIGHT DIRECTIONLIGHT DIRECTIONLIGHT DIRECTION LIGHT DIRECTION LIGHT DIRECTION CCL O R(11x4) PRODUCT ID LIGHT DIRECTION PATTERNS CCL I R(10x3) PRODUCT ID LIGHT DIRECTION PATTERNS CCL O U(4x9x4) PRODUCT ID LIGHT DIRECTION PATTERNS CCL I U(3'6"x9x3'6") PRODUCT ID LIGHT DIRECTION PATTERNS TOP VIEW - Open Shape 90° Corner Pattern 8'6" 3'6"LIGHT DIRECTIONLIGHT DIRECTION CCL I L(8'6"x3'6") PRODUCT ID LIGHT DIRECTION PATTERNS CCL I S(3) PRODUCT ID LIGHT DIRECTION PATTERNS 11' 3'6" 3' 3' 10' Measurements for Cove Perfekt should be made along the front side of the Cove opening. ! TOP VIEW - Open Shape 90° Corner Pattern 9' 4'LIGHT DIRECTIONLIGHT DIRECTION CCL O L(9x4) PRODUCT ID LIGHT DIRECTION PATTERNS IMPORTANT! - Corner illumination is achieved by Surroundlite™ technology, NOT by corner segments. Luminaires are connected by Quick connect cables, so any corner degree is possible. LT20 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting.We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 3 / 13 FILE NAME:CC-B4.SPECJuly 3, 2023 axislighting.com CEILING Cove Lighting Redefined AESTHETICS • No lamp images • No socket shadows • No color shifting • No bright spots • No dark ends • Just total visual comfort PERFORMANCE • SurroundLiteTM optics with 180-degree distribution eliminates trapped light • Improved LED lighting effectiveness – Same amount of ambient light using as little as half the watts. • Integrated driver (Ceiling, Wall) and battery (Ceiling). SPECIFICATION • No need for complex cove details. • No need to select beam angles, figure out cove dimensions and locate remote drivers. INSTALLATION (in AXIOM® Light Coves). • Tool-free installation of luminaires. • Up to 90% less labor to install coves. • Easy onsite trade coordination • Long runs conveniently connected to a single line-voltage circuit (up to 100 feet) AXIOM® + CovePerfekt™ Introducing the new standard for cove lighting The ultimate cove lighting solution… CovePerfekt in an Axiom® Indirect Light Cove. Soft glow at back of cove Luminaire position at very front of cove to maximize efficiency SurroundLiteTM asymmetric distribution puts light where you need it Knife Edge® profile brings Armstrong® suspended ceiling materials to edge of light cove Optional air return slots Keyed system ensures foolproof installation, integrates with compatible luminaires Few luminaires have been more in need of an upgrade than cove lights, long stifled by complicated details and inconsistent, time-consuming aiming. So Armstrong and Axis joined forces to codevelop the best possible cove lighting solution from the ground up. Introducing Axiom® Indirect Light Coves and CovePerfektTM… The new standard for cove lighting. Up to twice the efficiency of other cove products. Multiple features packed into only four luminaires. Foolproof mounting. Aim-free lighting. Cove lighting will never be the same… For more information on Axiom® Indirect Light Coves, go to armstrong.com/axiomlightcoves Axiom® Indirect Light Coves ordered separately from Armstrong . LT20 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting.We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 4 / 13 FILE NAME:CC-B4.SPECJuly 3, 2023 axislighting.com CEILING Item Number Item Housing Color Dimensions Description WR14443 T-connector White 2 7/8 ” x 4 1/4 ” End feed or middle feed connector from cove fi xture to junction box located behind the cove Feed up to100’ @ 120V200’ @ 277V WR14433 WR14434 Panel mount female connectorStraight male connector White White 22” (length) 7” (length) End feed connector from cove fi xture to connect next Cove fi xture in the run Feed up to100’ @ 120V200’ @ 277V EL18832 PWHP-72-5W 90° Connector FMT, Chicago Plenum Rated 6’ (length) Chicago plenum approved 90° Connector Custom plenum fl ex whip Feed up to100’ @ 120V200’ @ 277V 4 1/4"3 1/16" 2 7/8" ACCESSORIES T-connector 90°-connector + FMT, CCEA Straight or T power feeds available to feed power anywhere along run T - End Power Feed T - Middle Power Feed T - End Power Feed Junction Box Junction Box Junction Box 7" Straight connector Straight End - Power Feed Junction BoxConnector types and locations to be indicated on the shop drawings. 1 15/16" STD CCEA 2 17/32”2 17/32”3” Junction Box COVE OPENING Fixture CABLE CONNECTION - LENGTH RANGE 1/4" - 2 1/2" INDIRECT LIGHT COVE OPENING Axis will determine the best fi xture length combination to fi ll the Cove opening. LT20 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting.We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 5 / 13 FILE NAME:CC-B4.SPECJuly 3, 2023 axislighting.com CEILING WEIGHT COVE 4 ft 6 lbs / 2.7 kgCOVE 8 ft 12 lbs / 5.4 kgCOVE 12 ft 18 lbs / 8.2 kg FINISH White paint. Housing Extruded aluminum (0.060" nominal)End Cap Die cast aluminum (0.080" nominal)Top Covers Cold rolled sheet steel painted (22 gauge) CONSTRUCTION LED SYSTEM CRI Minimum 80 or 90 color rendering index. CRI BIOS Minimum 80 color rendering index with R9>75 for all CCTs. CCT Single Color Choice of 2700K, 3000K, 3500K and 4000K color temperature with a great color consistency (within 3–step MacAdam ellipse). Both within fixture and fixture to fixture. CCT BIOS BIOS Static (STC) Choice of 3000K, 3500K and 4000K.BIOS SkyBlue® Dynamic (DYN) Choice of 3000K, 3500K, and 4000K with Bio-Dimming™ Consult BIOS guide for more information on BIOS technology. CCT Axitune Systems Consult Axitune technical sheet for more information on color technology. LED life Minimum 50,000h with 85% of lumen maintenance in 250C ambient temperature, in compliance with IES LM-80 testing measurements. Thermal Management Aluminum housing acting as the heat sink to maximize life. Environment Dry and damp rated for indoor use only in operating ambient temperatures of 0-400C (32-104F). ELECTRICAL Incorporating these components may have limitations or aff ect the length of the luminaire. Please contact factory for more details. Lutron driver LDE1 - Hi-lume 1% EcoSystem with Soft-on, Fade-to- Black Other drivers**DALI - Digital Addressable Lighting InterfaceDMX - Digital MultiplexXitanium SR - For wireless sensor BIOS DPB drivers*STC - BIOS control 0-10V with static spectrum and BIOS SkyBlue enabled from 100% to 1%.DYN- BIOS control 0-10V with dynamic spectrum and BIOS SkyBlue® with Bio-Dimming™ enabled 100% to 50%, light output dimming from 49% to 1%.Tunable WhiteTW drivers*DALIDT6 - DALI Type 6 (Two DALI Addresses)DALIDT8 - DALI Type 8 ( One DALI Address)LTTW - Lutron T-Series Tunable White Power over EthernetPOE drivers* UL2108 certified for integral or remote driver MOLEX IGORSMARTENGINEO - Other (Consult factory) Emergency Integral emergency battery pack or emergency circuit optional. Input Voltage 120V, 277V, 347V, UNV, DC. *Choose driver from available options. Limited 5-year warranty is available. Warranty is valid provided luminaires are installed and used according tospecifi cations. For full terms and conditions, please consultwarranty section at axislighting.com. WARRANTY LT20 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting.We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 6 / 13 FILE NAME:CC-B4.SPECJuly 3, 2023 axislighting.com CEILING LIGHT GUIDE High precision light guide made of PMMA material, allows distribution of controlled light in all 3-dimensions to put light on both vertical and horizontal planes within the space. Patented light guide design featuring molecular optics and precision-coupled optic components yield a high efficiency luminaire. In-plane mixing maximizes color uniformity while light emitting area is uniform and diffuse without ‘head lighting’ from the LED’s. LED UPGRADE / REPLACEMENT All LED light engines used are field replaceable and upgradable to ensure the lighting system will last for years. Future-proof design comes with easy access to LED light engines from above using quick connectors (included in luminaire) and a screwdriver. For more information on LED light engine upgrade and replacement, please refer to the COVE LED Light Engine Replacement sheet available at: www.axislighting.comunder ‘Downloads’ tab. LED Light Engine SYSTEMS (S(L)) Cove Perfekt standard lengths are 1-12 feet. For cove openings greater than 12 ft system runs are available, and would be a combination of standard lengths luminaires, layed out to fit any cove opening shape and interconnected using Axis Quick Connect system. Fixture lengths will be decided by the factory based on cove opening drafts, specified by the project designer.For more informationon systems and joining, please refer to the COVE installation sheets available at www.axislighting.com under 'Downloads' tab. APPROVALS Certified to UL and CSA standards Suitable for damp locations. LT20 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting.We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 7 / 13 FILE NAME:CC-B4.SPECJuly 3, 2023 axislighting.com CEILING CEILING MOUNTING OPTIONS AC ARMSTRONG AXIOM COVE AC ARMSTRONG AXIOM COVE AC ARMSTRONG AXIOM INDIRECT LIGHT LEDGE Ceiling-to-Ceiling Knife Edge Hanger Wireto Structure Hanger Wireto Structure Drywall Grid System Hanger Wireto Structure 24" MAX 10" 6" MAX14 5/16"4 5/16" 1-2' 11/16" 4 5/16" 5/8" Drywall 5 1/8" Ceiling-to-Ceiling Classic Hanger Wireto Structure Hanger Wireto Structure 24" MAX 10" 14 1-2' 11/16" Hanger Wireto Structure6" MAX 4 3/16" 4" classic profile shown Ceiling-to-Ceiling Knife Edge Hanger Wireto Structure Hanger Wireto Structure Drywall Grid System Hanger Wireto Structure 24" MAX 10" 6" MAX14 5/16" 4 5/16" 1-2' 11/16" 4 5/16" 5/8" Drywall 5 1/8" Ceiling-to-Ceiling ClassicHanger Wireto Structure Hanger Wireto Structure24" MAX10"14 1-2' 11/16" Hanger Wireto Structure6" MAX 4 3/16" 4" Knife Edge® profile shown X” 2 3/8” 7 5/16” ceiling-to-ceiling Knife Edge® profile shown WITH ARMSTRONG CEILING Axis Cove Perfekt - For use with Armstrong Axiom Indirect Light Coves and Ledges Armstrong and other cove ceiling systems provided by others. LT20 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting.We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 8 / 13 FILE NAME:CC-B4.SPECJuly 3, 2023 axislighting.com CEILING C OTHER COVE 4 1/4” 8”min. recommended 3 9/16” 6” min. 1 5/8” 2 3/8” min. to back of wall 1/16” 1/16” to front of cove to back of cove drywall shown Luminaires with Chicago plenum option are shipped with 6’ of FMT cable + 90° Connector. CHICAGO PLENUM OPTION STANDARD HARNESS OPTION COVE 1 COVE 2 COVE 3 COVE 4 COVE 5 WALL WALLJUNCTION BOX (BY OTHERS) MAIN POWER STANDARD HARNESS (BY AXIS) See installation instructions for details. WALL WALLLT20 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting.We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 9 / 13 FILE NAME:CC-B4.SPECJuly 3, 2023 axislighting.com CEILING CHICAGO PLENUM OPTION COVE 1 COVE 2 COVE 3 COVE 4 COVE 5 WALL WALLJUNCTION BOX (BY OTHERS) MAIN POWER (BY OTHERS) PREASSEMBLED, 90° CONNECTOR +FMT CABLE, CHICAGO PLENUM RATED, BY AXIS See installation instructions for details. WALL WALLPHOTOMETRIC DATA LT20 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting.We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 10 / 13 FILE NAME:CC-B4.SPECJuly 3, 2023 axislighting.com CEILING All IES files are available for download at: www.axislighting.com NO SHIELDING (NO) PHOTOMETRIC CURVE 180°165°165°145°145° 125° 105° 90° 125° 105° 90° 140 280 421 561 090°0° Lumen/ft up: 300 lm/ft Total Lumens: 1200 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 14.3 WEfficacy: 84 lm/W 80 CRI shown. For 90 CRI, divide wattage by 0.8 and multiply efficacy by 0.8.3500K shown. For 2700K, divide wattage by 0.94 and multiply efficacy by 0.94. For 4000K, divide wattage by 1.02 and multiply efficacy by 1.02. IES FILE: CCL-SL-300-80-35-CL-4 TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 CCL-SL-300-80-35-CL-4 100% up at 300 lm/ft CANDELA DISTRIBUTION Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 112.5 135 157.5 180 90 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 95 24 49 59 33 20 24 39 41 19 105 105 145 242 410 495 410 243 141 98 115 180 226 321 468 559 472 322 224 174 125 224 273 359 469 530 472 360 272 220 135 239 286 359 437 477 440 360 286 238 145 239 274 332 384 409 386 333 278 239 155 234 257 291 323 337 324 293 263 235 165 230 243 258 271 276 272 262 250 230 175 228 230 238 244 246 245 241 236 228 180 226 226 226 226 226 226 226 226 226 ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 90 90-100 43 100-110 173 110-120 219 120-130 221 130-140 195 140-150 154 150-160 109 160-170 64 170-180 22 180 NO SHIELDING (NO) PHOTOMETRIC CURVE 180°165°165°145°145° 125° 105° 90° 125° 105° 90° 187 374 561 748 090°0° Lumen/ft up: 400 lm/ft Total Lumens: 1600 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 19 WEfficacy: 84 lm/W 80 CRI shown. For 90 CRI, divide wattage by 0.8 and multiply efficacy by 0.8.3500K shown. For 2700K, divide wattage by 0.94 and multiply efficacy by 0.94. For 4000K, divide wattage by 1.02 and multiply efficacy by 1.02. IES FILE: CCL-SL-400-80-35-CL-4.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 CCL-SL-400-80-35-CL-4 100% up at 400 lm/ft CANDELA DISTRIBUTION Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 112.5 135 157.5 180 90 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 95 32 65 79 45 27 32 52 55 25 105 140 193 323 547 661 547 324 189 130 115 240 301 428 624 746 629 429 298 232 125 298 364 479 625 707 629 480 362 294 135 318 381 479 582 636 586 480 382 317 145 318 366 442 512 545 514 443 370 319 155 312 343 388 431 450 432 390 351 313 165 307 324 345 361 368 362 349 333 307 175 304 306 317 325 327 326 322 314 304 180 301 301 301 301 301 301 301 301 301 ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 90 90-100 58 100-110 230 110-120 293 120-130 295 130-140 260 140-150 205 150-160 145 160-170 86 170-180 29 180 PHOTOMETRIC DATA LT20 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting.We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 11 / 13 FILE NAME:CC-B4.SPECJuly 3, 2023 axislighting.com CEILING All IES files are available for download at: www.axislighting.com PHOTOMETRIC DATA NO SHIELDING (NO) PHOTOMETRIC CURVE 180°165°165°145°145° 125° 105° 90° 125° 105° 90° 234 467 701 935 090°0° Lumen/ft up: 500 lm/ft Total Lumens: 2000 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 23.8 WEfficacy: 84 lm/W 80 CRI shown. For 90 CRI, divide wattage by 0.8 and multiply efficacy by 0.8.3500K shown. For 2700K, divide wattage by 0.94 and multiply efficacy by 0.94. For 4000K, divide wattage by 1.02 and multiply efficacy by 1.02. IES FILE: CCL-SL-500-80-35-CL-4.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 CCL-SL-500-80-35-CL-4 100% up at 500 lm/ft CANDELA DISTRIBUTION Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 112.5 135 157.5 180 90 2 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 95 40 81 98 56 33 40 65 68 31 105 175 242 404 684 826 684 405 236 163 115 300 377 535 780 932 786 536 373 290 125 373 456 599 781 884 787 600 453 367 135 398 477 598 728 795 733 599 477 396 145 398 457 553 640 681 643 554 463 398 155 390 429 484 539 562 540 488 439 391 165 383 405 431 451 460 453 437 416 384 175 380 383 396 406 409 408 402 393 380 180 376 376 376 376 376 376 376 376 376 ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 90 90-100 72 100-110 288 110-120 366 120-130 369 130-140 325 140-150 257 150-160 181 160-170 107 170-180 36 180 NO SHIELDING (NO) PHOTOMETRIC CURVE 180°165°165°145°145° 125° 105° 90° 125° 105° 90° 385 770 1155 1540 090°0° Lumen/ft up: 700 lm/ft Total Lumens: 2800 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 31.5 WEfficacy: 89 lm/W 80 CRI shown. For 90 CRI, divide wattage by 0.8 and multiply efficacy by 0.8.3500K shown. For 2700K, divide wattage by 0.94 and multiply efficacy by 0.94. For 4000K, divide wattage by 1.02 and multiply efficacy by 1.02. IES FILE: CCH-SL-100-0-700-80-35-4-W.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 CCH-SL-100/0-700-80-35-4-W 100% up at 700 lm/ft CANDELA DISTRIBUTION Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 112.5 135 157.5 180 90 59 80 56 31 11 3 2 3 3 95 812 715 300 136 68 54 33 25 3 105 1518 1165 550 331 228 147 90 74 60 115 1467 1159 762 502 361 221 127 99 92 125 1280 1148 909 637 443 280 154 117 113 135 1206 1137 964 710 496 333 224 149 129 145 1109 1053 907 691 500 371 305 251 196 155 909 861 748 601 472 394 359 339 318 165 659 634 578 507 447 407 387 376 389 175 481 477 467 453 438 423 413 405 416 180 438 438 438 438 438 438 438 438 438 ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 90 90-100 173 100-110 410 110-120 480 120-130 481 130-140 445 140-150 370 150-160 258 160-170 141 170-180 43 180 LT20 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting.We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 12 / 13 FILE NAME:CC-B4.SPECJuly 3, 2023 axislighting.com CEILING All IES files are available for download at: www.axislighting.com NO SHIELDING (NO) PHOTOMETRIC CURVE 180°165°165°145°145° 125° 105° 90° 125° 105° 90° 495 990 1485 1980 090°0° Lumen/ft up: 900 lm/ft Total Lumens: 3600 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 42.3 WEfficacy: 85 lm/W 80 CRI shown. For 90 CRI, divide wattage by 0.8 and multiply efficacy by 0.8.3500K shown. For 2700K, divide wattage by 0.94 and multiply efficacy by 0.94. For 4000K, divide wattage by 1.02 and multiply efficacy by 1.02. IES FILE: CCH-SL-100-0-900-80-35-4-W.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 CCH-SL-100/0-900-80-35-4-W 100% up at 900 lm/ft CANDELA DISTRIBUTION Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 112.5 135 157.5 180 90 76 103 72 40 14 4 3 4 4 95 1044 919 386 175 87 70 42 32 4 105 1951 1498 708 426 293 188 116 95 77 115 1886 1491 980 645 464 284 164 128 118 125 1645 1476 1169 819 570 360 199 151 146 135 1551 1462 1240 913 638 428 288 192 165 145 1426 1354 1166 889 643 478 392 322 252 155 1169 1107 962 773 607 506 461 435 409 165 848 815 743 652 575 523 497 484 500 175 619 613 600 582 563 544 530 521 534 180 563 563 563 563 563 563 563 563 563 ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 90 90-100 222 100-110 527 110-120 617 120-130 618 130-140 573 140-150 475 150-160 331 160-170 181 170-180 55 180 NO SHIELDING (NO) PHOTOMETRIC CURVE 180°165°165°145°145° 125° 105° 90° 125° 105° 90° 605 1210 1815 2421 090°0° Lumen/ft up: 1100 lm/ft Total Lumens: 4400 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 54 WEfficacy: 81 lm/W 80 CRI shown. For 90 CRI, divide wattage by 0.8 and multiply efficacy by 0.8.3500K shown. For 2700K, divide wattage by 0.94 and multiply efficacy by 0.94. For 4000K, divide wattage by 1.02 and multiply efficacy by 1.02. IES FILE: CCH-SL-100-0-1100-80-35-4-W.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2008 CCH-SL-100/0-1100-80-35-4-W 100% up at 1100 lm/ft CANDELA DISTRIBUTION Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 112.5 135 157.5 180 90 93 126 89 48 17 5 3 5 5 95 1276 1123 472 214 106 85 51 40 5 105 2385 1831 865 520 359 230 142 116 94 115 2305 1822 1198 789 567 347 200 156 145 125 2011 1804 1429 1001 697 440 243 184 178 135 1896 1786 1516 1116 780 523 352 235 202 145 1743 1655 1425 1086 786 584 479 394 308 155 1428 1353 1176 945 742 619 564 532 500 165 1036 996 908 797 703 639 608 591 611 175 756 749 734 712 688 665 648 636 653 180 688 688 688 688 688 688 688 688 688 ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 90 90-100 272 100-110 644 110-120 755 120-130 756 130-140 700 140-150 581 150-160 405 160-170 221 170-180 68 180 PHOTOMETRIC DATA LT20 1.800.263.AXIS - www.axislighting.com - info@axislighting.com IMPORTANT – All cove opening patterns and length must be submitted with drawings indicating dimensions and light direction. LT20 Luminaire characteristics: Power input: 4.7W to 18.3W (system wattage) Lumens: 141lm to 785lm (for 3000K, 90CRI) Luminaire efficacy: Up to 43lm/W Source: LED Module (LM-80 tested) 2700K: 90CRI, 3000K: 90CRI, 4000K: 80CRI.Lumen maintenance: 80% of initial lumens at 70 000 hours(L80)(LM-79) Optics: Accent light. Material: Body: Die-cast aluminum Diffuser: Toughened glass. Mounting: See mounting options on page 4. Electrical: High efficiency electronic power supply, rated at 50 000 hours, 120-277V. See remote LED Driver options on page 3. Dimming 0-10V down to 10% (120-277V), see page 3 for available remote options. Finish: White, aluminum gray or anthracite gray painted finish, following a double powder paint in 3 step process: surface treatment containing ceramic nano particles (Bonderite). Epoxy primer paint. Polyester powder paint with high resistance against UV rays and harsh weather conditions. Weight: Miniskill vertical: 0.95lb (0.43kg) Miniskill square: 1.1lb (0.5kg) Miniskill round: 0.99lb (0.45kg) Skill square: 2.93lb (1.33kg) Skill square large: 6.53lb (2.96kg) Skill round: 2.67lb (1.21kg) Skill rectangular: 2.79lb (1.26kg) Warranty: 5 year limited warranty. Ratings: IP65, IK08 Certification: cULus listed for wet location Skill is a unique LED luminaire, assuring high lighting performance and total absence of glare. The most modern electronic technology is contained in the thickness of only 3 cm and provides an excellent quality of light while saving energy. Due to continuous improvements, the information herein may be changed without notice 9320 Boul. St-Laurent, suite 100, Montréal (Québec) Canada H2N 1N7, P.: 514.523.1339 F.: 514.525.6107 www.sistemalux.com DM - R11 Last update: Avril 12, 2023 SKILLSURFACE MOUNTED - FLUSH MOUNTED Project : Type:SPECIFICATION SHEET Page: 1 of 8 LTE04 Due to continuous improvements, the information herein may be changed without notice 9320 Boul. St-Laurent, suite 100, Montréal (Québec) Canada H2N 1N7, P.: 514.523.1339 F.: 514.525.6107 www.sistemalux.com DM - R11 Last update: Avril 12, 2023 SKILLSURFACE MOUNTED - FLUSH MOUNTED Project : Type:SPECIFICATION SHEET Page: 2 of 8 ORDERING INFO MOUNTING (2) VOLTAGE DF - Surface mounted with direct feed FW - Surface mounted with fixture whip UNV - 120-277V J2 - Surface mounted single gang boxFM - Recessed mounted flush with surfaceJB - Surface mounted junction box REM - Remote FINISH 01 - White 14 - Aluminum 24 - Anthracite gray MODEL S6250 - Miniskill square S6270 - Miniskill round S6230 - Miniskill vertical S6260 - Skill square S6280 - Skill round S6255 - Skill square large (1) S6240 - Skill rectangular LED H - 2700K, 90CRI W - 3000K, 90CRI N - 4000K, 80CRI DIMMING D10 - 0-10V (3) (4) BACK BOX - - - - FIXTURE (1) Available with surface mounted junction box and 120-277V (JB-UNV) or flush mount and remote (FM-REM). (2) See previous page 4-5 for model availability. (3) Available with 6250, 6260, 6270, 6280, 6255 models.(4) Available with 120-277V (UNV) voltage. LTE04 Due to continuous improvements, the information herein may be changed without notice 9320 Boul. St-Laurent, suite 100, Montréal (Québec) Canada H2N 1N7, P.: 514.523.1339 F.: 514.525.6107 www.sistemalux.com DM - R11 Last update: Avril 12, 2023 SKILLSURFACE MOUNTED - FLUSH MOUNTED Project : Type:SPECIFICATION SHEET Page: 3 of 8 * Wattage requirement for one (1) fixture (Remote fixture only).** Contact factory for longer remote distance. REMOTE POWER SUPPLY OPTIONS(TO BE ORDERED SEPARATELY)MiniskillS6230 / 50 / 70 SkillS6260 / 80 Skill RectangularS6240 6" x 4" x 3"(152 x 102 x 76mm) 1 1 1-5 1-5 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-7Dim 3-7 1-6Dim 3-6 1-13 1-12 1-18 1-16 1-320None30ft(9m)None 4444-0024-020-120-ND None Down to±10% 10" x 8" x 4"(254 x 203 x 102mm) 8" x 1" x 2"(203 x 25 x 51mm) 1-11 1-1475 60 30ft(9m) 30ft(9m) DimmingrangeWattsRated Indoor Indoor Outdoor Outdoor Outdoor Indoor Outdoor Dimming protocol Dimension Maxdistance** 4448-0024-060-UNV-ND None 4549-0024-075-UNV-D10 0-10V 5.2W*11W*12W* Min-Max Units Down to±15%14" X 5" X 2"(356 X 127 X 51mm) 1-15Dim 6-158030ft(9m) 4551-0024-080-120-LTE Leading and trailing edge(ELV and TRIAC) None 11" x 3" x 2"(279 x 76 x 51mm) 1-147530ft(9m) 4545-0024-075-UNV-ND None Down to±10%10" x 8" x 4"(254 x 203 x 102mm) 1-2815025ft (7.5m) 4448-0024-150-UNV-D10 0-10V None 12" X 5" X 2"(305 X 127 X 51mm) 1-3820030ft (9m)Per channel 4546-0024-200-2C-UNV-ND None 120V 120-277V 120-277V 120V 120-277V Voltage 120-277V 120-277V LTE04 Due to continuous improvements, the information herein may be changed without notice 9320 Boul. St-Laurent, suite 100, Montréal (Québec) Canada H2N 1N7, P.: 514.523.1339 F.: 514.525.6107 www.sistemalux.com DM - R11 Last update: Avril 12, 2023 SKILLSURFACE MOUNTED - FLUSH MOUNTED Project : Type:SPECIFICATION SHEET Page: 4 of 8 Miniskill Vertical(S6230) JB-REM - 4" junction box with remote power supply. Mounting adapter plate for junctionbox installation.Min 1½" (38mm) deep JB-UNV - 4" junction boxwith integral power supply. Mounting adapter plate for junction box installation.Min 1½" (38mm) deep DF-REM - Direct feed with remote power supply. Connections made inside fixtureMax 2x18AWGInstalled directly to surface. 120-277V 24V 24V 24V FM-REM - Recessed mounted flush with surface. Remote power supply. Cast in concrete application, supplied with back box S6256 - S6278Min 2⅞" (73mm) deep FM-REM - Recessed mounted flush with surface. Remote power supply. Cast in concrete application, supplied with back box S6239.Min 2⅞" (73mm) deep JB-REM - 4" junction box with remote power supply. Mounting adapter plate for junctionbox installation.Min 1½" (38mm) deep JB-UNV - 4" junction boxwith integral power supply. Mounting adapter plate for junction box installation.Min 1½" (38mm) deep DF-REM - Direct feed with remote power supply. Connections made inside fixture(14-18AWG only).Max Ø3/8" power cable. Installed directly to surface. 120-277V 24V 24V FM-REM - Recessed mounted flush with surface. Remote power supply. Cast in concrete application, supplied with back box S6247 - S6268 - S6288.Min 2⅞" (73mm) deep 24V Skill(S6240 - S6260 - S6280) JB-UNV - 4" junction boxwith integral power supply. Mounting adapter plate for junction box installation.Min 1½" (38mm) deep Skill Square Large(S6255) J2-REM - 2" junction box with remote power supply. Mounting adapter plate for junctionbox installation.Min 1⅞" (48mm) deep FW-REM - Fixture whipto remote power supply.Installed directly to surface with recessed pipe, exposed cable or electrical conduit. 24V MOUNTING OPTIONS Miniskill(S6250 - S6270) 24V FM-REM - Recessed mounted flush with surface. Remote power supply. Cast in concrete application, supplied with back box S6257.Min 2⅞" (73mm) deep 24V 24V 120-277V LTE04 Due to continuous improvements, the information herein may be changed without notice 9320 Boul. St-Laurent, suite 100, Montréal (Québec) Canada H2N 1N7, P.: 514.523.1339 F.: 514.525.6107 www.sistemalux.com DM - R11 Last update: Avril 12, 2023 SKILLSURFACE MOUNTED - FLUSH MOUNTED Project : Type:SPECIFICATION SHEET Page: 5 of 8 DIMENSIONS Miniskill SquareS6250 Skill SquareS6260 Skill Square LargeS6255 Miniskill Round S6270 Skill Round S6280 MAX 1¼"(33mm) 1⅜"(35mm) 10⅝"(270mm) MAX 1¼" (33mm) MAX 1¼" (33mm) MAX 1⅝" (41mm) MAX 1¼"(33mm) Ø 4½"(115mm) □4⅛"(105mm)□7⅞"(200mm)□10⅝"(270mm) Ø 8⅝"(220mm) Skill Rectangular S6240 4½"(114mm) 4½"(114mm) Miniskill vertical S6230 MAX 1⅛"(29mm)2⅜"(60mm) LTE04 SKILLSURFACE MOUNTED - FLUSH MOUNTED Project : Type:SPECIFICATION SHEET Page: 6 of 8 Due to continuous improvements, the information herein may be changed without notice 9320 Boul. St-Laurent, suite 100, Montréal (Québec) Canada H2N 1N7, P.: 514.523.1339 F.: 514.525.6107 www.sistemalux.com DM - R11 Last update: Avril 12, 2023 90° 50° 10° 0 28 57 85 113 117 170 -0° H CD 70° 30° PHOTOMETRIC DATAVisit sistemalux.com for complete photometric data. Miniskill Square Skill Square CCT (K) LOAD (W) OPTICCRI LUMENS (lm) EFFICACY (lm / W) MAX CANDELA (cd) MODEL 3000K 90 5W 169 34 160Accent light S6250W CCT (K) LOAD (W) OPTICCRI LUMENS (lm) EFFICACY (lm / W) MAX CANDELA (cd) MODEL 3000K 90 10.1W 382 38 320Accent light S6260W Accent light (3000K, 90CRI) 90° 50° 10° 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 -0° H CD 70° 30° Accent light (3000K, 90CRI) 90° 50° 10° 0 28 57 85 113 117 170 -0° H CD 70° 30° CCT options CRI options 2700K 90CRI Multiplier 0.94 3000K 90CRI 1 4000K 80CRI 1.02 90 90° 50° 10° 0 27 53 80 107 133 160 -0° H CD 70° 30° CCT (K) LOAD (W)* OPTICCRI LUMENS (lm) EFFICACY (lm / W) MAX CANDELA (cd) MODEL 3000K 90 4.7W 141 30 159Accent light S6230W Accent light (3000K, 90CRI) 90 Mini Skill Vertical * For products that uses a remote led driver, total system wattage will varies according to the ecacy of the remote led driver selected. For this reason, the load and ecacy values given in the table above refers to the led source only and does not include the led driver consumption. 5 fc2 fc 0.5 fc0,25 fc1 fc 0 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 5 fc2 fc 0.5 fc Mounting Height: 2ftGrid scale 1 : 2ft0,25 fc1 fc 5 fc2 fc 0.5 fc0,25 fc1 fc 0 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 5 fc2 fc 0.5 fc Mounting Height: 2ftGrid scale 1 : 2ft0,25 fc1 fc 5 fc2 fc 0.5 fc0,25 fc1 fc 0 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 5 fc2 fc 0.5 fc Mounting Height: 2ftGrid scale 1 : 2ft0,25 fc1 fc LTE04 Due to continuous improvements, the information herein may be changed without notice 9320 Boul. St-Laurent, suite 100, Montréal (Québec) Canada H2N 1N7, P.: 514.523.1339 F.: 514.525.6107 www.sistemalux.com DM - R11 Last update: Avril 12, 2023 SKILLSURFACE MOUNTED - FLUSH MOUNTED Project : Type:SPECIFICATION SHEET Page: 7 of 8 Skill Square Large PHOTOMETRIC DATAVisit sistemalux.com for complete photometric data. CCT (K) LOAD (W) OPTICCRI LUMENS (lm) EFFICACY (lm / W) MAX CANDELA (cd) MODEL 3000K 90 18.3W 785 43 600Accent light S6255W Accent light (3000K, 90CRI) 90° 50° 10° 0 102 203 305 407 508 610 -0° H CD 70° 30° 5 fc2 fc 0.5 fc Mounting Height: 2ftGrid scale 1 : 2ft0,25 fc1 fc 0 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 90° 50° 10° 0 27 53 80 107 133 160 -0° H CD 70° 30° 5 fc2 fc 0.5 fc Mounting Height: 2ftGrid scale 1 : 2ft0,25 fc1 fc 0 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 5 fc2 fc 0.5 fc0,25 fc1 fc 0 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 Skill Round Accent light (3000K, 90CRI) 90° 50° 10° 0 53 107 160 213 267 320 -0° H CD 70° 30° 5 fc2 fc 0.5 fc Mounting Height: 2ftGrid scale 1 : 2ft0,25 fc1 fc Miniskill Round CCT (K) LOAD (W) OPTICCRI LUMENS (lm) EFFICACY (lm / W) MAX CANDELA (cd) MODEL 3000K 90 5W 169 34 151Accent light S6270W Accent light (3000K, 90CRI) -0° H 90 -0° H CCT (K) LOAD (W) OPTICCRI LUMENS (lm) EFFICACY (lm / W) MAX CANDELA (cd) MODEL 3000K 90 10.1W 382 36 317Accent light S6280W CCT options CRI options 2700K 90CRI Multiplier 0.94 3000K 90CRI 1 4000K 80CRI 1.02 LTE04 Due to continuous improvements, the information herein may be changed without notice 9320 Boul. St-Laurent, suite 100, Montréal (Québec) Canada H2N 1N7, P.: 514.523.1339 F.: 514.525.6107 www.sistemalux.com DM - R11 Last update: Avril 12, 2023 SKILLSURFACE MOUNTED - FLUSH MOUNTED Project : Type:SPECIFICATION SHEET Page: 8 of 8 90° 50° 10° 0 62 123 185 247 308 370 -0° H CD 70° 30° 5 fc2 fc 0.5 fc Mounting Height: 2ftGrid scale 1 : 2ft0,25 fc1 fc 0 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 CCT (K) LOAD (W) OPTICCRI LUMENS (lm) EFFICACY (lm / W) MAX CANDELA (cd) MODEL 3000K 90 13.1W 421 32 363Accent light S6240W Accent light (3000K, 90CRI) Skill Rectangular PHOTOMETRIC DATAVisit sistemalux.com for complete photometric data. CCT options CRI options 2700K 90CRI Multiplier 0.94 3000K 90CRI 1 4000K 80CRI 1.02 LTE04 © 2023 Q-Tran Inc. All rights reserved | 155 Hill St. Milford, CT 06460 | 203-367-8777 | sales@q-tran.com | www.q-tran.com Specification subject to change. Rev-06-21-23 Q-VAULT-5 Accessories - Direct Burial 1 PRODUCT 2 PLATE COVER OPTIONS 3 RING OPTIONS Q-VAULT-5 Sample Part Number: Q-VAULT-5-BK-ST • The industry's only IP68 wet-listed direct burial transformer/power supply center and winner of the 2008 Lightfair Innovation Award for excellence in product design • Having the opportunity to directly bury your low-voltage transformer/power supply center and hide it in the dirt or even concrete, the designer has the liberty to design a landscape without constraint. • Made to house up to two 12V/24V Q-SET magnetic or electronic power supplies with up to 900W AC or 600W DC • Completely watertight and comes with complete installation instructions and an easy-to-use sealing kit to ensure a proper installation. • Most reliable direct burial power supply enclosure on the market and is pool & spa rated with the Q-SET 1, 2, and 3. • All wire entry/exits other than conduit entries MUST use Q-CLIK connectors. Failure to use them will void warranty. PRODUCT INFORMATION PRODUCT Q-VAULT-5 PLATE COVER OPTIONS BK SS BZ Black (Standard) Stainless Steel Bronze RING OPTIONS ST LR CR Standard Lawn Guard Ring Concrete Pour Ring 1 2 3 Fits 1 Up to 2 Q-SET-1 • Q-SET-2 • Q-SET-3 • Q-SET-eLED • Q-SET-mLED • Knock Outs (in)NPT KO’s 1/2"2 3/4"4 Bottom View LTE04 © 2023 Q-Tran Inc. All rights reserved | 155 Hill St. Milford, CT 06460 | 203-367-8777 | sales@q-tran.com | www.q-tran.com Specification subject to change. Rev-06-21-23 Q-VAULT-5 Accessories - Direct Burial 1 2 3 PRODUCT - DIMENSIONS STANDARD LAWN GUARD RING / CONCRETE POUR RING ISO VIEW SIDE VIEW HOUSING DOOR FRONT VIEW ISO VIEW SIDE VIEW HOUSING DOOR FRONT VIEW 6.0” 9.5” 12.0”12.0” 6.0” 16.5” 6.0” 15.5” 12.0”12.0”12.0”22.5” 16.5”12.0” 9.0” 9.25” 9.5”9.5” 7.75” 16.5” 22.5” 22.5” 15.5” 15.5” 5.75” 6.0” 9.0” 9.25” PLATE COVER OPTIONS Plate covers cannot be installed to existing door onsite. Plate covers must be factory-mounted to Q-VAULT housing door. BK SS BZ Black (Standard)Stainless Steel Bronze RING OPTIONS ST LR CR Standard Lawn Guard Ring Concrete Pour Ring LTE04 © 2023 Q-Tran Inc. All rights reserved | 155 Hill St. Milford, CT 06460 | 203-367-8777 | sales@q-tran.com | www.q-tran.com Specification subject to change. Rev-06-21-23 Q-VAULT-5 Accessories - Direct Burial COMPATIBLE ACCESSORIES MOUNTING TRAY OPTIONS KITS Product Sold In QTY. Perforated Drain Pipe 1 Stabilizing Bars 2 Perforated Drain Pipe Stabilizing Bars Product Sold In QTY. Black (Standard)1 Black (Standard)Black (Standard) Front View NOTE: Not UL Listed ISO View • 1x Epoxy pack • 1x Epoxy application syringe • 1x Wad of watertight putty • 1x Desiccant pouch • 1x Silver marker • 1x Installation instructions • 1x Drilling guide label • 1x Hex tool • 4x Wire ties Product QTY. Q-VAULT Installation Kit .25” 9.84 ” 2.98” 8.56 ”8.56” .25” .25” 8.56” 9.84” 2.98” LTE04 4 3 2 5 1 ASSEMBLY NOTES: USE THE 5/32 L-KEY WRENCH TO LOOSEN THE MOUNTING BRACKET 2 PIVOT SCREW SO THAT THE BRACKET MAY BE ADJUSTED TO THE DESIRED POSITION. TIGHTEN THE PIVOT SCREW TO LOCK THE BRACKET IN POSITION. ITEM PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION QTY. 1 700-51029 MTG BRKT, STAKE, ADJ, GEN2, 18IN, CUSTOM 1 2 810-51362-X ASSY DWG, BRKT, MTG, PROJ 513, SNAP-IN, ASYM 1 3 635-50421 WSHR, EXT, #10, 0.195D, 0.410 ID, SS 2 4 640-50397 SCR, 10-32X0.75 ,PNH, PH, SS, BLK 2 5 643-50398 NUT, 10-32, HEX, TLW, 0.38W, 0.12H, SS, BLK 2 SUGGESTED TOOLS - #2 PHILLIPS SCREWDRIVER, 3/8 BOX WRENCH & 5/32 L-KEY (ALLEN) WRENCH. THE END USER IS TO INSTALL THE STAKE AS DESIRED. THE END USER TO INSTALL THE MOUNTING BRACKET 2 TO THE STAKE USING HARDWARE 3 , 4 & 5 AS SHOWN. SECURELY TIGHTEN ALL MOUNTING HARDWARE DWG: 810-5287 LTE05 © 2023 Q-Tran Inc. All rights reserved | 155 Hill St. Milford, CT 06460 | 203-367-8777 | sales@q-tran.com | www.q-tran.com Specification subject to change. Rev-06-21-23 Q-VAULT-5 Accessories - Direct Burial 1 PRODUCT 2 PLATE COVER OPTIONS 3 RING OPTIONS Q-VAULT-5 Sample Part Number: Q-VAULT-5-BK-ST • The industry's only IP68 wet-listed direct burial transformer/power supply center and winner of the 2008 Lightfair Innovation Award for excellence in product design • Having the opportunity to directly bury your low-voltage transformer/power supply center and hide it in the dirt or even concrete, the designer has the liberty to design a landscape without constraint. • Made to house up to two 12V/24V Q-SET magnetic or electronic power supplies with up to 900W AC or 600W DC • Completely watertight and comes with complete installation instructions and an easy-to-use sealing kit to ensure a proper installation. • Most reliable direct burial power supply enclosure on the market and is pool & spa rated with the Q-SET 1, 2, and 3. • All wire entry/exits other than conduit entries MUST use Q-CLIK connectors. Failure to use them will void warranty. PRODUCT INFORMATION PRODUCT Q-VAULT-5 PLATE COVER OPTIONS BK SS BZ Black (Standard) Stainless Steel Bronze RING OPTIONS ST LR CR Standard Lawn Guard Ring Concrete Pour Ring 1 2 3 Fits 1 Up to 2 Q-SET-1 • Q-SET-2 • Q-SET-3 • Q-SET-eLED • Q-SET-mLED • Knock Outs (in)NPT KO’s 1/2"2 3/4"4 Bottom View LTE05 © 2023 Q-Tran Inc. All rights reserved | 155 Hill St. Milford, CT 06460 | 203-367-8777 | sales@q-tran.com | www.q-tran.com Specification subject to change. Rev-06-21-23 Q-VAULT-5 Accessories - Direct Burial 1 2 3 PRODUCT - DIMENSIONS STANDARD LAWN GUARD RING / CONCRETE POUR RING ISO VIEW SIDE VIEW HOUSING DOOR FRONT VIEW ISO VIEW SIDE VIEW HOUSING DOOR FRONT VIEW 6.0” 9.5” 12.0”12.0” 6.0” 16.5” 6.0” 15.5” 12.0”12.0”12.0”22.5” 16.5”12.0” 9.0” 9.25” 9.5”9.5” 7.75” 16.5” 22.5” 22.5” 15.5” 15.5” 5.75” 6.0” 9.0” 9.25” PLATE COVER OPTIONS Plate covers cannot be installed to existing door onsite. Plate covers must be factory-mounted to Q-VAULT housing door. BK SS BZ Black (Standard)Stainless Steel Bronze RING OPTIONS ST LR CR Standard Lawn Guard Ring Concrete Pour Ring LTE05 © 2023 Q-Tran Inc. All rights reserved | 155 Hill St. Milford, CT 06460 | 203-367-8777 | sales@q-tran.com | www.q-tran.com Specification subject to change. Rev-06-21-23 Q-VAULT-5 Accessories - Direct Burial COMPATIBLE ACCESSORIES MOUNTING TRAY OPTIONS KITS Product Sold In QTY. Perforated Drain Pipe 1 Stabilizing Bars 2 Perforated Drain Pipe Stabilizing Bars Product Sold In QTY. Black (Standard)1 Black (Standard)Black (Standard) Front View NOTE: Not UL Listed ISO View • 1x Epoxy pack • 1x Epoxy application syringe • 1x Wad of watertight putty • 1x Desiccant pouch • 1x Silver marker • 1x Installation instructions • 1x Drilling guide label • 1x Hex tool • 4x Wire ties Product QTY. Q-VAULT Installation Kit .25” 9.84 ” 2.98” 8.56 ”8.56” .25” .25” 8.56” 9.84” 2.98” LTE05 Application LED wall luminaires with directed light distribution designed for general illumination of pathways and building entrances from various mounting heights. Materials Luminaire housing constructed of die-cast marine grade, copper free (≤ 0.3% copper content) A360.0 aluminum alloy Clear safety glass Reflector made of pure anodized aluminum Silicone applied robotically to casting, plasma treated for increased adhesion High temperature silicone gasket Mechanically captive stainless steel fasteners NRTL listed to North American Standards, suitable for wet locations Protection class IP 64 Weight: 2.2 lbs Electrical Operating voltage 120-277V AC Minimum start temperature -40° C LED module wattage 14.0 W System wattage 17.0 W Controllability 0-10V, TRIAC, and ELV dimmable Color rendering index Ra > 80 Luminaire lumens 1,216 lumens (3000K) Lifetime at Ta = 15° C 320,000 h (L70) Lifetime at Ta = 40° C 200,000 h (L70) LED color temperature 4000K - Product number + K4 3500K - Product number + K35 3000K - Product number + K3 2700K - Product number + K27 2200K - Product number + K2 BEGA can supply you with suitable LED replacement modules for up to 20 years after the purchase of LED luminaires - see website for details Finish All BEGA standard finishes are matte, textured polyester powder coat with minimum 3 mil thickness. Available colors Black (BLK) White (WHT) RAL: Bronze (BRZ) Silver (SLV) CUS: LED wall luminaires - directed light BEGA 1000 BEGA Way, Carpinteria, CA 93013 (805) 684-0533 info@bega-us.com Due to the dynamic nature of lighting products and the associated technologies, luminaire data on this sheet is subject to change at the discretion of BEGA North America. For the most current technical data, please refer to bega-us.com © copyright BEGA 2018 Updated 11/05/19 Type: BEGA Product: Project: Modified: LED wall luminaire · directed light LED A B C 24 502 14.0 W 4 3⁄8 7 1⁄2 4 5⁄8 B A C LTE06 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 1 / 6 FILE NAME : EX2R.SPECDecember 1, 2023 axislighting.com Recessed mountExtend 2 * Final testing in progress * Notes Type Project Ordering Guide EX2R PRODUCT ID NOM. LUM/FT CRI COLOR TEMP. (choose one)SHIELDING DIRECT EX2R Extend 2 Recessed 300 300 lm/ft - min 80 80 CRI 30 3000 K SO spotless lens750750 lm/ft - max for 90 90 CRI 35 3500 K GZ graze GZ, WW, ASO*40 4000 K WW wallwash10001000 lm/ft - max 50 5000 K ASO asymmetricBWbatwing Ships with 7/8" hole standard for power connection by others if no optional power feed is specified, see page 3 for details. Outputs between listed min and max are available.* 750 lm/ft max. only for GZ, WW and ASO.Consult factory for outputs outside of the listed range. Choose only one of the options above; LENGTH (FT)FINISH VOLTAGE DRIVER CIRCUITS MOUNTING 2 2’AP aluminum paint 120 120 V DP dimming (0-10V) 1%1 1 circuit DF flange33’W white 277 277 V LT(#)Lutron*2 2 circuits D flangeless44’BLK black 347 347 V*BI bi-level dimming +E(#)emergency circuit*DS drywall spackle flange55’C custom UNV universal O(#)other* **+NL(#)night light circuit*6 6’+GTD(#)generator transfer 7 7’device* **8 8’12 12’S(L)System Run Lengths are nominal. Exact lengths can be specified, please consult factory. *Remote surge protection device only *Please consult factory; see page 2.** Extended temp. range drivers available.*Specify quantity** 4ft minimum fixture length. 120V and 277V only. BATTERY (OPTIONAL)OTHER (OPTIONAL)CUSTOM (OPTIONAL) B(#)battery pack (remote)+TF top feed*C custom+EF end feed*+N natatorium finish Minimum 4ft; Please consult factory.* Comes with liquid tight connector and 10ft of plenum rated power cable. Not available for 347 V. Please specify SHIELDING DIRECT Spotless Lens SO Wall Wash WW Graze GZ Asymmetric ASO Batwing BW 2 13/16” 2 5/8” 2 17/32” Hole width NOMINAL LUMEN OUTPUT INPUT WATTS*EFFICACY SHIELDING 1000 lm/ft 8.5 W/ft 118 lm/W SO 750 lm/ft 7.6 W/ft 106 lm/W GZ 750 lm/ft 7.6 W/ft 107 lm/W ASO 1000 lm/ft 10 W/ft 100 lm/W BW 750 lm/ft 7.6 W/ft 107 lm/W WW Please consult factory for custom lumen output and wattage. PERFORMANCE PER LINEAR FOOT AT 3500K LTE07 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 2 / 6 FILE NAME : EX2R.SPECDecember 1, 2023 axislighting.com Recessed mountExtend 2 FINISHES Powder coated and custom finishes are also available. WEIGHT Recessed 4 ft 9 lbs / 4.1 kgRecessed 8 ft 18 lbs / 8.2 kgRecessed 12 ft 27 lbs / 12.3 kg Lengths of 2'-12' standalone are available. Runs of EXTEND 2 that are greater than 12’ in length are designated as systems (S(L)). This means that the run is comprised of a combination of 4’ to 8’ sections to be assembled on site using our joining system. For more information on systems and joining, please refer to the EXTEND 2 installation sheets available for download at www.axislighting.com. SYSTEM (S(L)) APPROVALS Certified wet locations to UL and CUL standards.IP66 rated. CONSTRUCTION Housing Extruded aluminum (0.08'' nominal)Up to 70% recycled content End Cap Cast aluminumInterior Brackets Die formed sheet steel (18 gauge)Gaskets Silicone rubberLens Gaskets Extruded elastomerLensExtruded acrylicFastenersAll external fasteners are tamper proof TORX T20 LED SYSTEM CRI Minimum 80 or 90 color rendering index. CCT Single Color Choice of 2700K, 3000K, 3500K and 4000K color temperature with a great color consistency (within 3–step MacAdam ellipse). Both within fixture and fixture to fixture. LED life Minimum 50,000h with 85% of lumen maintenance in 250C ambient temperature, in compliance with IES LM-80 testing measurements. Thermal Management Aluminum housing acting as the heat sink to maximize life. Environment Dry and wet location rated IP66 for outdoor or indoor use in operating ambient temperatures of -30°C - +40°C. ELECTRICAL Lutron driver LDE1 - Hi-lume 1% EcoSystem with Soft-on, Fade-to- Black (min ambient operating temperature - 0°C (32°F).Other drivers DALI* - Digital Addressable Lighting InterfaceDMX* - Digital MultiplexXitanium SR* - For wireless sensorDPX - 0-10V dimming driver with extended temperature range (-40°C - +50°C) Emergency Remote emergency battery pack or emergency circuit optional. Input Voltage 120V, 277V, 347V, UNV, DC. Surge Protection Extend comes standard with surge protection device. Incorporating these components may have limitations or affect the length of the luminaire. Please contact factory for more details. Choose driver from available options.* Ambient operating range: -20°C - +40°C EXTEND 2 is also available with pendant, surface and wall mounted options. Specification sheets and installation sheets for allmountings for EXTEND 2 luminaires are available fordownload at www.axislighting.com OTHER MOUNTING OPTIONS OPTICS SO Spotless lens;ASO Asymmetric Spotless lens;WW Wallwash;BW Batwing;GZ Graze. Limited 5-year warranty is available. Warranty is valid provided luminaires are installed and used according tospecifi cations. For full terms and conditions, please consultwarranty section at axislighting.com. WARRANTY Impact modified PMMA lens used for all shielding options. LTE07 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 3 / 6 FILE NAME : EX2R.SPECDecember 1, 2023 axislighting.com Recessed mountExtend 2 CEILING MOUNTING OPTIONS D FLANGELESS WITH 1/4-20 STUD MOUNTING DF VISIBLE FLANGES WITH 1/4-20 STUD MOUNTING DS SPACKLE FLANGES 2 13/16” 2 5/8” 2 17/32” Hole width 3 1/4” 3 9/16” 3 1/16” 2 13/16” 2 17/32” Hole width With flanges 3 1/4” 5 1/16” 3” 2 13/16” 2 17/32” Hole width With flanges POWER FEED EF END FEED (OPTIONAL) TF TOP FEED (OPTIONAL)ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS BY OTHERS (STANDARD)7/8" diameter opening LTE07 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 4 / 6 FILE NAME : EX2R.SPECDecember 1, 2023 axislighting.com Recessed mountExtend 2 All IES files are available for download at: www.axislighting.com PHOTOMETRIC DATA LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 18485 16928 15660 55 16438 14844 13550 65 14298 12780 11567 75 11985 10694 9680 85 9901 8012 6837 0°15°15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 0°90° 436 1308 872 1744 Lumen/ft: 1000 lm/ft Total Lumens: 4000 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 34 WEfficacy: 118 lm/WIES FILE: EX2R-1000-80-35-SO-4.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2019 Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 1742 1742 1742 1742 1742 5 1731 1723 1720 1717 1713 15 1637 1620 1598 1581 1577 25 1462 1433 1397 1361 1347 35 1224 1190 1141 1096 1079 45 956 926 876 828 810 55 690 666 623 581 569 65 442 424 395 367 358 75 227 216 203 187 183 85 63 57 51 44 44 90 3 3 3 3 3 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 164 10-20 456 20-30 656 30-40 734 40-50 699 50-60 580 60-70 412 70-80 230 80-90 69 90 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE 1000 lm/ft SO - Spotless lens LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 20205 10119 10356 55 17175 9493 10294 65 13348 8695 10246 75 9356 7446 9220 85 4845 4659 4847 Lumen/ft 750 lm/ft Total Lumens: 3212 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 30.3 WEfficacy: 106 lm/WIES FILE: EX2R-750-80-35-GZ-4.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2019 750 lm/ft Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 2031 2031 2031 2031 2031 5 1991 1684 1471 1348 1323 15 1861 1159 893 809 795 25 1634 850 705 694 700 35 1349 668 620 632 639 45 1038 535 520 524 532 55 715 406 395 411 429 65 410 267 267 294 314 75 176 135 140 161 173 85 31 27 29 32 31 90 2 2 2 1 1 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 188 10-20 450 20-30 550 30-40 562 40-50 519 50-60 432 60-70 308 70-80 164 80-90 39 90 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE 90º 60º 30º0º ° 30°0° 90°0 °2722 2041 1361 680 GZ Graze LTE07 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 5 / 6 FILE NAME : EX2R.SPECDecember 1, 2023 axislighting.com Recessed mountExtend 2 All IES files for other lamping are available for download at: www.axislighting.com LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 11389 10400 11612 55 9845 9647 12205 65 8439 8765 12564 75 6987 7563 11380 85 4291 5165 5927 Lumen/ft: 750 lm/ft Total Lumens: 3247 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 30.3 WEfficacy: 107 lm/WIES FILE: EX2R-750-80-35-WW-4.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2019 750 lm/ft Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 1243 1243 1243 1243 1243 5 1219 1137 1078 1043 1033 15 1135 937 852 822 815 25 977 771 732 734 738 35 780 635 642 670 684 45 585 510 534 572 596 55 410 382 402 467 508 65 259 249 269 347 386 75 131 127 142 194 214 85 27 27 33 40 38 90 2 3 3 2 2 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 119 10-20 356 20-30 572 30-40 651 40-50 578 50-60 455 60-70 313 70-80 164 80-90 39 90 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE 90º 60º 30º0º ° 30°0° 90°0 °2090 1568 1045 523 WW Walwash LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 11389 10400 11612 55 9845 9647 12205 65 8439 8765 12564 75 6987 7563 11380 85 4291 5165 5927 Lumen/ft down: 750 lm/ft Total Lumens: 3247 lm (for 4ft)Input Watts: 30.3 WEfficacy: 107 lm/WIES FILE: EX2R-750-80-35-ASO-4.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2019 750 lm/ft Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 1243 1243 1243 1243 1243 5 1219 1137 1078 1043 1033 15 1135 937 852 822 815 25 977 771 732 734 738 35 780 635 642 670 684 45 585 510 534 572 596 55 410 382 402 467 508 65 259 249 269 347 386 75 131 127 142 194 214 85 27 27 33 40 38 90 2 3 3 2 2 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 119 10-20 356 20-30 572 30-40 651 40-50 578 50-60 455 60-70 313 70-80 164 80-90 39 90 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE ASO Asymmetric 90º 60º 30º0º ° 30°0° 90°0 °2090 1568 1045 523 PHOTOMETRIC DATA LTE07 © 2016 Axis Lighting Inc.1.800.263.2947[T] 514.948.6272 Product design and development is an ongoing process at Axis Lighting. We reserve the right to change specifications. Contact Axis for the latest product information. 6 / 6 FILE NAME : EX2R.SPECDecember 1, 2023 axislighting.com Recessed mountExtend 2 All IES files for other lamping are available for download at: www.axislighting.com Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 22.5 45 67.5 90 0 1166 1166 1166 1166 1166 5 1158 1163 1174 1185 1190 15 1097 1131 1209 1291 1325 25 981 1052 1233 1404 1460 35 831 928 1179 1399 1467 45 669 773 1045 1207 1245 55 505 591 792 918 942 65 342 398 522 599 611 75 180 205 266 299 303 85 38 46 59 62 63 90 3 3 3 3 3 CANDELA DISTRIBUTION Lumen/ft 1000 lm/ft Luminaire Lumens: 4000 lmInput Watts: 40.1 WEfficacy: 100 lm/WIES FILE: EX2R-1000-80-35-BW-4.IES TESTED ACCORDING TO IES LM-79-2019 0°15°15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 900°° 371 1112 742 1483 PHOTOMETRIC CURVE ZONAL LUMENS Lumens Zone 0 0-10 112 10-20 343 20-30 565 30-40 721 40-50 760 50-60 671 60-70 491 70-80 268 80-90 68 90 LUMINANCE DATA (cd/m2) Horizontal Angles Vertical Angle 0 45 90 45 12934 20196 24063 55 12031 18869 22435 65 11071 16882 19744 75 9513 14052 16015 85 5950 9261 9810 1000 lm/ft BW Batwing PHOTOMETRIC DATA LTE07 DATE: CATALOG NUMBER LOGIC: PROJECT:TYPE: THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF B-K LIGHTING, INC. AND ITS RECEIPT OR POSSESSION DOES NOT CONVEY ANY RIGHTS TO REPRODUCE, DISCLOSE ITS CONTENTS, OR TO MANUFACTURE, USE OR SELL ANYTHING IT MAY DESCRIBE. REPRODUCTION, DISCLOSURE OR USE WITHOUT SPECIFIC WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF B-K LIGHTING, INC. IS STRICTLY FORBIDDEN. 559.438.5800 | INFO@BKLIGHTING.COM | BKLIGHTING.COMMADE IN THE USA HUME ROUND POLE (INTEGRAL) CATALOG NUMBER LOGIC Example: RS4 - V1 - 12 - HU - TR - x113 - FL - 12 - 11 - A - 1 - INC - MT - BLP MATERIAL (Blank) - Aluminum S - Steel SERIES RS4 - Round Straight 4” NUMBER OF FLOODLIGHTS & ORIENTATION Vertical V1 - 1 Fixture V2 - 2 Fixtures V3 - 3 Fixtures V4 - 4 Fixtures Horizontal H2090 - 2 Fixtures @ 90° H2180 - 2 Fixtures @ 180° H3120 - 3 Fixtures @ 120° H3090 - 3 Fixtures @ 90° H4090 - 4 Fixtures @ 90° Spiral (90° Clockwise Spacing) R2 - 2 Fixtures R3 - 3 Fixtures R4 - 4 Fixtures HEIGHT 8 - 8’ * 10 - 10’ * 12 - 12’ 16 - 16’ 20 - 20’ FIXTURE SERIES HU - Hume Floodlight LED TYPE Available with Narrow Spot Optic Available with NFL, FL, and WFL Optics x105 - 36W/2.7K/80CRI x109 - 36W/2.7K/90CRI x113 - 34W/2.7K/80CRI x117 - 34W/2.7K/90CRI x106 - 36W/3K/80CRI x110 - 36W/3K/90CRI x114 - 34W/3K/80CRI x118 - 34W/3K/90CRI x107 - 36W/3.5K/80CRI x111 - 36W/3.5K/90CRI x115 - 34W/3.5K/80CRI x119 - 34W/3.5K/90CRI x108 - 36W/4K/80CRI x112 - 36W/4k/90CRI x116 - 34W/4K/80CRI x120 - 34W/4K/90CRI OPTICS NSP - Narrow Spot (11°) NFL - Narrow Flood (25°) FL - Flood (43°) WFL - Wide Flood (56°) LENS TYPE 9 - Clear (Included) 12 - Soft Focus 13 - Rectilinear SHIELDING 11 - Honeycomb Baffle CAP STYLE A - 45° B - 90° C - Flush D - 45° Less Weep Hole (Downward Aiming Only) E - 90° Less Weep Hole (Downward Aiming Only) KNUCKLE OPTIONS 1 - Rear Knuckle 2 - Side Knuckle IP66 RATED 04/05/2023 SKU-1449 P1 *Only available with Horizontal Mounting. **120V only. SUB-2876-00 LTE09 DATE: CATALOG NUMBER LOGIC: PROJECT:TYPE: THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF B-K LIGHTING, INC. AND ITS RECEIPT OR POSSESSION DOES NOT CONVEY ANY RIGHTS TO REPRODUCE, DISCLOSE ITS CONTENTS, OR TO MANUFACTURE, USE OR SELL ANYTHING IT MAY DESCRIBE. REPRODUCTION, DISCLOSURE OR USE WITHOUT SPECIFIC WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF B-K LIGHTING, INC. IS STRICTLY FORBIDDEN. 559.438.5800 | INFO@BKLIGHTING.COM | BKLIGHTING.COMMADE IN THE USA HUME ROUND POLE (INTEGRAL) CONTROL ELV - Dimming Driver (For use with Electronic Low Voltage Dimmer)** INC - Dimming Driver (For use with Incandescent Dimmer)** 010 - 0-10V Dimming Driver (Dimming ≤3-100%) INPUT VOLTAGE MT - 120-277 VAC OPTIONS TE - Tamper-Resistant FINISH (See page 5 for full-color swatches) (Applies to pole and fixture) Standard Finishes (BZP, BZW, BLP, BLW, WHP, WHW, SAP, VER) Premium Finish (ABP, AMG, AQW, BCM, BGE, BPP, CAP, CMG, CRM, HUG, NBP, OCP, RMG, SDS, SMG, TXF, WCP, WIR) Also available in RAL Finishes IP66 RATED 04/05/2023 SKU-1449 P2 *Only available with Horizontal Mounting. **120V only. SUB-2876-00 LTE09 DATE:PROJECT:TYPE: THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF B-K LIGHTING, INC. AND ITS RECEIPT OR POSSESSION DOES NOT CONVEY ANY RIGHTS TO REPRODUCE, DISCLOSE ITS CONTENTS, OR TO MANUFACTURE, USE OR SELL ANYTHING IT MAY DESCRIBE. REPRODUCTION, DISCLOSURE OR USE WITHOUT SPECIFIC WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF B-K LIGHTING, INC. IS STRICTLY FORBIDDEN. 559.438.5800 | INFO@BKLIGHTING.COM | BKLIGHTING.COMMADE IN THE USA 1 1/2" 38mm Dia 4" 102mm Dia A 4 5/8"117mm 12 1/4" 311mm Dia 4 15/16"125mm 7 3/8"187mm 4" 101mm Dia 6" 152mm 14" 356mm 2" X 4"HAND HOLEWITH COVER NOTES: "A" LENGTH DIMENSION OPTIONS: 8ft, 10ft, 12ft, 16ft, AND 20ft.1.ALL HUME RS4 ALUMINUM 16ft AND 20ft POLES ARE OFFERED WITH 2.A 100mph WINDSPEED RATING, WITH A 1.3 GUST FACTOR, UNDER 1994 AASHTO LTS-3; ALL OTHERS OFFERED WITH A 120mph RATING. ROUND - RS4HORIZONTAL ROUND - RS4SPIRAL CLOCKWISE 1 1/2" 38mm Dia 4" 102mm Dia A 12 1/4"311mm Dia 4 5/8"117mm 4" 101mm Dia 7 3/8"187mm 4 15/16"125mm 6"152mm 9"229mm 14" 356mm 9" 229mm 9" 229mm 2" X 4"HAND HOLEWITH COVER NOTES: "A" LENGTH DIMENSION OPTIONS: 12ft, 16ft, AND 20ft.1.ALL HUME RS4 ALUMINUM 16ft AND 20ft POLES ARE OFFERED WITH 2.A 100mph WINDSPEED RATING, WITH A 1.3 GUST FACTOR, UNDER 1994 AASHTO LTS-3; ALL OTHERS OFFERED WITH A 120mph RATING. 180° 120° 90° 90° 90° 4 @ 90°3 @ 120° 2 @ 180°3 @ 90°2 @ 90° 2 @ SPIRAL CLOCKWISEWITH 90° SPACING 3 @ SPIRAL CLOCKWISEWITH 90° SPACING 4 @ SPIRAL CLOCKWISEWITH 90° SPACING HUME ROUND POLE (INTEGRAL)IP66 RATED 04/05/2023 SKU-1449 P1SUB-2876-00 LTE09 DATE:PROJECT:TYPE: THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF B-K LIGHTING, INC. AND ITS RECEIPT OR POSSESSION DOES NOT CONVEY ANY RIGHTS TO REPRODUCE, DISCLOSE ITS CONTENTS, OR TO MANUFACTURE, USE OR SELL ANYTHING IT MAY DESCRIBE. REPRODUCTION, DISCLOSURE OR USE WITHOUT SPECIFIC WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF B-K LIGHTING, INC. IS STRICTLY FORBIDDEN. 559.438.5800 | INFO@BKLIGHTING.COM | BKLIGHTING.COMMADE IN THE USA THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF B-K LIGHTING, INC. AND ITS RECEIPT OR POSSESSION DOES NOT CONVEY ANY RIGHTS TO REPRODUCE, DISCLOSE ITS CONTENTS, OR TO MANUFACTURE, USE OR SELL ANYTHING IT MAY DESCRIBE. REPRODUCTION, DISCLOSURE OR USE WITHOUT SPECIFIC WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF B-K LIGHTING, INC. IS STRICTLY FORBIDDEN. 559.438.5800 | INFO@BKLIGHTING.COM | BKLIGHTING.COMMADE IN THE USA Satin Black(BLP)Satin Bronze(BZP)Satin White(WHP) Black Wrinkle(BLW)Bronze Wrinkle(BZW)White Wrinkle(WHW)Verde(VER) Satin Aluminum(SAP) Cascade Mtn.Granite (CMG) Black Chrome(BCM) Weathered Iron(WIR) Rocky Mtn.Granite (RMG) Beige (BGE) Clear AnodizedPowder (CAP) Sierra MtnGranite (SMG) WeatheredCopper (WCP) Antique BrassPowder (ABP) Cream(CRM) Aleutian MtnGranite (AMG) Old Copper(OCP) Brown PatinaPowder (BPP) Antique White(AQW) Textured Forest(TXF) Hunter Green(HUG) Sonoran DesertSandstone (SDS) Natural BrassPowder (NBP) STANDARD FINISHES PREMIUM FINISHES Click Here to view larger, full-color swatches of all available finishes on our website. 8" 204mm 4 7/16"113mm 4" 101mm Dia 3 9/16"90mm 3 7/16" 87mm 1"25mm 4"101mmDia B/E CAP1:3 SCALE A/D SP CAP1:3 SCALE C SP CAP1:3 SCALE 4 9/16" 116mm 1" 25mm 4" 101mm Dia B/E SP CAP1:3 SCALE 6 7/8"175mm 4"101mmDia 4 7/16" 113mm A/D CAP1:3 SCALE 2 7/16" 62mm C CAP1:3 SCALE 4" 101mm Dia 4"101mmDia NOTES: "A" LENGTH DIMENSION OPTIONS: 12ft, 16ft, AND 20ft.1. ALL HUME RS4 ALUMINUM 16ft AND 20ft POLES ARE OFFERED WITH 2.A 100mph WINDSPEED RATING, WITH A 1.3 GUST FACTOR, UNDER 1994 AASHTO LTS-3; ALL OTHERS OFFERED WITH A 120mph RATING. 1 1/2"38mmDia 4"102mmDia 12 1/4" 311mm Dia 4 5/8"117mm A 9" 229mm 9" 229mm 9"229mm 6"152mm 4 15/16" 125mm 7 3/8" 187mm 4" 101mm Dia 14" 356mm 2" X 4"HAND HOLEWITH COVER ROUND - RS4VERTICAL HUME ROUND POLE (INTEGRAL)IP66 RATED 04/05/2023 SKU-1449 P1SUB-2876-00 LTE09 DATE:PROJECT:TYPE: Accessories (Configure separately) SPECIFICATIONS THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF B-K LIGHTING, INC. AND ITS RECEIPT OR POSSESSION DOES NOT CONVEY ANY RIGHTS TO REPRODUCE, DISCLOSE ITS CONTENTS, OR TO MANUFACTURE, USE OR SELL ANYTHING IT MAY DESCRIBE. REPRODUCTION, DISCLOSURE OR USE WITHOUT SPECIFIC WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF B-K LIGHTING, INC. IS STRICTLY FORBIDDEN. 559.438.5800 | INFO@BKLIGHTING.COM | BKLIGHTING.COMMADE IN THE USA ELECTRICAL PHYSICAL WATTAGE 34W or 36W LED LED COB technology and modular design with electrical quick disconnects allow for easy field upgrade and maintenance. LM-80 certified. Title 24, JA8 compliant options available. Minimum 50,000 hour rated life at 70% of initial lumens (L70). COLOR MANAGEMENT COB technology delivers natural white light. Exact color point conformity exceeds ANSI C78.377 standard. Module exceeds 80 CRI (RA>80, R9.16). Color point uniformity 2 SDCM color control for 2700K-4000K CCT. WIRING INC/ELV Wiring: 3 Wire, 18GA, Stranded, XLPE, 125°C, 300V, UL3265 rated wire 0-10 Wiring: 5 Wire, (3) 18GA and (2) 22GA, Stranded, XLPE, 125°C, 300V, UL3265 rated wire. Fixtures provided with 25ft leads. DRIVER Incandescent/ELV Control Option Driver: Dimming driver for use with standard incandescent or electronic low voltage dimmers (10-100% range), 120VAC only. 0-10 Control Option Driver: Dimming driver for use with standard 0-10V dimmers (10-100% dim. range), 120-277VAC. With [1] 900mA. Class II, constant current integral driver. 50/60Hz. >0.9 Power Factor,5A in-rush current (typical at 120VAC), ≤20%THD (nominal at 120VAC full load). Output over-voltage, over-current, and short circuit protection with auto recovery MATERIALS Fixture furnished in copper-free aluminum (6061-T6). Aluminum pole shafts are extruded from all new 6063 alloy aluminum tubing and heat treated to produce a T6 temper. Steel pole shafts are a one-piece construction - fabricated from a weldable grade carbon steel structural tubing with uniform wall thickness. BODY Fixture has a unibody design with an enclosed, water-proof wireway and integral heat sink that is fully machined from solid billet. Anti-condensation and corrosion vent equalizes fixture pressure and eliminates potential for damage to internal components. KNUCKLE Fixture includes 360HD Mounting System that features a mechanical taper lock, allowing full 180° vertical adjustment without the use of aim-limiting serrated teeth. High temperature, silicone ‘O’ Ring provides water-tight seal and compressive resistance to maintain fixture position. Design withstands 73 lbs. static load prior to movement for optical alignment with a ½” pipe thread for mounting. Biaxial source control additionally provides 360° horizontal rotation in addition to vertical adjustment. Aim & Lock technology allows precision adjustment without the redundant tightening and loosening of knuckle screw. CAP Fixture cap fully machined and accommodates two (2) lens or louver media. LENS Fixture cap provided with shock-resistant, tempered glass lens that is factory adhered to fixture cap and provides hermetically sealed optical compartment. OPTICS Fixture provided with interchangeable optics that permit changes in the field. HARDWARE Fixture provided with tamper-resistant, stainless steel hardware. 360HD hardware is black oxide treated for additional corrosion resistance. Pole provided with tamper-resistant, stainless steel hardware. HANDHOLE Grounding location 14” from the base of the pole. Round poles are provided with a 2” x 4” hand hole cover. Square poles are provided with a 3” x 5” hand hole cover. Hardware is included. ANCHOR KIT Anchor bolts conform to AASTM F1554 Grade 55 and are provided with two hex nuts and two flat washers. Bolts have an ‘L’ bend on one end and are galvanized a minimum of 12” on the threaded end. BASE COVER All standard poles come with a 2-piece cast aluminum base cover (Dart AC1/Dart 2T02AC from Valmont). FINISH StarGuard, our 15-stage chromate-free process applied to fixtures, cleans and conversion coats aluminum components prior to application of Class ‘A’ TGIC polyester powder coating and is RoHS compliant. HUME ROUND POLE (INTEGRAL)IP66 RATED 04/05/2023 SKU-1449 P1SUB-2876-00 LTE09 DATE:PROJECT:TYPE: SPECIFICATIONS THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF B-K LIGHTING, INC. AND ITS RECEIPT OR POSSESSION DOES NOT CONVEY ANY RIGHTS TO REPRODUCE, DISCLOSE ITS CONTENTS, OR TO MANUFACTURE, USE OR SELL ANYTHING IT MAY DESCRIBE. REPRODUCTION, DISCLOSURE OR USE WITHOUT SPECIFIC WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF B-K LIGHTING, INC. IS STRICTLY FORBIDDEN. 559.438.5800 | INFO@BKLIGHTING.COM | BKLIGHTING.COMMADE IN THE USA PHYSICAL FINISH Pole comes complete with a 6-stage finishing process. All products receive the following: Cleaning, Phosphate Rinse (Steel Poles Only), Powder Coat Application, Curing, Palgard Epoxy Coating, and Blue Wrap. Blue Wrap is a multi-layered, UV and tear-resistant, vinyl bubble wrap designed to ensure the products reach the job site in top condition. WARRANTY 5-year limited warranty on fixture. 5-year finish warranty on pole provides a level of corrosion protection with the addition of an internal rust inhibitor. CERTIFICATION & LISTING UL tested to IESNA LM-79. UL Listed. Certified to CAN/CSA/ANSI Standards. RoHS compliant components. Suitable for indoor or outdoor use, in wet locations, and for installation within 4’ of the ground. IP66 Rated. Made in the USA with sustainable processes HUME ROUND POLE (INTEGRAL)IP66 RATED 04/05/2023 SKU-1449 P2SUB-2876-00 LTE09 DATE:PROJECT:TYPE: THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF B-K LIGHTING, INC. AND ITS RECEIPT OR POSSESSION DOES NOT CONVEY ANY RIGHTS TO REPRODUCE, DISCLOSE ITS CONTENTS, OR TO MANUFACTURE, USE OR SELL ANYTHING IT MAY DESCRIBE. REPRODUCTION, DISCLOSURE OR USE WITHOUT SPECIFIC WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF B-K LIGHTING, INC. IS STRICTLY FORBIDDEN. 559.438.5800 | INFO@BKLIGHTING.COM | BKLIGHTING.COMMADE IN THE USA LAMP & DRIVER DATA OPTICS Optic Angle Narrow Spot 11° Narrow Spot w/ 12 12° Narrow Spot w/ 13 13 x 53 Narrow Flood 25° Flood 43° Wide Flood 56° DRIVER DATA Type AC Input Range Frequency Hz Power Factor at Full Load (Efficiency)THD In Rush Current Operating Current Operation Ambient Tem-perature Dimmer Type Dimmer Range Integral 120-277VAC 50/60 >0.9 <20%120VAC - 5 / 277VAC - 6 900mA -30°C - 90°C Triac/ELV/0-10 1-100% L70 DATA BK No.CCT (Typ.)CRI (Typ.)Input Watts (Typ.)L70 Data Angle CBCP Delivered Lumens Multiplier x113 2700 80 34 50,000 25 8,372 3,325 0.90 x113 2700 80 34 50,000 43 4,372 3,326 0.90 x113 2700 80 34 50,000 56 3,556 3,265 0.90 x114 3000 80 34 50,000 25 8,413 3,341 0.91 x114 3000 80 34 50,000 43 4,393 3,342 0.91 x114 3000 80 34 50,000 56 3,573 3,281 0.91 x115 3500 80 34 50,000 25 8,955 3,557 0.97 x115 3500 80 34 50,000 43 4,676 3,558 0.97 x115 3500 80 34 50,000 56 8,804 3,493 0.97 x116 4000 80 34 50,000 25 9,271 3,682 1.00 x116 4000 80 34 50,000 43 4,841 3,683 1.00 x116 4000 80 34 50,000 56 3,938 3,616 1.00 x117 2700 90 34 50,000 25 6,746 3,099 0.81 x117 2700 90 34 50,000 43 3,522 2,680 0.81 x117 2700 90 34 50,000 56 2,865 2,631 0.81 x118 3000 90 34 50,000 25 6,812 2,705 0.81 x118 3000 90 34 50,000 43 3,557 2,706 0.81 x118 3000 90 34 50,000 56 2,894 2,657 0.81 x119 3500 90 34 50,000 25 7,719 3,065 0.86 x119 3500 90 34 50,000 43 4,030 3,066 0.86 x119 3500 90 34 50,000 56 3,279 3,011 0.86 x120 4000 90 34 50,000 25 8,273 3,285 0.89 x120 4000 90 34 50,000 43 4,320 3,286 0.89 x120 4000 90 34 50,000 56 3,514 3,227 0.89 x105 2700 80 36 50,000 11 23,306 1,500 0.89 x106 3000 80 36 50,000 11 27,190 1,750 1.04 x107 3500 80 36 50,000 11 25,605 1,648 0.98 x108 4000 80 36 50,000 11 26,118 1,681 1.00 x109 2700 90 36 50,000 11 14,557 937 0.62 x110 3000 90 36 50,000 11 19,814 1,275 0.73 x111 3500 90 36 50,000 11 17,572 1,131 0.69 x112 4000 90 36 50,000 11 18,283 1,177 0.70 LTE09 DATE: CATALOG NUMBER LOGIC: PROJECT:TYPE: THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF B-K LIGHTING, INC. AND ITS RECEIPT OR POSSESSION DOES NOT CONVEY ANY RIGHTS TO REPRODUCE, DISCLOSE ITS CONTENTS, OR TO MANUFACTURE, USE OR SELL ANYTHING IT MAY DESCRIBE. REPRODUCTION, DISCLOSURE OR USE WITHOUT SPECIFIC WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF B-K LIGHTING, INC. IS STRICTLY FORBIDDEN. 559.438.5800 | INFO@BKLIGHTING.COM | BKLIGHTING.COMMADE IN THE USA HUME LED CATALOG NUMBER LOGIC Example: HU - LED - TR - x113 - FL - BLP - 12 - 11 - A - 2 - INC - MT MATERIAL Aluminum SERIES HU - Hume Floodlight SOURCE LED - Cold Phosphor Technology HOUSING TR - Integral Driver LED TYPE Available with Narrow Spot Optic Available with NFL, FL, and WFL Optics x105 - 36W/2.7K/80CRI x109 - 36W/2.7K/90CRI x113 - 34W/2.7K/80CRI x117 - 34W/2.7K/90CRI x106 - 36W/3K/80CRI x110 - 36W/3K/90CRI x114 - 34W/3K/80CRI x118 - 34W/3K/90CRI x107 - 36W/3.5K/80CRI x111 - 36W/3.5K/90CRI x115 - 34W/3.5K/80CRI x119 - 34W/3.5K/90CRI x108 - 36W/4K/80CRI x112 - 36W/4k/90CRI x116 - 34W/4K/80CRI x120 - 34W/4K/90CRI OPTICS NSP - Narrow Spot (11°) NFL - Narrow Flood (25°) FL - Flood (43°) WFL - Wide Flood (56°) FINISH (See page 2 for full-color swatches) Standard Finishes (BZP, BZW, BLP, BLW, WHP, WHW, SAP, VER) Premium Finish (ABP, AMG, AQW, BCM, BGE, BPP, CAP, CMG, CRM, HUG, NBP, OCP, RMG, SDS, SMG, TXF, WCP, WIR) Also available in RAL Finishes LENS TYPE 9 - Clear (Standard) 12 - Soft Focus 13 - Rectilinear SHIELDING 11 - Honeycomb Baffle CAP STYLE A - 45° B - 90° C - Flush D - 45° Less Weep Hole (Downward Aiming Only) E - 90° Less Weep Hole (Downward Aiming Only) KNUCKLE OPTIONS 1 - Rear Knuckle 2 - Side Knuckle CONTROL TYPE ELV - Dimming Driver (For use with Electronic Low Voltage Dimmer)* INC - Dimming Driver (For use with Incandescent Dimmer)* 010 - 0-10V Dimming Driver (Dimming 1 - 100% ) INPUT VOLTAGE MT - 120-277 VAC OPTIONS TE - Tamper-Resistant IP66 RATED 12/06/2022 SKU-1340 *120V only SUB-2817-00 LTE10 DATE:PROJECT:TYPE: THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF B-K LIGHTING, INC. AND ITS RECEIPT OR POSSESSION DOES NOT CONVEY ANY RIGHTS TO REPRODUCE, DISCLOSE ITS CONTENTS, OR TO MANUFACTURE, USE OR SELL ANYTHING IT MAY DESCRIBE. REPRODUCTION, DISCLOSURE OR USE WITHOUT SPECIFIC WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF B-K LIGHTING, INC. IS STRICTLY FORBIDDEN. 559.438.5800 | INFO@BKLIGHTING.COM | BKLIGHTING.COMMADE IN THE USA Satin Black(BLP)Satin Bronze(BZP)Satin White(WHP) Black Wrinkle(BLW)Bronze Wrinkle(BZW)White Wrinkle(WHW)Verde(VER) Satin Aluminum(SAP) Cascade Mtn.Granite (CMG) Black Chrome(BCM) Weathered Iron (WIR) Rocky Mtn.Granite (RMG) Beige (BGE) Clear Anodized Powder (CAP) Sierra MtnGranite (SMG) WeatheredCopper (WCP) Antique Brass Powder (ABP) Cream(CRM) Aleutian MtnGranite (AMG) Old Copper(OCP) Brown Patina Powder (BPP) Antique White(AQW) Textured Forest(TXF) Hunter Green(HUG) Sonoran Desert Sandstone (SDS) Natural BrassPowder (NBP) STANDARD FINISHES PREMIUM FINISHES Click Here to view larger, full-color swatches of all available finishes on our website. * EPA shown includes fixture body* Fixture Weight 6lbs 4” Dia.(101mm) (62mm) (214mm)8 7/16” 2 7/16” Rear Knuckle Side Knuckle 4” Dia.(101mm) 4 15/16”(125mm) 3 1/2”(89mm) 6 7/8” (175mm) 8”(204mm) 3 7/16”(87mm) 4 9/16” (116mm) 2 7/16” (62mm) 3 9/16”(90mm) 6 7/8”(175mm) 8”(204mm) 3 7/16”(87mm) 4 9/16”(116mm) NFL (25°), FL (40°),& WFL (55°) Narrow Spot (11°) A CAPB CAPC CAPD CAPE CAP 0.35ft 0.27ft 0.24ft 0.35ft 0.27ft 0.38ft 0.30ft 0.27ft 0.38ft 0.30ft HUME LED IP66 RATED 12/06/2022 SKU-1340SUB-2817-00 LTE10 DATE:PROJECT:TYPE: Accessories (Configure separately) SPECIFICATIONS THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF B-K LIGHTING, INC. AND ITS RECEIPT OR POSSESSION DOES NOT CONVEY ANY RIGHTS TO REPRODUCE, DISCLOSE ITS CONTENTS, OR TO MANUFACTURE, USE OR SELL ANYTHING IT MAY DESCRIBE. REPRODUCTION, DISCLOSURE OR USE WITHOUT SPECIFIC WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF B-K LIGHTING, INC. IS STRICTLY FORBIDDEN. 559.438.5800 | INFO@BKLIGHTING.COM | BKLIGHTING.COMMADE IN THE USA ELECTRICAL PHYSICAL WATTAGE 34W & 36W LED WIRING 18GA Stranded, XLPE, 150°C, 600V wire. DRIVER With one (1) 900mA, Class II, constant current integral driver. 50/60Hz. >0.9 Power Factor,5A in-rush current (typical at 120VAC), ≤20%THD (nominal at 120VAC full load). Output over-voltage, over-current, and short circuit protection with auto recovery. Dimming driver for use with 0-10V, Incandescent, Standard TRIAC, or ELV dimmers. 1-100% range. *TRIAC/ELV dimming at 120VAC only. OPTICS Interchangeable OPTIKIT modules permit optical field changes. MATERIALS Furnished in copper-free aluminum (6061-T6). BODY Unibody design with enclosed, water-proof wireway and integral heat sink is fully machined from solid billet. Anti-condensation and corrosion vent equalizes fixture pressure and eliminates potential for damage to internal components. KNUCKLE 360HD Mounting System features a mechanical taperlock, allowing full 180° vertical adjustment without the use of aim-limiting serrated teeth. High temperature, silicone ‘O’ Ring provides water-tight seal and compressive resistance to maintain fixture position. Design withstands 73 lbs. static load prior to movement for optical alignment with a ½” pipe thread for mounting. Biaxial source control additionally provides 360° horizontal rotation in addition to vertical adjustment. Aim & Lock technology allows precision adjustment without the redundant tightening and loosening of knuckle screw. 360HD hardware is stainless steel with black oxide treatment for additional corrosion resistance. CAP Fully machined and accommodates two (2) lens or louver media. Offered with both tool-less and tamper- resistant options. FINISH StarGuard, our 15-stage chromate-free process cleans and conversion coats aluminum components prior to application of Class ‘A’ TGIC polyester powder coating and is RoHS compliant. WARRANTY 5-year limited warranty. CERTIFICATION & LISTING UL tested to IESNA LM-79. UL Listed. Certified to CAN/CSA/ANSI Standards. RoHS compliant. Suitable for indoor or outdoor use, in wet locations, and for installation within 4’ of the ground. IP66 Rated. Made in the USA with sustainable processes. HUME LED IP66 RATED 12/06/2022 SKU-1340SUB-2817-00 LTE10 DATE:PROJECT:TYPE: THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF B-K LIGHTING, INC. AND ITS RECEIPT OR POSSESSION DOES NOT CONVEY ANY RIGHTS TO REPRODUCE, DISCLOSE ITS CONTENTS, OR TO MANUFACTURE, USE OR SELL ANYTHING IT MAY DESCRIBE. REPRODUCTION, DISCLOSURE OR USE WITHOUT SPECIFIC WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION OF B-K LIGHTING, INC. IS STRICTLY FORBIDDEN. 559.438.5800 | INFO@BKLIGHTING.COM | BKLIGHTING.COMMADE IN THE USA LAMP & DRIVER DATA OPTICS Optic Angle Narrow Spot 11° Narrow Spot w/ 12 12° Narrow Spot w/ 13 13 x 53 Narrow Flood 25° Flood 43° Wide Flood 56° DRIVER DATA Type AC Input Range Frequency Hz Power Factor at Full Load (Efficiency)THD In Rush Current Operating Current Operation Ambient Tem-perature Dimmer Type Dimmer Range Integral 120-277VAC 50/60 >0.9 <20%120VAC - 5 / 277VAC - 6 900mA -30°C - 90°C Triac/ELV/0-10 1-100% L70 DATA BK No.CCT (Typ.)CRI (Typ.)Input Watts (Typ.)L70 Data Angle CBCP Delivered Lumens Multiplier x113 2700 80 34 50,000 25 8,372 3,325 0.90 x113 2700 80 34 50,000 43 4,372 3,326 0.90 x113 2700 80 34 50,000 56 3,556 3,265 0.90 x114 3000 80 34 50,000 25 8,413 3,341 0.91 x114 3000 80 34 50,000 43 4,393 3,342 0.91 x114 3000 80 34 50,000 56 3,573 3,281 0.91 x115 3500 80 34 50,000 25 8,955 3,557 0.97 x115 3500 80 34 50,000 43 4,676 3,558 0.97 x115 3500 80 34 50,000 56 8,804 3,493 0.97 x116 4000 80 34 50,000 25 9,271 3,682 1.00 x116 4000 80 34 50,000 43 4,841 3,683 1.00 x116 4000 80 34 50,000 56 3,938 3,616 1.00 x117 2700 90 34 50,000 25 6,746 3,099 0.81 x117 2700 90 34 50,000 43 3,522 2,680 0.81 x117 2700 90 34 50,000 56 2,865 2,631 0.81 x118 3000 90 34 50,000 25 6,812 2,705 0.81 x118 3000 90 34 50,000 43 3,557 2,706 0.81 x118 3000 90 34 50,000 56 2,894 2,657 0.81 x119 3500 90 34 50,000 25 7,719 3,065 0.86 x119 3500 90 34 50,000 43 4,030 3,066 0.86 x119 3500 90 34 50,000 56 3,279 3,011 0.86 x120 4000 90 34 50,000 25 8,273 3,285 0.89 x120 4000 90 34 50,000 43 4,320 3,286 0.89 x120 4000 90 34 50,000 56 3,514 3,227 0.89 x105 2700 80 36 50,000 11 23,306 1,500 0.89 x106 3000 80 36 50,000 11 27,190 1,750 1.04 x107 3500 80 36 50,000 11 25,605 1,648 0.98 x108 4000 80 36 50,000 11 26,118 1,681 1.00 x109 2700 90 36 50,000 11 14,557 937 0.62 x110 3000 90 36 50,000 11 19,814 1,275 0.73 x111 3500 90 36 50,000 11 17,572 1,131 0.69 x112 4000 90 36 50,000 11 18,283 1,177 0.70 LTE10 Site Information ELEVATOR:1 “” “” “” 3500 LB1588 kg 21 Persons Call inprogress Callreceived Elevator 1 FIREFIGHTERS'OPERATION ONRESET OFF FIRE RECALL MEDICALEMERGENCY MEDICAL EMERG CALL OFF Elevator Product Name KONE MonoSpace® 300 DX Group Size 1 Elevator Capacity 3,500 lb Speed 150 FPM Power Supply 208 V Control Location Remote room Door Height 7'-0" Door Width 42'' Door Type Left Opening Car Height 7'-4'' Building Landings 3 Door Openings Distance between floors Seismic Non-Seismic Total Travel 28'-1" Minimum clear overhead (under hoist beam) 13'-0" Shaft Size / Elevator (w x d) 8'-4" x 6'-11" Pit Depth 5'-0" Design Signalization KSS 570 Entrance Finish Brushed Stainless Steel Ceiling Round, LED spotlights Car Side Walls Handrail Location Car Rear Wall 304 Brushed Stainless Steel (4SS) Handrail Finish Brushed Stainless Steel Other Maintenance Service 12 Months Call back service Emergency 24-hour call back service Additional Options Please note that the Planner tool, product recommendations, and outputs are for preliminary design purposes and not for construction. Before committing to any construction decisions, please contact your local KONE representative to verify the configuration. HOISTWAY PLAN VIEW 7 5/16"4'-2 11/16"HOISTWAY DEPTH 6'-11"INTERIOR DEPTH 5'-6 11/16"HOISTWAY WIDTH 8'-4"3'-9 11/16"CENTERLINE OF GUIDE RAIL8 5/8" AT TOP LANDING6'-5 15/16'' CWT BRACKETDOOR WIDTH 3'-6" ROUGH OPENING 4'-10" INTERIOR WIDTH 6'-5 3/4" CAR CENTER 3'-9 13/16" D D AB - - C E C R&R 4'-11"3'-11"3' If an EBD (Emergency Battery Device) or KONE 24/7 Emergency Communications is required, please contact your local KONE Representative. ROUGH OPENING LAYOUT NOT TO SCALE. MODEL SPACE 1:1 2018/KP2.8.2023/C#01.08.2023_A3_LISPANSI_B- E000602989/KONE-3814612/M3NA_21_3500_77.7_66.7 CONTROLLER HEAT OUTPUT 3 KBTU/HR MACHINE HEAT OUTPUT 1.5 KBTU/HR CAPACITY 3500 lb SPEED 150 FPM DOOR LEFT OPENING CONTROL LOCATION REMOTE REQUIRED FUSE AMPS 60 AMPS TRAVEL 28'-1" POWER SUPPLY 208 V PRODUCT NAME SEISMIC ZONE MonoSpace 300 DX NON-SEISMIC SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT NAME BUILDING LOCATION - - - ONE KONE COURT MOLINE, IL P: 1-800-956-KONE (5663) F: 309-743-5469 www.kone.us - - PREPARATORY WORK BY OTHERS: THE CUSTOMER OR CUSTOMER'S CONTRACTOR, SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK AT NO COST TO KONE, INC LOCAL CODES SHALL PREVAIL WHEN APPLICABLE 1. PROVIDE A CLEAR, PLUMB HOISTWAY OF THE SIZE SHOWN ON THE FINAL KONE LAYOUT. VARIATIONS MUST NOT EXCEED 1". (TOLERANCE = -0" + 1") 2. PROVIDE ADEQUATE SUPPORT FOR GUIDE RAIL BRACKETS (INCLUDING DIVIDER BEAMS FOR MULTIPLE ELEVATORS IN A COMMON HOISTWAY) FROM PIT FLOOR TO THE TOP OF THE HOISTWAY AND NOT SPANNING FURTHER THAN ALLOWED BY THE GOVERNING CODE AUTHORITY. FIREPROOFING SHALL BE AFTER INSTALLATION OF ELEVATOR BRACKETS. 3. HOISTWAY VENTILATION SHALL BE PROVIDED PER CODE REQUIREMENTS. 4. PROJECTIONS REQUIRING BEVELING IN ACCORDANCE WITH CODE REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE BEVELED AT AN ANGLE NOT LESS THAN 75 DEGREES FROM THE HORIZONTAL. 5. PROVIDE REMOVABLE, OSHA COMPLIANT BARRICADES AROUND ALL HOISTWAY OPENINGS AND BETWEEN ELEVATORS INSIDE OF THE HOISTWAY AS REQUIRED. PROVIDE TWO LIFELINE ATTACHMENTS AT THE TOP, FRONT OF THE HOISTWAY. 6. ARRANGE FOR ALL BLOCK OUT / CUTOUT OF OPENINGS TO INSTALL HALL PUSHBUTTONS, SIGNAL FIXTURES, AND HATCH DUCT. 7. PROVIDE A DRY PIT REINFORCED TO SUSTAIN VERTICAL FORCE FROM RAILS AND BUFFERS. REFERENCE THE REACTION LOAD TABLES FOR VERTICAL FORCES. SUMPS AND / OR PUMPS (WHERE PERMITTED) LOCATED WITHIN THE PIT MAY NOT INTERFERE WITH THE ELEVATOR EQUIPMENT. 8. PROVIDE SUITABLE LIGHTING FOR THE MACHINE SPACE WITH A LIGHT SWITCH LOCATED IN THE HOISTWAY. PROVIDE A LIGHT FIXTURE AND A SEPARATE GFCI PROTECTED DUPLEX CONVENIENCE OUTLET IN THE ELEVATOR PIT. 9. ENTRANCE WALLS ARE TO BE LEFT OPEN UNTIL THE ELEVATOR EQUIPMENT IS INSTALLED. ADEQUATE SUPPORT FOR ENTRANCE ATTACHMENT POINTS IS REQUIRED AT ALL LANDINGS. ALL FINISHED FLOORING AND GROUTING IS TO BE INSTALLED AFTER THE ENTRANCE FRAMES ARE INSTALLED. 10. A PIT LADDER IS SUPPLIED BY KONE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE LAYOUT DRAWING. LOCATE AND INSTALL PER KONE FINAL LAYOUT DRAWINGS. 11. AN I-BEAM AND SAFETY LINE BEAM, PROVIDED BY KONE, MUST BE INSTALLED IN THE ELEVATOR HOISTWAY OVERHEAD PER THE KONE FINAL LAYOUT DRAWINGS. WHERE AN ELEVATOR HAS BOTH A FRONT AND REAR OPENING, TWO SAFETY LINE BEAMS ARE REQUIRED. 12. FOR PROPER EQUIPMENT OPERATION, THE MACHINE SPACE AT THE TOP OF THE HOISTWAY MUST BE PROPERLY VENTED PER CODE REQUIREMENTS. MAX ALLOWED HUMIDITY IS 95% NON-CONDENSING. HOISTWAY MUST MAINTAIN A TEMPERATURE BETWEEN 41 F AND 104 F. 13. THE ACCESS DOOR TO THE CONTROL SPACE OR THE CONTROL ROOM MUST BE SECURED AGAINST UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS. IT SHALL BE SELF-LOCKING AND SELF-CLOSING. 14. PROVIDE A 15-AMP 120V AC FUSED SERVICE WITH GROUND (VIA EMERGENCY LIGHT SUPPLY IF AVAILABLE) CONNECTED TO EACH CONTROL CABINET FOR LIGHTING AND FAN. PROVIDE DEDICATED ANALOG PHONE LINE TERMINATING AT THE ELEVATOR CONTROL CABINET. 15. FOR CONTROL SPACES LOCATED REMOTELY FROM THE ELEVATOR HOISTWAY, PROVIDE A GOVERNOR ACCESS DOOR OF SIZE AND LOCATION PER KONE FINAL LAYOUT DRAWINGS. THE ACCESS DOOR SHALL BE SECURED AGAINST UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS. 16. FOR INTEGRATED CONTROL SPACE LOCATED IN SEISMIC AREA, PROVIDE A SEISMIC SWITCH ACCESS DOOR OF SIZE AND LOCATION PER KONE FINAL LAYOUT DRAWINGS. THE ACCESS DOOR SHALL BE SECURED AGAINST UNAUTHORIZED ACCESS. 17. PROVIDE A SUITABLE WORKING ENVIRONMENT INCLUDING ADEQUATE ACCESS TO THE BUILDING, PROPER LIGHTING IN ALL AREAS, CLEAN AND SAFE STORAGE ADJACENT TO THE HOISTWAY, PROPERLY INSTALLED TEMPORARY SINGLE AND THREE-PHASE POWER, AND SUFFICIENT ON-SITE REFUSE CONTAINERS FOR THE DISPOSAL OF ELEVATOR PACKING MATERIALS. 18. THIS DRAWING MUST BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY A LICENSED PROFESSIONAL TO ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL BUILDING CODES. 19. THESE DRAWINGS ARE FOR INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY AND MUST NOT BE USED FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. FULLY DETAILED CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS ARE AVAILABLE FROM THE PRODUCT MANUFACTURER. : : : : : : : : : : : ETB 11.88/svc_flcad_cad_prod11 MonoSpace300ENA R19.2 SECTIONVIEW 8" HOISTBEAM BY KONE INSTALLED BY OTHERS 7'-0" DOOR HEIGHT7'-4" CLEAR HEIGHT INSIDE CAR13'-8" UNDERSIDE OF ROOF7'-0" DOOR HEIGHT28'-1" TRAVEL5'-0" PIT13'-0" CLEAR OVERHEAD(TOP LANDING TO UNDERSIDE OF HOIST BEAM)X X X 13 1428' 1" 13' 6" 0' 0" -- -- -- 7 61 2 3 Front Opening Back Opening Inter Floor Distance (ft) Inter Floor Distance (in) Floor Number Elevation FLOOR BY FLOOR HEIGHTS CHART Z DIRECTION REACTION LOCATION VERTICAL FORCES ONTO PIT FLOOR A B C 4700177008800 **VERTICAL REACTIONS A, B & C OCCUR SIMULTANEOUSLY. VERTICAL REACTIONS D & E OCCUR INDIVIDUALLY AND SEPARATELY FROM A, B & C. D E -- Y DIRECTION REACTION LOCATION BRKTS ABOVE TOPMOST LANDING - IMPACT LOADING REACTIONS B C 790 1810 50 100 1520 300 Y DIRECTION X DIRECTION BRKTS BELOW TOPMOST LANDING - RUNNING REACTIONS 480 380 50 100 350 300 MAX DEFLECTION NOT TO EXCEED 0.25" (6mm) DUE TO APPLIED LOADS Z DIRECTION REACTION LOCATION HOISTBEAM & LIFELINE VERTICAL FORCES A B C 500056104840 D 5000 A X DIRECTION REMOTE CABINETMIN. 8'-0" HEIGHT- WORK AREA 2'-6"3'-6"5'-5"7'-10"-MAINPOWERDISCONNECT Please notice that all illustrations are computer-generated approximations and difference may exist between actual car and its components, colors and patterns 8.12.2023 Custom Design KONE MonoSpace® 300 A space-saving, affordable machine room-less traction elevator solution, optimized for two to four story buildings CAR LAYOUT CAR DIMENSIONS 3500 LB Passenger Shape CAR TYPE Single Entrance KEY SPECIFICATIONS Max. travel 48' (14.6 m)/4 floors Max. load capacity /3500lb (1588 kg) Max. Group Size 2 Max. Speed 150 FPM (.75 m/s) View design on KONE website https://cardesigner.kone.com/#/share/bf136e94-d8c3-46f5-819a-cbd0a360e06a MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES WALL FINISHES Front [A] Brushed Stainless Stee..., Brushed Stainless Steel Right [B] Brushed Stainless Stee..., Brushed Stainless Steel Rear [C] Asturias Satin (aust.), Brushed Stainless Steel Left [D] Brushed Stainless Stee..., Brushed Stainless Steel Extended lead time FLOOR FINISH Sample floor (flooring by others) CEILING CL88, Asturias Satin Steel DOOR DOOR TYPE One-panel right side opening, Narrow frame DOOR FINISH Brushed Stainless Stee... LANDING DOOR & FRAME FINISH Asturias Satin Steel MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES USER INTERFACE CAR OPERATING PANEL Flush panel Brushed Stainless Stee... Display type: Dot matrix, White KSS570 KSS 570 signalization offers a high degree of flexibility to meet the needs of your building. Choose from a wide range of aesthetic options to match the look and feel of your elevator and complement your lobby design. HALL INDICATOR KSI570 Brushed Stainless Stee... LANDING CALL STATION KSL570 Brushed Stainless Stee... Elevator specific landing call station CAR ACCESSORIES HANDRAILS HR61 Brushed Stainless Stee..., Right [B], Left [D] SKIRTING Asturias Satin Steel Front wall [A], Side wall [D]Back wall [C]Front wall [A] KONE provides innovative and eco-efficient solutions for elevators, escalators, automatic building doors and the systems that integrate them with today’s intelligent buildings. We support our customers every step of the way; from design, manufacturing and installation to maintenance and modernization. KONE is a global leader in helping our customers manage the smooth flow of people and goods throughout their buildings.Our commitment to customers is present in all KONE solutions. This makes us a reliable partner throughout the life cycle of the building. We challenge the conventional wisdom of the industry. We are fast, flexible, and we have a well-deserved reputation as a technology leader, with such innovations as KONE MonoSpace®, KONE NanoSpace™ and KONE UltraRope®. DISCLAIMER: These drawings are for preliminary architectural planning purposes only, and shall not be used for permitting, engineering final design, or construction purposes. KONE makes no representations or warranties as to the accuracy of this preliminary information. Contact KONE for further information and assistance, including project specific design and design specifications, before commencing any bidding, permitting, or building activity. CORPORATE OFFICES Keilasatama 3 P.O. Box 7 FI-02151 Espoo Finland +358 (0)204 751 www.kone.com This document was created in KONE Car Designer cardesigner.kone.com The KONE Car Designer tool is for demonstration purposes only. Please note that all illustrations are computer-generated approximations and differences may exist between the actual car and its components, colors and patterns. Also, depending on the car dimensions, the walls and floors may contain seams that are not shown in this visualization. © KONE Corporation 2014. Window Cleaning/ Suspended Maintenance Equipment & Fall Protection Systems H O R I Z O N T A L C A B L E L I F E L I N E S Y S T E M SPro-Bel Enterprises 111010MAINTENANCEEQUIPMENTLimited 03 window washing systems 1 - 8 0 0 - 4 6 1 - 0 5 7 5 www.pro-bel.ca info@pro-bel.ca THE FALL PROTECTION EXPERTS DESCRIPTION When workers require safe horizontal mobility over an extended distance while operating close to a vertical drop, single point anchors along an entire work zone may not be feasible or desirable due to the danger of swing fall hazards. The solution is a fully engineered horizontal cable lifeline system. A horizontal cable lifeline system is a per- manently installed, multi-span anchored cable which serves as an attachment point for travel restraint or fall arrest lan- yards. Horizontal Cable System Types Pro-Bel offers two types of horizontal cable lifeline systems: “Hands-Free” Horizontal Lifeline;a stain- less steel 5/16” (8 mm) cable system employing a runner that follows the work- er along the cable and mechanically bypasses all intermediate brackets with- out disconnecting thereby providing con- tinuous “hands-free” protection regard- less of travel surface geometry. Note: Pro-Bel cable runners that lock in one or both directions to negotiate slopes require some tension on the lanyard to operate, however Pro-Bel runners lock onto the cable if the horizontal cable changes to a vertical mode. Double Lanyard (DL) Horizontal Lifeline; a galvanized or stainless steel 5/16” (8 mm) cable system employing a double lanyard method of providing 100% tie-off and an inline shock absorber to reduce the applied loads to the end and corner anchors. The DL system is more eco- nomical than the “Hands-Free” system, however, there is a human error element of risk if workers are completely detached during the transfer procedure required either side of anchor points i.e. non-con- tinuous. USE For horizontal mobility over extended dis- tances while working close to a vertical drop e.g. within 6’-0” (1.8 m) of roof edge (ANSI/IWCA I-14.1 and OSHA 1926.502), or any high, narrow roof area or walkway. As an alternative to single anchor points when individual anchors do not provide the required degree of safety. As a complement to conventional vertical lifeline anchorages in or around confined spaces, clerestory areas, ledges, narrow roof spaces, cornices, or to provide a safe means of access to, and egress from, work zones i.e. once at a work zone, the worker can tie-off to a separate fall pro- tection system and/or access primary rig- ging equipment. The Pro-Bel “Hands-Free” horizontal life- line system employs a variety of runners to serve special applications such as ver- tical, inclined and arched lifeline installa- tions. Pro-Bel offers 3 types of runners that can be hooked and unhooked at any location on the cable: 1. Simple horizontal runner. 2. Fall Arrest runner (can also be used in vertical applications). 3. Reversible fall arrest runner that locks onto cable in any direction. Exterior or interior. Worker above uses Pro-Bel “Hands-Free” Horizontal Lifeline Cable to safely access recessed windows as well as custom ledge-mounted Pro-Bel safety anchors (one for bosun’s chair and one for lifeline) for “drops” as indicated at right, which shows four win- dow cleaners working same facade. Worker turning corner of building without disconnecting via 90 degree corner fitting on “Hands-Free” system. HORIZONTAL CABLE LIFELINE SYSTEMS HC-2 Sloped and domed roofs are often designed with a gutter-type lifeline cable system. FEATURES All corrosion resistant materials; anchor components are stainless steel, hot dipped galvanized steel and alu- minum. Standards conformance;all anchors comply with OSHA and ASME/ANSI/ IWCA safety requirements for window cleaning, and various materials standards. Installation flexibility;Pro-Bel Horizon- tal Cable Lifeline Systems are suited to a broad range of building structures, includ- ing concrete, structural steel or precast panels. Securement methods include cast-in-place, through bolts, bolt around, welding, or chemical adhesive fastening. Engineer certified;OSHA and ANSI/ IWCA I-14.1 requires that horizontal life- lines be designed by or under the direc- tion of a registered professional engineer experienced in such design. Pro-Bel sys- tem performance is based on data derived from independent testing and/or engineering calculations. Horizontal life- lines are designed and installed as part of a complete personal fall arrest system and maintain a safety factor of at least two. Compatible with roofing; many hori- zontal lifeline supports require mounting to the roof deck or superstructure. An important consideration in the design of Pro-Bel supports is the need to maintain the long term watertight integrity of the building. Pro-Bel products are designed with a full understanding of reliable flash- ing/sealing techniques to satisfy virtually any roof condition. Sole responsibility; Pro-Bel provides complete fall protection products/sys- tems from concept to the supply and installation of same, including annual inspection. Specific liability Insurance; Pro-Bel installations automatically carry $2,000,000.00 coverage against product/ system failure (over 4000 projects suc- cessfully completed to date). Pro-Bel installer above tests bypass connector at intermediate bracket on Pro-Bel “Hands-Free” Horizontal Cable Lifeline System which is used to access Pro-Bel U-bar wall anchors. Bracket is secured to wall anchor which, in turn, is secured to mechanical room wall. Photo at right shows same worker (using a lanyard with rope grab attached to a rope lifeline) working his way down a sloped metal roof. A separate wall anchor is used to rig a bosun’s chair for cleaning windows on face of building. Travel Restraint & Fall Protection Equipment HC-3 Pro-Bel end anchor supports are rein- forced to take the applied loads. Computerized modeling is used to deter- mine the loads applied to the structure. Photo shows roof access point at the beginning of the lifeline system. Intermediate anchors consist of support brackets and U-bars if horizontal lifelines (and rigging lines) are used for window cleaning. HC-4 GALVANIZED STEEL BRACKET SUPPORTWRAPPING STRUCTURE END UNIT TENSIONER WITH BUILT-IN GREEN RING TENSIONCONTROL FOR EASE OF PRE-TENSIONING POSITIONINGWHICH ALLOWS FOR CORRECT SAG IN CABLE EXISTING STRUCTURE EXISTING STRUCTURE PRO-BEL U-BAR ANCHOR BOLTED TO EXISTING STRUCTURE 5/16” (8 mm) S.S. CABLE Typical Intermediate Bracket End Tensioner Unit HORIZONTAL LIFELINEINTERMEDIATE BRACKETWITH END CAPS GALVANIZED STEELBASE PLATE GALVANIZED STEEL BOLT SEAMLESS SPUN ALUMINUM FLASHING CONCRETE SLAB CAST-IN-PLACE GALVANIZED PLATE 5/16” (8 mm) STAINLESSSTEEL CABLE HORIZONTAL LIFELINE INTERMEDIATE BRACKET WITH END CAPS EXISTING STEEL BEAM GALVANIZED STEEL PIER BRACKET SUPPORT CONCRETE WALL GALVANIZED STEEL BASE PLATE STAINLESS STEEL BOLT WELDED TO PLATE WITH LOCK WASHER & HEX NUT CAST-IN-PLACEANCHOR BOLT PRO-BEL “U-BAR” SAFETY ANCHOR(OPTIONAL) INTERMEDIATE BRACKETWITH END CAPS 5/16” (8 mm) STAINLESS STEEL CABLE PLAN VIEW _TYPICAL CABLE (Terminal to Terminal) SECTION _INTERMEDIATE BRACKET ON PIER ON ROOF SECTION _INTERMEDIATE BRACKET ON WALL FRONT VIEW Secure Cable Positioning The 5/16” (8 mm) stainless steel cable feeds through the neck of the inter- mediate bracket which means it is firmly held in place and cannot oscillate in windy environments. INTERMEDIATEBRACKET WITH END CAPS SECTION _INTERMEDIATE BRACKET ON PIER ON SLOPED BEAM PRO-BEL “HANDS-FREE” LIFELINE INTERMEDIATE BRACKET WITH END CAPS POSITIONED AT 20’-0” TO 30’-0” (6 m TO 9.1 m) INTERVALS ROOF PRO-BEL U-BARSAFETY ANCHOR (OPTIONAL) TORCH APPIED HEAT- SHRINK RUBBER COLLAR FLASHING End swage connected to terminal U-bar anchor which is welded to struc- tural steel penetrating a masonry wall. End, corner, and intermediate supports to which a horizontal lifeline is attached and the structure to which they are attached are designed to resist 2 times the reactions (obtained by analysis) generated by the horizontal lifeline system. The applied loads take into considerationthat workers are wearing a 900 lbs (4.0 kN) shock absorber built intotheir lanyard and harness. GALVANIZED STEEL HSS PIER BRACKET SUPPORT END SWAGE PRO-BEL U-BAR ANCHORBOLTED TOEXISTING STRUCTURE CONNECTOR EXISTING STRUCTURE RETRACTABLE LANYARD End Swage Unit Intermediate support brack- ets/anchors are designed to suit all types of wall and roof conditions. “Hands-Free” cable sup- ports are often designed with a U-bar safety anchor for direct rigging of a bosun’s chair. THREADS TO BEDEFORMED HORIZONTAL CABLE SYSTEMS Fall Protection Equipment (continued) MATERIALS/FABRICATION (as applicable) “HANDS-FREE” HORIZONTAL LIFELINE Cable:5/16” (8 mm) diameter, Type 316 stainless steel with minimum breaking strength of 19,125 lbs (85 kN). Cable system entry points are equipped with a prominently displayed non-corro- sive data plate clearly stating maximum service capacity, and number of users. Standard intermediate support brack- ets:multi- position, Type 316 stainless steel with reinforcing end caps and suit- able for installation at any height. Se- cured using 1/2” (12 mm) diameter fas- teners. Mobile intermediate support brackets: multi-position, Type 316 stainless steel; provides greater flexibility for working both sides of sloped roof at ridge point. End terminal hardware:Type 316 stain- less steel with polished finish, swedged end termination at one end and tensioner with pre-tension indicator and shock absorber at other end. Lanyard cable runner:Type 316 stain- less steel, with automatic runner bypass feature for continuous “hands-free” oper- ation that can be inserted or removed anywhere on the cable. A mid-point entry/ exit unit is also available, or a detachable runner can be inserted/detached any- where along the cable (to facilitate win- dow cleaning practices. See page HC-2 for runner types and shaded paragraphs on page HC-6). Harness:manufacturer’s standard “hands-free” full body harness complete with shock absorbing lanyard. Accessories:manufacturer’s standard flexible 90 degree corner unit, double anchor point; 90 degree corner unit, sin- gle anchor point; 135 degree corner unit. End and intermediate anchors:Pro- Bel PBE or PB Series wall and roof safe- ty anchors, consisting of the following: U-bar, anchor bolts: Type 304 stainless steel with yield strength of 35 Ksi (240 MPa) or mild steel, Type 300W with yield strength of 44 Ksi (300 MPa), hot-dip gal- vanized to ASTM A123/A 123M-2000. Bolts, nuts and washers: Type 304 stain- less steel or mild steel to ASTM A325. Hollow steel section (HSS) piers: galvan- ized mild steel as above with yield strength of 50 Ksi (350 MPa). Plate and all other sections: galvanized mild steel as above with yield strength of 44 Ksi (300 MPa). Seamless spun aluminum flashing (for steel pier anchors):Type 6061-T6 alloy to ASTM B221-2000 with deck flange flashed in using felt plies to NRCA or CRCA recommendations or roofing mem- brane manufacturer’s instructions. Top of anchor sealing (for steel pier anchors): torch applied heat-shrink rub- ber collar flashing. Sloped roof access has become a common requirement in recent years and provides a considerable challenge to the window cleaning fall protection industry. Horizontal cable systems, designed to allow ascent and descent on slopes, permits users to remain con- tinuously connected. Inset shows terminal end hardware. Worker making uninterrupted transition from vertical mode to horizontal mode. Typical intermediate support bracket with automatic connector bypass feature for continuous “hands-free” operation. HC-5 MATERIALS/FABRICATION (as applicable) DOUBLE LANYARD (DL) HORIZONTAL LIFELINE Cable:5/16” (8 mm) diameter galvanized or stainless steel. Tether:portable double lanyard with dou- ble snapping hooks. End terminal hardware:galvanized or stainless steel swedged termination at one end and galvanized or stainless steel tensioner with shock absorber at other end. Harness: manufacturer’s standard full body harness with shock absorber. End and intermediate anchors:Pro-Bel PBE or PB Series wall and roof safety anchors, consisting of the following: U-bar, anchor bolts:Type 304 stainless steel with yield strength of 35 Ksi (240 MPa) or mild steel, Type 300W with yield strength of 44 Ksi (300 MPa), hot-dip gal- vanized to ASTM A123/A 123M-2000. Hollow steel section (HSS) piers:galvan- ized mild steel as above with yield strength of 50 Ksi (350 MPa). Plate and all other sections:galvanized mild steel as above with yield strength of 44 Ksi (300 MPa). Seamless spun aluminum flashing (for steel pier anchors):Type 6061-T6 alloy to ASTM B221-2000 with deck flange flashed in using felt plies to NRCA or CRCA recommendations or roofing mem- brane manufacturer’s instructions, as applicable. Top of anchor sealing (for steel pier anchors):torch applied heat-shrink rub- ber collar flashing. Miscellaneous bolts, nuts and washers: Type 304 stainless steel or steel to ASTM A325. HC-6 Workers traversing spandrel ledge under sloped roof canopy using DL Horizontal Cable Lifeline system (post mounted). Pro-Bel Double Lanyard (DL) Horizontal Lifeline system showing transfer from one side of intermediate anchor to the other. Shock absorber Photo shows Pro-Bel DL Horizontal Cable Lifeline system which employs double lan- yard method of providing 100% tie-off. Parapet in this narrow roof area is less than 42” (1067 mm) safety guardrail height. Photo shows terminal end of permanently installed DL Horizontal Cable Lifeline System. Swedged connection (shown) is at one end and a turnbuckle tensioner at opposite end. Corner anchors are used with a double lan- yard system when changing direction. Anchors are typically placed at the same distance from the roof edge. Generally, the intent of a horizontal cable lifeline is to provide safe horizon- tal movement to a work station and back again. In the case of window cleaning operations on most high rise buildings, the intent is to provide safe passage to the window cleaning equipment while allowing the window cleaner to move about and set up both primary equip- ment (stage, cage or bosun’s chair) and lifelines. In this instance the window cleaner must be able to disconnect the “lanyard cable connector” anywhere along the cable i.e. at any given work station, and take it down to the ground while cleaning and back up to the roof again for reconnect- ion to the horizontal cable, for safe pass- age to the next work station or entry/exit position. HORIZONTAL CABLE SYSTEMS Fall Protection Equipment (continued) DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS Amplified loads: Horizontal lifelines are a highly restricted* fall protection system requiring extremely careful engineering. These systems when used in high rise applications are normally intended for restraint, but should be engineered for fall protection in the event the system becomes overloaded or misused. Horizontal cable systems are not recommended for direct rigging or the tie-back of primary equip- ment due to the potential for excessive loading i.e. equipment failure. For exam- ple, it is possible for working loads to be exceeded using any one or a combina- tion of the following scenarios: cable geometry or angle of sag; when a fall arrest situation occurs and more users are attached to the cable system than are allowed. failure of primary suspension equip- ment i.e. chair or platform inadvertent- ly rigged or tied back to the cable. A worker in a body harness free falling 6’-0” (1.8 m) can exert an arresting force of up to 1,800 lbs. (8 kN) the maximum distance and force permitted by OSHA. However, horizontal lifelines, depending on their geometry and angle of sag, may be subjected to greater loads than the impact load imposed by an attached com- ponent. For example, when the angle of sag is 5 degrees, the impact force imparted to the horizontal cable is 6 times the applied force. This sag can also increase free fall distance substantially beyond the 6’-0” (1.8 m) maximum OSHA requirement. On the other hand, too taut a cable com- bined with the load of a worker falling can result in greatly amplified loads which means that the end anchors and their structure can be subjected to 6 to 10 times the normal loading. A little natural sag in the cable having only a negligible effect on free fall distance is considered ideal. Other architectural considerations with horizontal cables having too much sag include: cables in contact with the roof surface or close to walls combined with wind forces can abrade or damage roof and/or wall surfaces; unwanted sound (noise) produced due to the effect of wind harmonics. The design of lifeline systems must only be done by qualified persons. Testing of installed lifelines and anchors prior to use is recommended. Attaching lifelines: Connecting worker vertical safety lifelines onto a horizontal cable system can be accomplished with restrictions. Consult Pro-Bel for details. RELATED DATA For general data relating to all Pro-Bel products and services e.g. codes, instal- lation, warranty, etc., refer to Pro-Bel 32 page general literature. For product data relating to other fall pro- tection systems and primary suspension equipment, see other Pro-Bel literature.• • • • • Pro-Bel “Hands-Free” Horizontal Cable Lifeline System (secured to ridge structure) is used to safely access Pro-Bel U-bar safety anchors for window cleaning. The cable system may also be used to access/service rooftop mechanical units. The intent of OSHA is to provide safety guardrails at elevated passageways (non-restrictive system). When considering restricted horizontal lifeline systems, specif- ic work procedures must be employed and workers must demonstrate proper procedure to ensure safety.* HC-7 Free Design Service:The selection of window cleaning equipment is a perfor- mance oriented and highly specialized area requiring an in-depth knowledge of rigging methods, safety and OSHA Standards/State Codes. Pro-Bel pro- vides a free design service to ensure that Pro-Bel products/systems are prop- erly specified. HC-8 1. Review the Pro-Bel System & Equipment Introduction literature (pages G-6 to G-18). This data provides an overview of the various equipment options used to clean windows or per- form other suspended building mainte- nance. 2.On the architectural roof plan, mark window locations or other areas requiring horizontal cable access. 3.Examine building elevations or other drawings to identify any unusual features. 4. Examine building section details to assess construction of parapet wall, mechanical room wall, exterior walls, roof assembly or other building elements as necessary. 5. Examine roof or other type structural drawings for possible anchorage loca- tions. Typically intermediate brackets, steel piers and U-bar anchors are anchored to structural concrete wall or slabs, steel superstructure, or similar ele- ments. 6.Review the Design Considerations on page HC-7 to assist in making a "rigging" decision. 7.Determine where system entry and exit points are to be located and ensure that personnel achieve 100% fall protec- tion at all times. 8.Locate anchor points generally follow- ing the spacing recommendations noted on drawing page HC-4 for either horizon- tal cable system i.e. 20’-0” to 30’-0” (6 m to 9.1 m) centers. 9.For additional information/options relating to Pro-Bel U-bar end anchors or steel pier securement details, refer to Pro-Bel Safety & Tie-Back anchors litera- ture. 10.If, in addition to horizontal movement, vertical access is required to clean win- dows, for caulking, metal polishing or other building maintenance, determine if maintenance can be performed using a bosun's chair, single work cage or sus- pended platform. Add lifeline and tie-back anchors at appropriate centers. A "drop" for a chair is typically a 6'-0" (1830 mm) wide area, 8’-0” (2440 mm) wide for a sin- gle work cage, and 24’-0” (7315 mm) wide for a platform. Lay out anchors to suit tie-back and lifeline requirements. Refer to Pro-Bel Safety & Tie-Back Anchors literature. HORIZONTAL CABLE LAYOUT PROCEDURE “Hands-Free” Bypassing Motion The intermediate bracket can be installed in in a number of positions. As illustrated above the bracket position is dependent upon both the height of the installed cable in relation to the user’s walkway and the orientation of the mounting surface. The versatility of the Intermediate bracket allows the connector to function at all cable heights. PRO-BEL “HANDS-FREE” HORIZONTAL CABLE LIFELINE TYPICAL INTERMEDIATE BRACKET POSITIONS ROOF ANCHOR ROOF ANCHOR WITH HORIZONTAL LIFELINE BRACKET HORIZONTAL CABLE SYSTEM HORIZONTAL CABLE SYSTEM SKYLIGHT TYPICAL ROOF ANCHORS 10’-0” TYP(3 m)20’-0” TO 30’-0” (6 m to 9 m) TYP20’-0” TO 30’-0” (6 m to 9 m) TYP20’-0” TO 30’-0” (6 m to 9 m) TYPSLOPED SLOPEDSLOPED SLOPEDACCESS 5/16” (8 mm) S.S. CABLE PRO-BEL U-BARSAFETY ANCHOR END TENSIONERUNITINTERMEDIATE BRACKETQUANTITY TO SUIT LIFELINE RUN SLEEVE CONNECTORATTACHED TO WORKER’SLANYARD AND HARNESS TYPICAL HORIZONTAL LIFELINE COMPONENTS TYPICAL HORIZONTAL CABLE LAYOUT PLAN EXAMPLE BRACKET POSITIONS ON SKYLIGHT ON SLOPED ROOF ON OVERHANG BOSUN’S CHAIR WINDOW SLO P E D HORIZONTAL CABLE SYSTEMS Fall Protection Equipment (continued) HC-10 B. Submit 2 copies of a reduced plastic laminated as-built shop drawing showing equipment loca- tions and details. This drawing is to be posted near exits onto the roof. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Manufacturer A. This specification is based on systems currently being manufactured by PRO-BEL ENTER- PRISES LTD., Toll free: 1-800-461-0575. Telephone: 905-427-0616, Fax: 905-427-2545,info@pro-bel.ca. B. Other manufactured products meeting this spec- ification may be substituted provided that manu- facturers show proof of product insurance. Equipment details to be approved by the archi-tect and/or consultant. Companies, such as mis-cellaneous metal fabricators, who are not nor- mally engaged in the design and manufacture of window cleaning equipment are not permitted to bid. 2.02 Equipment SPEC NOTE: List type and quantity as required. A. [ ] B. [ ] C. [ ] 2.03 Materials SPEC NOTE: Delete items not required A. Hollow steel section (HSS) pier supports:galva- nized mild steel as above with yield strength of 50 Ksi (350 MPa). Wall thickness to suit appli- cation. B. Base plate and all other sections:galvanized mild steel as above with yield strength of 44 Ksi (300 MPa). Thickness and securement to suit application. C. Securement bolts:mild steel, Type 300W with yield strength of 44 Ksi (300 MPa), hot dippedgalvanized to ASTM A123/A 123M-2000. D. Safety U-bars:[Type 304 stainless steel with yield strength of 35 Ksi (240 MPa)] [mild steel, Type 300W with yield strength of 44 Ksi (300 MPa), hot-dip galvanized to ASTM A123/A123M-2000]. U-bar to be not less than 3/4" (19mm) diameter material with 1-1/2" (38 mm) eye opening. SPEC NOTE: Re 2.03,E. Specify aluminum flashing for BUR or modified bitumen roofs only (membrane above or below insulation). For sin- gle ply roofs, flashing to be in accordance with membrane manufacturer's instructions. Specify conformable mastic tape and heat-shrink rubber collar flashing for EPB Series roof anchors (BUR or modified bitumen roofs) or s.s. cap for PB series roof anchors (any type roof). E. Seamless spun aluminum flashing (for steel pier supports):Type 6061-T6 alloy to ASTM B221- 2000 with deck flange flashed in to NRCA or CRCA recommendations. Seal top of aluminum flashing with conformable mastic tape and torch applied heat-shrink rubber collar flashing. F. Miscellaneous bolts, nuts and washers:mild steel, Type 300W with yield strength of 44 Ksi (300 MPa), hot-dip galvanized to ASTM A123/A 123M-2000 or Type 304 stainless steel with yield strength of 35 Ksi (240 MPa). Hands-Free” Horizontal Lifeline System SPEC NOTE: The following material clauses are for the “Hands-Free” Horizontal Lifeline System”. G. Cable:5/16” (8 mm) dia., Type 316 stainless steel with minimum breaking strength of 19,125 lbs. (85 kN), complete with permanently swedged cable ends. H. Data plate:cable system entry points to be equipped with prominently displayed non-corro- sive data plate clearly stating Maximum Service Capacity and Number of Users. I. Standard intermediate support brackets:multi- position Type 316 stainless steel with reinforcing end caps and suitable for installation at any height. Secured using 1/2” (13 mm) dia. fasten- ers. J. Mobile Intermediate support brackets:multi- position, Type 316 stainless steel for working both sides of sloped roof at ridge point. K. Corner units:manufacturer’s standard 90oor 135o flexible corner units as required. L. End terminal hardware:stainless steel swedged termination at one end and stainless steel ten- sioner with shock absorber at other end as required. M. Lanyard cable runner:Type 316 stainless steel with automatic runner bypass for continuous “hands-free” operation that can be inserted or removed anywhere on the cable. N. Harness:manufacturer’s standard “hands-free” full body harness and lanyard complete with shock absorber. Double Lanyard (DL) Horizontal Lifeline SPEC NOTE: The following material clauses are for the Double Lanyard (DL) Horizontal Lifeline. G. Cable:5/16” (8 mm) dia. galvanized steel with minimum breaking strength of 19,125 lbs. (85 kN), complete with matching permanently swedged or mechanically swedged cable ends, and shock absorber. H. Data plate:cable system entry points to be equipped with prominently displayed non-corro- sive data plate clearly stating Maximum Service Capacity and Number of Users. I. Tensioner:steel turnbuckle, same material as cable. J. Harness:manufacturer’s standard full body har- ness with double lanyard and shock absorbers. 2.04 Fabrication A. General: 1. Fabricate work true to dimension, square, plumb, level and free from distortion or defects detrimental to appearance and performance. 2. Grind off surplus welding material and ensure exposed internal corners have smooth lines. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Examination A. Examine surfaces and areas upon which the work of this Section depends. Report to the Contractor in writing, defects of work prepared by other trades and other unsatisfactory site conditions which would cause defective installa- tion of products, or cause latent defects in work- manship and function. B. Verify site dimensions. C. Commencement of work will imply acceptance of prepared work. 3.02 Installation A. Install equipment in accordance with approved shop drawings and manufacturer's recommen- dations. SPEC NOTE: Re 3.02,B. In Roof Section [07500], specify all roof mounted piers to beproperly flashed in compatible with roofing. B. Co-ordinate installation with work of related trades. C. Install all work true, level, tightly fitted and flush with adjacent surfaces as required. D. Deform threads of tail end of anchor studs after nuts have been tightened to prevent accidental removal or vandalism. SPEC NOTE: Re 3.02,E. Specify for furnish onlyprojects if required. E. Manufacturer to assist and/or supervise instal- lation of window cleaning/suspended mainte- nance equipment installed by others. F. Structural steel to receive rooftop anchors hav- ing 4” (100 mm) diameter HSS pier to have a minimum 5” (127 mm) wide bearing surface to ensure 100% weld. 3.03 Final Adjusting and Inspection A. Adjust and leave equipment in proper working order. B. Complete "Initial Inspection - Certification for Use" form included in Equipment Manual &Inspection Log Book. 3.04 Testing A. All anchorage systems relying upon chemical adhesive fasteners to be 100% tested on site using load cell test apparatus in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. HORIZONTAL CABLE SYSTEMS Fall Protection Equipment (continued) L E T P R O - B E L D E S I G N Y O U R F A L L A R R E S T S Y S T E M Pro-Bel Horizontal Cable Lifeline System is used to provide safe access in the narrow roof area around the base of this copper dome. Parapet is less than 42” (1067 mm) guardrail height. United States Naval Academy (USNA) Chapel, Annapolis, Maryland. Pro-Bel “Hands-Free” Cable Lifeline system is used for window cleaning, roof inspection and similar maintenance. Vertical cable system is used with both access ladders at right to reach both roof levels safely. HC-11 Lifeline application on narrow roof area with low parapet. Worker changing to second lanyard while traversing DL Horizontal Lifeline up sloped atrium. Intelsat Global Service Corpora-tion, Washington, D.C. Generally, the intent of a horizontal cable lifeline is to provide safe horizontal move- ment to a work station and back again. In the case of window cleaning operations on most high rise buildings, the intent is to provide safe passage to the window clean- ing equipment while allowing the window cleaner to move about and set up both pri- mary equipment (stage, cage or bosun’s chair) and lifelines. In this instance the window cleaner must be able to disconnect the “lanyard cable run- ner” anywhere along the cable i.e. at any given work station, and take it down to the ground while cleaning and back up to the roof again for reconnection to the horizon- tal cable, for safe passage to the next work station or entry/exit position.Printed in CanadaSERVING U.S.A. AND CANADA, COAST TO COAST. PRO-BEL ENTERPRISES LIMITED Head Office 765 Westney Road S, Ajax, ON CA L1S 6W1 [t] 905.427.0616 [ft] 800.461.0575 [f] 905.427.2545 [e] info@pro-bel.ca Western Office #103-350, East Kent Ave S Vancouver, BC V5X 4N6 [t] 604.687.1301 [f] 604.687.1306 [e] infovan@pro-bel.ca PRO-GRESS • PRO-BEL www.pro-bel.ca 1 3.01 FOR REFERENCE ONLY. SEE PROJECT-SPECIFIC DETAILS FOR ANCHORING TO 3-PLY CLT WOOD PLANK. Section 11010 ADM CODE WMSUS/01-04-V2 SPECIFICATION FOR UNITED STATES Fall Protection 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 General Requirements A. Comply with the conditions of the Contract and Division 1 - General Requirements 1.02 Section Includes A. Work of this section includes the design, supply and installation of Fall Protection B. equipment 1.03 Related Sections A. Unloading and hoisting of equipment to roof Section [01500] B. Cast-in-place concrete, including installation of embedded items Section [03300] C. Precast concrete Section [03400] D. Structural Steel Section [05120] E. Open Web Steel Joists Section [05210] F. Metal Deck Section [05310] G. Catwalks Section [05516] H. Roofing Section [07500] I. Flashing Section [07600] J. Sealants Section [07900] 1.04 References A. AISC S342L-1993, with Supplement No.1 “Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Structural Steel Buildings”. B. AISI SG-971-1996, with 2000 Supplement “Specification for Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members”. C. Aluminum Association AA ADM-1-Aluminum Design Manual, 2000” and AWS D1.2-1997 Structural Welding Code - Aluminum. D. AWS D1.1-2000 Structural Welding Code - Steel. 1.05 Design Requirements A. Design restraint system to suit building and in accordance with plans, specifications, standards, and regulations/codes contained in sections 1.04 and 1.08. B. Locate anchorages to suit suspension equipment that will be used on the building with respect to items such as reach, rigging, spacing, roof edge condition, and similar items. C. Design all anchor components to provide adequate attachment to the building and suited to current fall protection maintenance practices. Ensure compatibility with industry standard equipment. D. Ensure all anchor components conform to proper engineering principles and have been designed by a Professional Engineer qualified in the design of fall protection maintenance equipment, its application and safety requirements. E. Design system fall arrest safety anchors and equipment supports to comply with the following structural requirements: Section 11010 ADM CODE WMSUS/01-04-V2 SPECIFICATION FOR UNITED STATES Fall Protection 2 1. Fall Arrest Safety Anchors: designed to a maximum fall arresting force of typically 1800 lbs. (8.0 kN) when wearing a body harness with a safety factor of 2 without any permanent deformation and to 5000 lbs. (22.24 kN) against fracture or detachment. 1.06 Shop Drawings and Engineering Certification A. Submit shop drawings showing the complete layout and configuration of complete fall protection system, including all components and accessories. Clearly indicate design and fabrication details, hardware, and installation details. B. Shop drawings to include installation and rigging instructions and all necessary Restrictive and Non-Restrictive Working Usage Notes and General Safety Notes. C. Shop drawings to be reviewed by a professional engineer, and upon request, complete with calculations and/or test reports. 1.07 Qualifications A. Manufacturer: Work of this Section to be executed by manufacturer specializing in the design, fabrication and installation of fall protection maintenance systems having a minimum of 5 years documented experience. C. Loading and safety assurance: Work of this Section to meet the requirements of governing codes and jurisdiction and to comply with properly engineered loading and safety criteria for the intended use. C. Insurance: Manufacturer to carry specific liability insurance (products and completed operations) in the amount of $5,000,000.00 to protect against product/system failure. D. Welding to be executed by certified welders in accordance with AWS requirements. 1.08 Regulatory Requirements A. Comply with the following OSHA regulations: 1. 1910, Subpart D (Walking and Working Surfaces). 2. Appendix C to 1910 Subpart F (Personal Fall Arrest Systems). 1.09 Maintenance Data A. Submit 1 copy of system Equipment Manual & Inspection Log Book, with “Initial Inspection - Certification for Use” and “Inspection Sign-Off” forms completed. B. Submit 2 copies of a reduced plastic laminated as-built shop drawing showing equipment locations and details. This drawing is to be posted near exits onto the roof. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Manufacturer A. This specification is based on systems currently being manufactured by PRO-BEL ENTERPRISES LTD. Toll free: 1-800-461-0575. Telephone: 905-427-0616, Fax: 905-427-2545, info@pro-bel.ca. . B. Other manufactured products meeting this specification may be substituted provided that manufacturers show proof of product insurance. Equipment details to be approved by the architect and/or consultant. Companies, such as miscellaneous metal fabricators, who are not normally engaged in the design and manufacture of fall protection maintenance equipment are not permitted to bid. Section 11010 ADM CODE WMSUS/01-04-V2 SPECIFICATION FOR UNITED STATES Fall Protection 3 2.02 Equipment SPEC NOTE: List type and quantity as required. A. [_________________________________________________________] B. [_________________________________________________________] C. [_________________________________________________________] 2.03 Safety & Tie-Back Anchors A. Safety U-bars: Type 304 stainless steel with yield strength of 35 Ksi (240 MPa) . U-bar to be not less than 3/4" (19 mm) diameter material with 1-1/2" (38 mm) eye opening. B. Securement bolts: Structural Self Tapping Screws C. Hollow steel section (HSS) piers: mild steel, Type 300W with yield strength of 50 Ksi (350 MPA). Wall thickness to suit application,[hot dipped galvanized to ASTM A123/A123M-2002. D. Base plate and all other sections: galvanized mild steel as above with yield strength of 44 Ksi (300 MPa). Thickness and securement to suit application. 2.04 Other Related Components 1. Harnesses used with the system shall comply with ANSI Z259.1 2. Connecting Components (carabiners and snap hooks) used with the system shall comply with ANSI Z259.12 3. Shock Absorbing Lanyards and or SRL used with the system shall comply with ANSI Z259.13 Double Lanyard (DL) Horizontal Lifeline System SPEC NOTE: The following material clauses are for the Double Lanyard (DL) Horizontal Lifeline. G. Cable: 5/16” (8 mm) dia. Stainless steel with minimum breaking strength of 19,125 lbs. (85 kN), complete with, the use of d-clips. F. Data plate: cable system entry points to be equipped with prominently displayed non-corrosive data plate clearly stating Maximum Service Capacity and Number of Users. G. Tensioner: steel turnbuckle, same material as cable with shock absorber at other end, as required. H. Harness: manufacturer’s standard full body harness with double lanyard and shock absorbers and or SRL. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 Examination Section 11010 ADM CODE WMSUS/01-04-V2 SPECIFICATION FOR UNITED STATES Fall Protection 4 A. Examine surfaces and areas upon which the work of this section depends. Report to the Contractor in writing, defects of work prepared by other trades and other unsatisfactory site conditions, which would cause defective installation of products, or cause latent defects in workmanship and function. B. Verify site dimensions. C. Commencement of work will imply acceptance of prepared work. 3.02 Installation A. Install equipment in accordance with approved shop drawings and manufacturer’s recommendations. B. Co-ordinate installation with work of related trades. C. Install all work true, level, tightly fitted and flush with adjacent surfaces as required. 3.03 Final Adjusting and Inspection A. Adjust and leave equipment in proper working order. B. Complete “Initial Inspection – Certification for Use” form included in Equipment Manual & Inspection Log Book. 3.04 Testing A. 100% testing on site using load cell test apparatus in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. End of Section 115 Knuckle Ball Bearing Hinges • For aluminum doors with aluminum frames • “Slip-in” application where one leaf of hinge is inserted through a slot in door or frame, and the other leaf mortised • Application A – specify “swaged to provide 3/16” (4.8mm) clearance between leaves when parallel and one leaf with standard punching and countersinking and other leaf drilled and tapped.” Specify hand desired. • Round corners – use prefix “RD” and specify radius desired. 1/4” (6.4mm) radius available on all sizes • Other types and sizes available on request • Pins in nonferrous hinges are stainless steel • For aluminum doors with aluminum frames • “Slip-in” application where both leaves of hinge are inserted through slots in door and frame • Application B – specify “both leaves swaged to provide 5/16” (7.9mm) clearance between leaves when parallel and both leaves drilled and tapped” • Round corners – use prefix “RD” and specify radius desired. 1/4” (6.4mm) radius available on all sizes • Other types and sizes available on request • Pins in nonferrous hinges are stainless steel • Not handed 5 Knuckle Slip-In Hinges Standard Weight Ball Bearing – Application “A” FBB179 – (ANSI A8152) Slip-in application “A”, steel – polished and plated or painted FBB191 – (ANSI A2152) Slip-in application “A”, brass or bronze – polished and plated or painted FBB191 (32) – (ANSI A5152) Slip-in application “A”, stainless steel – highly polished FBB191 (32D) – (ANSI A5152) Slip-in application “A”, stainless steel – satin finish Standard Weight Ball Bearing – Application “B” FBB179 – (ANSI A8142) Slip-in application “B”, Steel – polished and plated or painted FBB191 – (ANSI A2142) Slip-in application “B”, Brass or bronze – polished and plated or painted FBB191 (32) – (ANSI A5142) Slip-in application “B”, Stainless steel – highly polished FBB191 (32D) – (ANSI A5142) Slip-in application “B”, Stainless steel – satin finish Size Open Gauge of Metal Flat Head Machine Screws/Per Piece* Quantity Per Box Quantity Per Case Case Weight Steel Bronze Inches (mm)Inches (mm)Lbs.(Kg)Lbs.(Kg) 4 x 4 (102 x 102).130 (3.3)8 - 12-24 x 1/2 3 ea.48 ea.44 (20)45 (21) 4 1/2 x 4 (114 x 102).134 (3.4)8 - 12-24 x 1/2 3 ea.48 ea.52 (24)55 (25) 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 (114 x 114).134 (3.4)8 - 12-24 x 1/2 3 ea.48 ea.55 (25)59 (27) Size Open Gauge of Metal Flat Head Machine Screws/Per Piece Quantity Per Box Quantity Per Case Case Weight Steel Bronze Inches (mm)Inches (mm)Lbs.(Kg)Lbs.(Kg) 4 x 4 (102 x 102).130 (3.3)8 - 12-24 x 1/2 3 ea.48 ea.44 (20)45 (21) 4 1/2 x 4 (114 x 102).134 (3.4)8 - 12-24 x 1/2 3 ea.48 ea.52 (24)55 (25) 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 (114 x 114).134 (3.4)8 - 12-24 x 1/2 3 ea.48 ea.55 (25)59 (27) * For application A when used on wood doors, specify wood screws for door leaf 4 5 Knuckle Ball Bearing Hinges • For use on heavy doors or doors where high frequency is expected such as entrance doors to office buildings, stores, public buildings and corridor entrance doors to offices • All hinges have template screw hole location for use on either wood or hollow metal doors and frames • Equipped with four Stanley permanently lubricated non-detachable ball bearings • Pins in non-ferrous hinges are stainless steel • Hole in bottom tip for easy pin removal • Reversible flush tips and pins • Hinges can be furnished as follows: – with raised barrel (RB) – with electric wires and/or switches (CE and/or CS) – with hospital tips (HT) – with decorative tips – with security studs – with non-removable pins (NRP) 5 Knuckle Full Mortise Hinges Heavy Weight Ball Bearing FBB168 – (ANSI A8111) Steel – polished and plated or phosphated and prime coated for painting FBB199 – (ANSI A2111) Brass or bronze – polished and plated or painted FBB199 (32) – (ANSI A5111) Stainless steel – highly polished FBB199 (32D) – (ANSI A5111) Stainless steel – satin finish Size Open Gauge of Metal Flat Head Screws Per Piece Quantity Per Box Quantity Per Case Case Weight Machine Wood Bronze Steel Lbs.(Kg)Lbs.(Kg)Inches (mm)Inches (mm) 4 1/2 x 4 1/2 (114 x 114).180 (4.6)8 - 12-24 x 1/2 8 -12 x 1 1/4 3 ea 30 ea.45 (21)42 (19) 5 x 4 1/2 (127 x 114).190 (4.8)8 - 12-24 x 1/2 8 -12 x 11/2 3 ea.24 ea.46 (21)40 (18) 5 x 5 (127 x 127).190 (4.8)8 - 12-24 x 1/2 8 -12 x 11/2 3 ea.24 ea.50 (23)46 (21) 6 x 4 1/2 (152 x 114).203 (5.2)10 - 1/4 -20 x 1/2 10 -14 x 11/2 3 ea.24 ea.63 (29)53 (24) 6 x 5 (152 x 127).203 (5.2)10 - 1/4 -20 x 1/2 10 -14 x 11/2 3 ea.24 ea.65 (30)55 (25) 6 x 6 (152 x 152).203 (5.2)10 - 1/4 -20 x 1/2 10 -14 x 11/2 3 ea.24 ea.76 (35)61 (28) 8 x 6*(203 x 152).203 (5.2)16 - 1/4 -20 x 1/2 16 -14 x 11/2 3 ea.12 ea.57 (26)51 (23) 8 x 8*(203 x 203).203 (5.2)16 - 1/4 -20 x 1/2 16 -14 x 11/2 3 ea.12 ea.68 (31)61 (28) * Available in Steel only Consult factory for other sizes not listed 12 5 Knuckle Ball Bearing Hinges Class Number Door Edge Metal Contents of Set Top Hinge*Intermediate and Bottom Hinge* Number**Size Inches (mm) FBB211 Square or beveled 1⁄8” in 2” (3.2 in 51mm)Steel 1–Type of FBB168 NRP x Frame plate ONLY 2-FBB168-NRP 5 x 4 1/2 (127 x 114) FBB212 Square Steel 1–Type of FBB168 NRP x Frame and door plate 2-FBB168-NRP 5 x 4 1/2 (127 x 114) FBB213 Beveled 1⁄8” IN 2” (3.2 in 51 mm) Steel 1–Type of FBB168 NRP x Frame and door plate 2-FBB168-NRP 5 x 4 1/2 (127 x 114) FBB221 Square or beveled 1⁄8” in 2” (3.2 in 51mm)Bronze or Stainless Steel 1–Type of FBB199 NRP x Frame plate ONLY 2-FBB199-NRP 5 x 4 1/2 (127 x 114) FBB222 Square Bronze or Stainless Steel 1–Type of FBB199 NRP x Frame and door plate 2-FBB199-NRP 5 x 4 1/2 (127 x 114) FBB223 Beveled 1⁄8” in 2” (3.2 in 51mm) Bronze or Stainless Steel 1–Type of FBB199 NRP x Frame and door plate 2-FBB199-NRP 5 x 4 1/2 (127 x 114) 5 Knuckle Pivot Reinforced Hinges • Ideal for any door that is subject to jarring or abusive handling • The purpose of this two-in-one combination is to anchor and reinforce doors and frames exposed to damage from abuse. In such installations, stresses are transferred to the top hinge • A pivot and butt hinge are combined in one compact interlocked unit and share the same pin to assure perfect alignment. Interlocked corners prevent sidewise motion of pivot or butt leaves • Heavy weight gauges increase available bearing surface area for maximum friction reduction • Beveled edge doors require a different door plate than square edge doors • Short door plate [4” (102mm) min.] available for use with most concealed holders and closers – specify on order • Handed left or right Right Hand Shown Heavy Weight Concealed Bearing Shock Proof! Steel – polished and plated or phosphated and prime coated for painting" FBB211– (ANSI A8541) FBB212 – (ANSI A8541) FBB213 – (ANSI A8541) Bronze – polished and finished FBB221 – (ANSI A2541) FBB222 – (ANSI A2541) FBB223 – (ANSI A2541) Stainless steel – satin finish FBB221 (32D) – (ANSI A5541) FBB222 (32D) – (ANSI A5541) FBB223 (32D) – (ANSI A5541) Class Number Gauge of Metal Frame Plate Door Plate Flat Head Screws/Set Sets Per Case Case WeightLengthWidthLengthWidth Inches (mm)Inches (mm)Inches (mm)Inches (mm)Inches (mm)Wood Machine Lbs.(Kg) FBB211 .190 (4.8)5 (127) 1.25 (31.8)28-12- x 11/2 28-12-24 x 1/2 1 6 (3) FBB212 .190 (4.8)5 (127) 1.25 (31.8)7.78 (198)1.25 (31.8)32-12- x 11/2 32-12-24 x 1/2 1 7 (3) FBB213 .190 (4.8)5 (127) 1.25 (31.8)7.64 (194)1.25 (31.8)32-12- x 11/2 32-12-24 x 1/2 1 7 (3) FBB221 .190 (4.8)5 (127) 1.25 (31.8)12-12- x 11/2 28-12-24 x 1/2 1 6 (3) FBB222 .190 (4.8)5 (127) 1.25 (31.8)7.78 (198)1.25 (31.8)16-12- x 11/2 32-12-24 x 1/2 1 7 (3) FBB222 (32D).190 (4.8)5 (127) 1.25 (31.8)7.78 (198)1.25 (31.8)16-12- x 11/2 32-12-24 x 1/2 1 7 (3) FBB223 .190 (4.8)5 (127) 1.25 (31.8)7.64 (194)1.25 (31.8)16-12- x 11/2 32-12-24 x 1/2 1 7 (3) FBB223 (32D).190 (4.8)5 (127) 1.25 (31.8)7.64 (194)1.25 (31.8)16-12- x 11/2 32-12-24 x 1/2 1 7 (3) * Hinges supplied with set screw in barrel, non-removable pin ** For doors over 7’ 6” in height, specify additional hinges to order: specify catalog number, finish and hand 1.800.MAGLOCK SECURITRON.COM 110 © 2016, Hanchett Entry Systems, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company.EXIT DEVICESENTRY DEVICESACCESS CONTROLACCESSORIESRESOURCESDURABLE MAGNALOCKSSMART MAGNALOCKSSPECIALTY LOCKSPOWER SUPPLIESPOWER ACCESSORIESPOWER TRANSFERFIRE RATED PRODUCT FEATURES • Mortises into the edges of the door and frame • Direct retrofit for competitor products • Tamper resistant • All metal construction including back boxes • 7/8" knockouts on back boxes accommodate EMF-type fittings • Tested to 1,000,000 cycles • Compatible with butt hinges up to 6" and continuous hinges with cutout • MagnaCare® lifetime replacement, no fault warranty PRODUCT OPTIONS • CEPT-10 includes 8-22 AWG wires plus 2-18 AWG wires for higher- current devices • CEPT-C5E includes CAT5E compatible with 9 - 22 AWG wire stranded conductor, Molex connectors • EL-CEPT is ElectroLynx® compatible with 12-22 AWG wires, ElectroLynx® connectors SPECIFICATIONS • ANSI/UL 10C Listed, 3 hour rated • ULC-S318 Listed, 3 hour rated • ANSI/SDI-BHMA A250.13 (+/- 150 psi) Windstorm Listed • Florida Building Code Approved • Patents: 8,448,382; 2,714,685 (Canada) Dimensions:CEPT Housing 9-1/16"L x 1-3/16"W x 1-7/16"D Shipping Weight:2.40 lbs [1.09kg] Finishes:US32D/630 - Stainless Steel US04/606 - Dull Brass US10/612 - Dull Bronze US10B/613 - Oil Rubbed Bronze CEPT Concealed Electrical Power Transfer Beautifully Crafted, Compact, Secure Power Transfer The heavy-duty, tamper-resistant Concealed Electrical Power Transfer (CEPT) securely transfers power and data from the hinge side of the frame to electrified hardware on the door. The unit is discreetly concealed between the frame and door when the door is closed. Available in three multi-wire configurations and four finishes, the CEPT complements any architectural setting. MODELS PART # | Description CEPT-10 CEPT - US32D, Concealed, 10 Wires CEPT-10-04 CEPT - US04/606, Concealed, 10 Wires CEPT-10-10 CEPT - US10/612, Concealed, 10 Wires CEPT-10-10B CEPT - US10B/613, Concealed, 10 Wires CEPT-C5E CEPT - US32D, Concealed, CAT-5E CEPT-C5E-04 CEPT - US04/606, Concealed, CAT-5E CEPT-C5E-10 CEPT - US10/612, Concealed, CAT-5E CEPT-C5E-10B CEPT - US10B/613, Concealed, CAT-5E EL-CEPT CEPT - Concealed, US32D, ElectroLynx® EL-CEPT-04 CEPT - Concealed, US04/606, ElectroLynx® EL-CEPT-10 CEPT - Concealed, US10/612, ElectroLynx® EL-CEPT-10B CEPT - Concealed, US10B/613, ElectroLynx® CEPT-NW CEPT - Without Wires Technical note: • Not for use with center hung or balanced doors, pocket or offset pivots or swing clear hinges. • Door swing ranges when installed with butt hinges are : Hinge Size Door Swing Range 5" or less up to 180 5-1/2" up to 130 6" Butt Hinge up to 110 1.2"[30.5mm] 9"[229mm] 1.03"[26mm] Rockwood Manufacturing Company 300 Main St. Rockwood, PA 15557 www.rockwoodmfg.com 1 800 458 2424 CUT SHEET Copyright © 2019-2022, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited. Printed in the U.S.A. CS-555 – 3/22 SPECIFICATIONS: MATERIAL:Brass NOTE: There are ferrous and non-ferrous components within the material composition of the product. FASTENERS:8 ea. #8 x 3/4" Flat Head Combo Screws FEATURES:• For Fire Rated Hollow Metal Swinging Doors measuring up to 4'w x 10'h rated up to and including 3 Hours • Fits ANSI A115 door and frame preparation • 3/4" bolt throw, 3/4" rod backset • 12" rod length (center of face to bolt end - retracted) • 1 1/2" adjustable bolt head OPTIONS:• Other size rods available are 18", 24", 36", 48" • Extra long bolt head - 2 1/2" (or to your specification) • Use #570 Dust Proof Strike to prevent dirt blocking bottom strike NOTE: UL Rated for use on Metal Doors only. AVAILABLE FINISHES: • US3/605 • US4/606 • US10/612 • US10B/613 • 10BE/613E • US26/625 • US26D/626 • BSP (Black Suede Power Coat) • WSP (White Suede Powder Coat) • Stock Powder Coats Size: Face Plate: 1" x 6 3/4" Strike: 15/16" x 2 1/4" Guide: 1" x 2" Weight: 1.5 lbs./2 ANSI A156.16: L04251 Rockwood 555 Lever Extension Flush Bolt _________________________ iWARNING This product can expose you to lead which is known to the state of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. For more information go to www.P65warnings.ca.gov. Available Finishes: • US3/605 • US4/606 • US10/612 • US10B/613 • US10BE/613E • US26/625 • US26D/626 Specifications: MATERIAL: Brass FASTENERS: Adjustment Nut; Spanner Wrench; 2 ea. #8 x 1 Oval Head Sheet Metal Screws, 2 ea. Plastic Anchors; 2 ea. #8-32 x 3/4" Oval Head Machine Screws, 2 ea. Anchors FEATURES: • Works with all Rockwood manual and automatic flush bolts • Removable face plate for use with thresholds • Adjustable height for carpeted areas SIZE: Face Plate: 1 3/8" x 2 7/8" Barrel: Ø 3/4" x dp. 2" WEIGHT: 0.4 lbs. ANSI A156.16: L04021 Architectural Door Accessories Rockwood 570 - Dust Proof Strike CS-570 7/19 This product can expose you to lead which is known to the state of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. For more information go towww.P65warnings.ca.gov. ASSA ABLOY Opening Solutions Architectural Accessories Group Rockwood, PA Phone: (800) 458-2424 • Fax: (800) 922-9212 www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Copyright © 2019, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited. ML2000 Series Mortise Locksets Product Catalog 45300_CR_ML2000_Cat_09-20.indd 1 9/15/2020 10:21:11 AM Overview ML2000 Series Copyright © 2001-2020, ASSA ABLOY Access and Egress Hardware Group, Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Access and Egress Hardware Group, Inc. is prohibited. Patent pending and/or patent www.assaabloydss.com/patents. ML2000.2 45300 9/20 Overview ML2000 Series Quality The ML2000 Series is a Grade 1 mortise lock designed to meet the rigors of high-traffic commercial, institutional, industrial and government applications. Constructed of heavy-gauge steel, the lockbody features our patented Quick Reversible latchbolt, and a 1" stainless steel deadbolt. A wide variety of trim designs and functions and a 10-year warranty lend to the ML2000’s versatility and reliability, making it the ideal choice for use in offices, schools, hospitals, hotels and other high-use applications. Security Further discourage intrusion and abuse with the ML2000VR (Vandal Resistant) series mortise lock. This lock features vandal-resistant stainless steel escutcheons with tapered edges and Torx® pin tamper resistant screws. When matched with Corbin Russwin patented high-security cylinders, any door can become a formidable barrier to intruders. Flexible The ML2000 Series has a multi-function capability, allowing 12 functions to be configured from one lockbody. The ML2054 entrance function (ANSI F04) uses a universal lockbody with the ability to reconfigure into other functions without dissembling the lock case. Aesthetics Complement any application with the full range of trim designs and finishes offered with ML2000 Series. From stainless steel security trims to bright brass Vineyard™ levers, design continuum can be achieved without forfeiting aesthetics. For additional information regarding designer trim, see the Corbin Russwin Vineyard™ Collection and Muséo® Collection catalogs. Key Advantages • Patented Quick Reversible feature enables reversal of hands without disassembling the lock case (Patent pending and/or patent www.assaabloydss.com/patents) • Security trims provide a vandal- resistant barrier • Can be used with new or existing Corbin Russwin key systems. Also accepts cylinders of most other manufacturers. • Provides life safety and security in a single door prep, saving the additional cost of a deadlock • Thru-bolted trim designs for proper alignment and increased security • Multi-function lockbody • Status indicator options provide peace of mind on the locked/unlocked status of a door Table of Contents ML2000 Series Overview .........2 ML2000 Series Features .......3-4 ML2000 Series Functions .....5-9 Multi-Function Configuration ..................10-11 ML20900 ECL Applications ...12 ML20900 ECL Features .........14 ML20900 ECL Functions ..15-16 ML20600 NAC Series Electrified Mortise Lock with High Security Monitoring ......17 NAC Functions .................18-19 Trim Designs ....................20-39 Muséo® Levers .................40-52 Vineyard™ Collection Trim .................................53-55 Museo® Rose/Escutcheon Designs .................................56 Muséo® Inspire™ Roseless Trim ........................57 Behavioral Health Trim (BHSS) ...................................58 Behavioral Health Lever Trim (BLSS) ...................................59 Push/Pull Trim (HPSK) .............. 60 Anti-Harm Trim (HSS) ............. 61 Vandal Reistant Trim (VR) .......62 Indicators ..........................63-69 Options and Accessories ....70-76 How to Order ..................77-79 Finishes .................................80 Quick Codes ....................80-83 How to Specify ................84-86 Reversing Handing ................87 www.corbinrusswin.com Adjustable front accommodates square or beveled doors Heavy-duty, two-piece 3/4" anti-friction latchbolt throw requires less force to close door 1" deadbolt throw offers security and strength even with excessive door gaps Highly engineered 3 spring design for smooth, crisp, and responsive operation 45300_CR_ML2000_Cat_09-20.indd 2 9/15/2020 10:21:51 AM Overview ML2000 Series Copyright © 2001-2020, ASSA ABLOY Access and Egress Hardware Group, Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Access and Egress Hardware Group, Inc. is prohibited. Patent pending and/or patent www.assaabloydss.com/patents. ML2000.345300 9/20 Features ML2000 Series Features Handing Handed; quick reversible. The lockset can be re-handed without disassembling the lock case; see page 87. Door Thickness 1-3/4" (44mm) standard. Optional door thicknesses available; see Quick Codes, page 81. Backset 2-3/4" (70mm). Lockcase Heavy-gauge steel, 5-7/8" (149mm) x 4" (102mm) x 15/16" (24mm). Optional: non-ferrous lockcase for corrosion resistance; see Quick Codes, page 81. Front Heavy-gauge steel, 8" (203mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) x -3/32" (2mm). Accommodates flat doors and doors beveled 1/8" (3mm) in 2" (51mm). Furnished 1-1/16" (27mm), optional D138, wide for 1-3/8" (35mm) doors. Armored Front Wrought brass, bronze or stainless steel attached by machine screws to lockcase front. ML2000VR utilizes security Torx® screws. Latchbolt 2-piece mechanical with anti-friction insert, 5/8" (16mm) x 1" (25mm) x 3/4" (19mm) throw. Auxiliary Latchbolt 9/16" (14mm) effective throw and 3/8" (10mm) effective auxiliary latch deadlocking. Deadbolt One-piece stainless steel, 19/32" (15mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1" (25mm) throw. Indicators Status indicators available in sectional or escutcheon trim with many options providing clarity of the locked/unlocked status of a door. Hub • Knob: stainless steel, 9/32" (7mm) x 9/32" (7mm). • Lever: steel, 5/16" (8mm). (Including ) Spacing C. to c. knob/lever to cylinder: 3-5/8" (92mm). C. to c. knob/lever to thumbturn: 2-7/16" (62mm). Strike Wrought brass, bronze or stainless steel, ANSI straight lip standard, 4-7/8" (124mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm) lip to center. Optional strikes, lip lengths and ANSI wrought strike box available; see Quick Codes, page 81. Cylinder Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard. Optional cylinders available; see Quick Codes, page 73. Keys Two nickel silver standard. Keying Features Available Master keying Construction master keying Visual key control Concealed key control Plug only to show (concealed shell) 7-pin cylinder Security cylinder Access 3® cylinder Pyramid cylinder Interchangeable core (IC) Security IC Pyramid IC Access 3® IC Master ring cylinder Flex head cylinder Warranty Ten-year limited. Certification/Compliance ANSI/BHMA Certified A156.13 Series 1000, Operational and Security Grade 1. Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code. Federal Meets FF-H-106C. UL/cUL-UL10C Positive Pressure All locks listed for A label and lesser class doors, 4' (122cm) x 10' (305cm) single or 8' (244cm) x 10' (305cm) pair (3 hour fire door). Letter F and UL symbol on armored front indicate listing. Any retrofit or other field modification to a fire rated opening can potentially impact the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or warranties concerning what such impact may be in any specific situation. When retrofitting any portion of an existing fire- rated opening, or specifying and installing a new fire-rated opening, please consult with a code specialist or local code official (Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure compliance with all applicable codes and ratings. California State Reference Code (Formerly Title 19, California State Fire Marshal Standard) All levers with returns, return to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face. Windstorm/Hurricane Certified (refer to local codes). Indicates ML2000VR (Vandal Resistant)VR VR 45300_CR_ML2000_Cat_09-20.indd 3 9/15/2020 10:21:52 AM Overview ML2000 Series Copyright © 2001-2020, ASSA ABLOY Access and Egress Hardware Group, Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Access and Egress Hardware Group, Inc. is prohibited. Patent pending and/or patent www.assaabloydss.com/patents. ML2000.4 45300 9/20 Outside Inside Function (ANSI No.)Type Function Description ML2002 Classroom Intruder • Latchbolt by grip either side, unless outside grip is locked by key either side. • Outside grip locked or unlocked by cylinder either side. • Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt. • Inside grip always free. ML2003 Classroom • Lock or unlock outside grip by key. • Latchbolt by grip either side, unless outside grip is locked. • Inside grip always free. • Auxiliary latch deadlocks latch. ML2010 (F01) Passage or Closet • Latchbolt by grip either side. • Both grips always free. ML2011 (F18)Deadlock • Deadbolt by key outside. • No inside operation. Note: Indicators available for sectional trim only. ML2012 (F16)Deadlock • Deadbolt by key either side. Note: Indicators available for sectional trim only. ML2013 (F17)Deadlock • Deadbolt by key outside or by thumbturn grip inside. Note: Indicators available for sectional trim only. ML2017 (F29) Classroom Deadlock • Deadbolt by key outside. • Thumbturn grip inside retracts deadbolt only; will not project deadbolt. Functions ML2000 Series A01 A01 UNLOCKED A01 A01 A01 A01 A01 A01 Indicator options available for both sectional and escutcheon trim. * When lever handles are furnished, both outside and inside are locked when deadbolt is projected.Cylinder cam required. Indicates rigid grip. UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED 45300_CR_ML2000_Cat_09-20.indd 4 9/15/2020 10:21:52 AM Overview ML2000 Series Copyright © 2001-2020, ASSA ABLOY Access and Egress Hardware Group, Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Access and Egress Hardware Group, Inc. is prohibited. Patent pending and/or patent www.assaabloydss.com/patents. ML2000.545300 9/20 Functions ML2000 Series Outside Inside Function (ANSI No.)Type Function Description ML2020 (F02) Privacy Bedroom or Bathroom • Latchbolt by grip* either side, when deadbolt is retracted. • Deadbolt by thumbturn grip inside or by emergency release tool outside. • No simultaneous deadbolt and latch retraction. • Non-panic release. • Not available with M19S or M19SN. ML2022 (F14)Store Door • Latchbolt by grip* either side when deadbolt is retracted. • Deadbolt by key either side. • Latchbolt retracted by key either side. • Non-panic release. • No simultaneous deadbolt and latch retraction. ML2024 (F21) Entrance or Storeroom • Latchbolt by grip* either side when deadbolt is retracted. • Deadbolt by key outside or by thumbturn grip inside. • Latchbolt retracted by key outside. • Non-panic release. • No simultaneous deadbolt and latch retraction. ML2029 (F15) Hotel or Motel • Latchbolt by grip inside and by guest key or master key outside. • Outside grip always rigid. • Deadbolt by thumbturn grip inside or by emergency key outside. • Inside grip simultaneously retracts latchbolt and deadbolt. • Emergency key shuts out all other keys. • Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt. Note: Indicator shows deadbolt position only. ML2030 (F19) Privacy Bedroom or Bathroom • Latchbolt by grip either side unless outside grip locked by thumbturn. • Deadbolt by thumbturn grip inside or by emergency release tool outside. • Inside grip simultaneously retracts latchbolt and deadbolt and unlocks outside grip. • Not available with M19S or M19SN. ML2032 (F30) Institution or Utility • Latchbolt by key either side. • Both grips always rigid. • Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt. Note: This function does not allow free egress and can pose a life safety hazard in event of an emergency. Installation should be in accordance with approved codes only. ML2042 (F09) Entrance or Public Restroom • Latchbolt by grip either side, unless outside grip is locked by key from inside. • Latchbolt by key outside when outside grip is locked. • Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt. • Inside grip always free. ML2048 (F08/F10) Entrance or Apartment • Latchbolt* by key outside or by grip either side, unless outside grip is locked by toggle-action stop. • Deadbolt by key outside or by thumbturn grip inside. • Inside grip free when deadbolt is retracted. • Non-panic release. • No simultaneous deadbolt and latch retraction. Note: Indicator shows deadbolt position only. A01 A02 A01 A01 A01 A01 A01 UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED Indicator options available for both sectional and escutcheon trim. * When lever handles are furnished, both outside and inside are locked when deadbolt is projected.Cylinder cam required. Indicates rigid grip. UNLOCKED A01 A01 UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKEDUNLOCKED 45300_CR_ML2000_Cat_09-20.indd 5 9/15/2020 10:21:59 AM Overview ML2000 Series Copyright © 2001-2020, ASSA ABLOY Access and Egress Hardware Group, Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Access and Egress Hardware Group, Inc. is prohibited. Patent pending and/or patent www.assaabloydss.com/patents. ML2000.6 45300 9/20 Outside Inside Function (ANSI No.)Type Function Description ML2049 Storeroom Deadbolt • Latchbolt and deadbolt by grip inside or by key outside. • Inside grip simultaneously retracts deadbolt and latchbolt. • Outside grip always rigid. • Deadbolt thrown or retracted by key outside or thumbturn grip inside. • Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt. • Inside grip always free. Note: Indicator shows deadbolt position only. ML2050 Half Dummy Trim • Grip acts as pull only; no operation. ML2051 (F04) Entrance or Office • Latchbolt by key when outside grip locked by toggle action stop. • Latchbolt by grip either side, unless outside grip is locked by toggle- action stop. • Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt. • Inside grip always free. ML2052 (F32) Classroom Intruder • Latchbolt by grip either side, unless outside grip is locked by key either side. • Latchbolt by key when outside grip locked. • Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt. • Inside grip always free. • Outside grip remains locked unless unlocked by key either side. Note: Not available with indicator, specify ML2002. ML2053 Entrance or Office • Latchbolt by grip either side, unless outside grip is locked or unlocked by key or thumbturn. • Outside grip locked or unlocked by key or thumbturn. • Latchbolt by key when outside grip locked. • Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt. • Inside grip always free. ML2054 (F04) Entrance or Office • Latchbolt by grip either side, unless outside grip is locked. • Outside grip locked or unlocked by thumbturn. • Latchbolt by key when outside grip locked. • Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt. • Inside grip always free. • Multi-function capable, see page 10 for more info. ML2055 (F05)Classroom • Latchbolt by grip either side, unless outside grip is locked by key outside • Latchbolt by key when outside grip locked. • Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt. • Inside grip always free. • Outside grip remains locked unless unlocked by key. Note: Not available with indicator, specify ML2003. ML2056 (F06) Classroom Holdback • Latchbolt by grip either side, unless outside grip is locked or unlocked by key. • Latchbolt by key outside when outside grip is locked. • Latchbolt can be held in a retracted position by key, or released by key. • Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt. • Inside grip always free. Note: Not approved for use on U.L. fire listed applications. Functions ML2000 Series A02A02 A02 A02 A02 A01 Indicator options available for both sectional and escutcheon trim. * When lever handles are furnished, both outside and inside are locked when deadbolt is projected.Cylinder cam required. Indicates rigid grip. UNLOCKED A01 A01 UNLOCKED UNLOCKED 45300_CR_ML2000_Cat_09-20.indd 6 9/15/2020 10:22:06 AM Overview ML2000 Series Copyright © 2001-2020, ASSA ABLOY Access and Egress Hardware Group, Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Access and Egress Hardware Group, Inc. is prohibited. Patent pending and/or patent www.assaabloydss.com/patents. ML2000.745300 9/20 Outside Inside Function (ANSI No.)Type Function Description ML2057 (F07) Storeroom or Closet • Latchbolt by grip inside or by key outside. • Outside grip always rigid. • Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt. • Inside grip always free. ML2058 Entrance or Office Holdback • Latchbolt by grip either side, unless outside grip is locked. • Outside grip locked or unlocked by key or thumbturn. • Latchbolt retracted by key outside when outside grip is locked. • Latchbolt can be held in a retracted position by key or thumbturn, or released by key or thumbturn. • Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt. • Inside grip always free. Note: Not approved for use on U.L. fire listed applications. ML2059 Security Storeroom or Closet • Latchbolt and deadbolt by grip inside or by key outside. • Inside grip simultaneously retracts deadbolt & latchbolt. • Outside grip always rigid. • Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt. • Inside grip always free. Note: Indicator shows deadbolt position only. ML2060 (F22)Privacy • Latchbolt by grip either side, except when outside grip is locked by thumbturn inside. • Operating inside grip, closing door or operating emergency key outside unlocks outside grip. • Inside grip always free. • Not available with M19S or M19SN. ML2062 (F33)Intruder Deadbolt • Latchbolt by grip either side, unless outside grip is locked by projection of deadbolt. • Deadbolt thrown or retracted by key from either side. • Inside grip simultaneously retracts latchbolt and deadbolt and unlocks outside grip. • Inside grip always free. ML2065 (F13) Dormitory or Entrance • Latchbolt by grip either side unless outside grip locked by projection of deadbolt. • Deadbolt thrown or retracted by key outside or by thumbturn grip inside. • Inside grip simultaneously retracts latchbolt and deadbolt and unlocks outside grip. • Inside grip always free. ML2067 (F20) Apartment or Dormitory • Latchbolt by grip either side, unless outside grip is locked by toggle- action stop or by projection of deadbolt. • Deadbolt thrown or retracted by key outside or by thumbturn grip inside. • Inside grip simultaneously retracts latchbolt and deadbolt; outside grip remains locked. • Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt. • Outside grip unlocked by toggle-action stop. Note: Indicator shows deadbolt position only. Functions ML2000 Series A02 A01 A01 UNLOCKED UNLOCKED A01 A01 A01 A01 UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED Indicator options available for both sectional and escutcheon trim. * When lever handles are furnished, both outside and inside are locked when deadbolt is projected.Cylinder cam required. Indicates rigid grip. UNLOCKED 45300_CR_ML2000_Cat_09-20.indd 7 9/15/2020 10:22:10 AM Overview ML2000 Series Copyright © 2001-2020, ASSA ABLOY Access and Egress Hardware Group, Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Access and Egress Hardware Group, Inc. is prohibited. Patent pending and/or patent www.assaabloydss.com/patents. ML2000.945300 9/20 Functions ML2000 Series Outside Inside Function (ANSI No.)Type Function Description ML2080 Half Active Dummy Trim • Non-latching operation. • Grip always active; acts as push or pull only. ML2082 (F11) Dormitory or Exit • Latchbolt by grip either side, unless outside grip is locked by toggle-action stop or by projection of deadbolt. • Deadbolt thrown by key from either side. • Deadbolt and latchbolt retracted by outside key when outside grip locked. • Outside grip unlocked by toggle-action stop. • Inside grip simultaneously retracts latchbolt and deadbolt; outside grip remains locked. Note: Indicator shows deadbolt position only. ML2087 Security Vestibule • Latchbolt by grip outside, unless outside grip is locked by key outside. • Outside grip remains locked unless unlocked by key outside. • Latchbolt by key outside when outside grip locked. • Latchbolt by key inside. • Inside grip always rigid. • Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt. Notes: - Handing must be specified. This function can only be field handed for door swing i.e. LH to LHR or RH to RHR. - Not available with L, R or V escutcheon trim. - This function does not allow free egress when inside locked and can pose a life safety hazard in event of an emergency. Installation should be in accordance with approved codes only. ML2090 Full Active Dummy Trim • Non-latching operation. • Both grips always active; acts as push or pulls only. ML2092 Security Institution or Utility • Latchbolt by key either side. • Deadbolt thrown and retracted by key either side. • Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt. • Inside and outside grips remain locked at all times. Notes: - Indicator shows deadbolt position only. - This function does not allow free egress and can pose a life safety hazard in event of an emergency. Installation should be in accordance with approved codes only. A01 A01 A01 A01 A01 A02 UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED UNLOCKED Indicator options available for both sectional and escutcheon trim. * When lever handles are furnished, both outside and inside are locked when deadbolt is projected.Cylinder cam required. Indicates rigid grip. UNLOCKED 45300_CR_ML2000_Cat_09-20.indd 9 9/15/2020 10:22:21 AM Copyright © 2001-2020, ASSA ABLOY Access and Egress Hardware Group, Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Access and Egress Hardware Group, Inc. is prohibited. Patent pending and/or patent www.assaabloydss.com/patents. ML2000.12 45300 9/20 Features ML20900 ECL & ML20600NAC Series Features Handing Handed; quick reversible. The lockset can be re-handed without disassembling the lockcase. Door Thickness 1-3/4" (44mm) standard. Optional door thicknesses available; see Quick Codes, page 81. Backset 2-3/4" (70mm). Lockcase Heavy-gauge steel, 5-7/8" (149mm) x 4" (102mm) x 15/16" (24mm). Front Heavy gauge steel, 8" (203mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 3/32" (2mm). Accommodates flat doors and doors beveled 1/8" (3mm) in 2" (51mm). Armored Front Wrought brass, bronze or stainless steel attached by machine screws to lockcase front. Latchbolt 2-piece mechanical anti-friction insert, 5/8" (16mm) x l" (25mm) x 3/4" (19mm) throw. Auxiliary Latchbolt 9/16" (14mm) effective throw and 3/8" (10mm) effective auxiliary latch deadlocking. Hub • Knob: stainless steel, 9/32" (7mm) x 9/32" (7mm). • Lever: steel, 5/16" (8mm). (Including ) Spacing C. to c. knob/lever to cylinder: 3-5/8" (92mm) C. to c. knob/lever to thumbturn: 2-7/16" (62mm). Strike Wrought brass, bronze or stainless steel ANSI straight lip standard, 4-7/8" (124mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/8'' (29mm) lip to center. Optional strikes, lip lengths and ANSI wrought strike box available; see Quick Codes, page 81. Trim Available with all ML2000 Series trim designs including the Vineyard™ Collection and the Muséo® Collection. See pages 20-62. Cylinder Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard. Optional cylinders available; see Quick Codes, page 73. Keys Two nickel silver standard. Warranty Ten-year limited warranty on ML2000 mortise lockset. Two-year limited warranty on electronic components. Electrical Specifications (Fail Safe/Fail Secure) 12/24VDC @ 15mA Continuous 12/24VDC Peak current draw = .5A (Maximum of 2 locks per 1A Power Supply) Monitor Switch Rating: 2 amp @ 24VDC Note: Operating voltage not to exceed +/- 10%. See Quick Codes, page 83. Environmental Specifications Operating Temperature -13°F (-25°C) to 151°F (66°C) Operating Humidity 5% to 95% relative humidity non-condensing Monitor Options - ML2000 and ML20900 ECL Only M91 - Latchbolt Monitor Latchbolt monitoring is a SPDT switch which monitors the full extension of the main latch. Note: See page 83 for available functions. M92 - Request to Exit Monitor Request to Exit monitoring is a SPDT switch which monitors the activation of the trim. (Both levers activate switch) Note: See page 83 for available functions. M105 - Security Monitor Security Monitor is two switches in series that monitors lock status (locked or unlocked) and Auxiliary Latch position. Note: Monitoring options may only be ordered together as follows: M91xM92, M92xM105. See page 83 for available functions. Monitor Options – ML20600 NAC only Internal End-of-Line Monitoring Monitors the line from the access control panel to the lock, eliminating the risk of undetected tampering or damage. PHR – Deadbolt Privacy Function Engaging deadbolt disables remote access control unlocking (keypad or card reader) or scheduled unlock. Certification/Compliance ANSI/BHMA Certified A156.13 Series 1000, operational and security Grade 1. Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code. Federal Meets FF-H-106C. UL/cUL All locks listed for A label and lesser class doors, 4' x 10' single or 8' x 10' pair. Letter F and UL symbol on armored front indicate listing. Meets requirements of UL1034. Any retrofit or other field modification to a fire rated opening can potentially impact the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or warranties concerning what such impact may be in any specific situation. When retrofitting any portion of an existing fire- rated opening, or specifying and installing a new fire-rated opening, please consult with a code specialist or local code official (Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure compliance with all applicable codes and ratings. California State Reference Code (Formerly Title 19, California State Fire Marshal Standard) All levers with returns comply; levers return to within 1/2" of door face. VR 45300_CR_ML2000_Cat_09-20.indd 12 9/15/2020 10:22:28 AM Copyright © 2001-2020, ASSA ABLOY Access and Egress Hardware Group, Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Access and Egress Hardware Group, Inc. is prohibited. Patent pending and/or patent www.assaabloydss.com/patents. ML2000.1345300 9/20 Overview ML20900 ECL Series ML20900 ECL Series Electrified Mortise Lockset Simplicity Combine simplicity and access control with the Corbin Russwin ML20900 ECL series electrically controlled mortise lock. Utilizing the proven ML2000 Series mortise lockset with the patented quick reversible latchbolt, the ML20900 series provides remote locking and unlocking. The electrified lock can be installed in a standard mortise prep with slight modification by door manufacturer. The ML20900 ECL is ideal for use where increased security is necessary at all times, such as tenant space, pharmacies, computer rooms, and high security areas. Security In applications where increased security is required, look no further than the ML2000VR Vandal Resistant Trim. This cast stainless steel trim features tapered edges, double through bolts, torx-pin tamper resistant screws and the lever remains attached to the escutcheon when the spindle is broken. Aesthetics Access control doesn’t mean a loss of visual appeal. The Vineyard™ Collection and the Muséo® Collection feature beautifully designed levers, perfect for high-profile applications where pleasing aesthetics is a must. Additional Features • Mechanical key override • Patented Quick Reversible latchbolt (Patent pending and/or patent www.assaabloydss.com/patents.) BPS Supply Series Power Supply Power Input Door Control PB Push Buttons ML20900 ECLElectric Thru Wire Hinge EPT EPTL Power Transfers Wires in Conduit (If Frames Are Filled) Mortar Guard (If Frames Are Filled) Door Cable Typical Application Featuring EcoFlex® Technology: • Reduces energy consumption up to 96%, as certifi ed by GreenCircle – Lower operating costs – Assists with load reduction in optimizing energy performance credit in LEED – Reduces number of power supplies required • Field confi gurable to fail-safe or fail- secure • Operates from 12-24VDC, offering greater fl exibility in system design • Innovative actuator design provides superior reliability – Higher performance and reduced maintenance – Ability to have longer cable runs without negatively impacting lock function – Reduces risk of voltage drops and eliminates inductive kickback – Lower total cost of ownership Note: EcoFlex Technology is not available with master ring cylinders. Solenoid provided. 45300_CR_ML2000_Cat_09-20.indd 13 9/15/2020 10:22:29 AM Copyright © 2001-2020, ASSA ABLOY Access and Egress Hardware Group, Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Access and Egress Hardware Group, Inc. is prohibited. Patent pending and/or patent www.assaabloydss.com/patents. ML2000.16 45300 9/20 Functions ML20900 ECL Series Outside Inside Series/Function Description ML20906 x SEC • Latchbolt by grip either side only when lock is energized. • Outside grip locked when lock is not energized. • Latchbolt by key outside when lock is not energized. • Inside grip always free. • Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt. ML20907 x SEC • Latchbolt by grip either side only when lock is energized. • Outside grip locked when lock is not energized. • Inside grip always free. • Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt. ML20914 x SEC • Latchbolt by grip either side only when lock is energized. • Both grips locked when lock is not energized. • Latchbolt by key outside when lock is not energized. • Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt. ML20915 x SEC • Latchbolt by grip either side only when lock is energized. • Both grips locked when lock is not energized. • Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt. ML20932 x SEC • Latchbolt by grip either side only when lock is energized. • Both grips locked when lock is not energized. • Latchbolt by key inside or outside when lock is not energized. • Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt ML20987 x SEC • Latchbolt by grip outside when lock is energized. • Outside grip locked when lock is not energized. • Latchbolt by key both sides. • Inside grip always rigid. • Auxiliary latch deadlocks latchbolt. Notes: - This function does not allow free egress and can pose a life safety hazard in the event of an emergency. Installation should be in accordance with approved codes only. - Not available with L, R, or V escutcheon trim. Fail Secure The following functions are locked when power is off and unlocked when the power is on. Indicates rigid grip. A01 A01 A01 A01 A01 A01 45300_CR_ML2000_Cat_09-20.indd 16 9/15/2020 10:22:32 AM Copyright © 2001-2023, ASSA ABLOY Access and Egress Hardware Group, Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Access and Egress Hardware Group, Inc. is prohibited. Patent pending and/or patent www.assaabloydss.com/patents. Key Systems.20 45078 05/23 Type Length Cam Pins Keyway Finish CRCR1160 100 1" (6-pin only)(see page 40)6 (standard)(see pages 31-39)605 118 1-1/8"A61 Cloverleaf*606 114 1-1/4"A62 Straight 611 A63 Large Short 612 A64 Large Long 613 A65 Cloverleaf (formerly 11A) 613E 618 *A61 is for locks made after 5/93; requires thumbturn hub 562F41-2 619 622 625 626 722 BSP WSP Master Ring Key Systems Standard Master Ring Mortise (1-1/2" diameter; .552" diameter plug) Flexible Head Master Ring Mortise (1-1/2" diameter; .552" diameter plug) Dummy Master Ring Mortise Master Ring Rim (1-1/2" diameter; .552" diameter plug) CK4200 & UT5200 Series Lockset Specify keyway (.552" diameter plug) Exit Device Operators Cylinder Number Length CRCR1460-118 1-1/8" CRCR1460-114 1-1/4" CRCR1460-138 1-3/8" CRCR1460-112 1-1/2" Finishes: 605, 606, 611, 612, 613, 618, 619, 622, 625, 626, 722 Cylinder Number Description CRCR3060-200 Standard horizontal tailpiece CRCR3060-312 Thick door, horizontal tailpiece CRCR3060-200V Vertical tailpiece CRCR3060-312V Thick door, vertical tailpiece Finishes: 605, 606, 611, 612, 613, 618, 619, 622, 625, 626, 722, BSP, WSP Standard Cylinder CR2060-052 With Indicator Pinfor CK4229 Hotel CR2061-052 Discount. Ronde &Continental Knob CR2160-052 For ED6800 x B5 or B6For ED7400 x 03 or 04 CR4266-001-A02 For ED6800 x 01 or 02 CR4266-001-A92 Finishes: 606, 626, BSP Finishes: 606, 626, BSP Type Length Cam Pins Keyway Finish CRCR1060 100 1" (5-pin only)(see page 40)5 (1" length only)(see pages 31-39)605 118 1-1/8"A61 Cloverleaf*6 (standard)606 114 1-1/4"A62 Straight 7 (Available 1-3/8" only) 611 138 1-3/8"A63 Large Short 612 112 1-1/2"A64 Large Long 613 134 1-3/4"A65 Cloverleaf (formerly 11A) 613E 200 2"618 214 2-1/4"*A61 is for locks made after 5/93; requires thumbturn hub 562F41-2 619 212 2-1/2"622 234 2-3/4"625 300 3"626 722 BSP WSP *Not available "UC" uncombinated All cylinder plugs are provided in 606 or 626, except for BSP cylinders for which BSP plugs are provided. Mortise and rim housings are provided in the finish ordered. Copyright © 2000-2023, ASSA ABLOY Access and Egress Hardware Group, Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Access and Egress Hardware Group, Inc. is prohibited. Patent pending and/or patent www.assaabloydss.com/patents. ED5000.8 45063 07/23 Rim Features ED5000 Series ED5200 Panic-Listed Rim Exit Device ED5200A 3-Hour Fire-Listed Rim Exit Device ED5202 Panic-Listed Rim Double Cylinder Exit Device ED5202A 3-Hour Fire-Listed Rim Double Cylinder Exit Device Features Handing Standard device is non-handed. Double Cylinder Device is Handed. Lever trim is handed. Bar Length Easily field cut to size. Standard: 36" (914mm) bar fits 30"- 36" (762mm-914mm) door. Optional: 24" (610mm) bar fits 24" (610mm) door; specify W024. Optional: 48" (1219mm) bar fits 36"-48" (914mm-1219mm) door; specify W048. Door Thickness 1-3/4" (44mm) standard. Optional: 2" (51mm); specify D200. Optional: 2-1/4" (57mm); specify D214. Stile Minimum width 4-1/2" (114mm). Latchbolt 3/4" (19mm) throw, stainless steel pullman- type with stainless steel deadlocking latch. Materials Heavy-duty cold-forged steel chassis; heavy- gauge steel mechanisms, electroplated for corrosion resistance; finished parts are brass, bronze or stainless steel; stainless steel springs; nylon bearings. Projection 3-1/4" (83mm) active, 2-3/4" (70mm) dogged. Dogging Standard on panic devices; single-point 1/4 turn hex key dogging. Optional: less dogging, specify M51. Optional: cylinder dogging; specify M52. Optional: electric dogging; specify M97. Mechanical dogging not available on fire- rated devices. Fasteners Standard on panic devices: machine screws and wood door fasteners. Standard on fire- rated devices: sex nuts and bolts. Optional on panic devices: sex nuts and bolts for use on wood, composite, or unreinforced metal doors; specify M54. Optional wood screws for use on approved fire-rated solid wood or wood core doors. Specify M64. Strike Surface-mounted 3/8" (10mm) diameter roller strike, complete with positive locking plate and shims, assuring low friction relocking for a long, trouble-free life. Functions and Trims Through-bolted lever, pull and thumbpiece trims available with wide range of functions; see Trims and Functions, pages 28-35. Cylinders Cylinder not included unless specified. See Quick Codes, page 54. Removable Mullion See Mullions, page 49. Shim Kit Optional for mounting device over raised vision light molding; specify M58. Applications and Listings See page 4. Warranty Five-year limited. Certification/Compliance ANSI Meets A156.3, Type 1, Grade 1. Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code. UL/cUL All devices listed for safety as panic hardware; devices comply with UL 305 standards for panic hardware. Three-hour fire-rated devices listed as fire exit hardware for A label and lesser class 4' x 8' single or 8' x 8' double doors; UL symbol on active case cover indicates listing. Any retrofit or other field modification to a fire rated opening can potentially impact the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or warranties concerning what such impact may be in any specific situation. When retrofitting any portion of an existing fire rated opening, or specifying and installing a new fire-rated opening, please consult with a code specialist or local code official (Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure compliance with all applicable codes and ratings. C alifornia State Reference Code This product has been approved by the California State Fire Marshal pursuant to section 13144.1 of the California Health and Safety Code. NFPA All exit devices comply with NFPA 101 Life Safety Code. All fire-rated devices comply with NFPA 80 Fire Doors and Windows. ADA Exit devices, lever trims and pulls comply with Americans with Disabilities Act. Finishes BHMA 605 Bright Brass BHMA 606 Satin Brass BHMA 611 Bright Bronze BHMA 612 Satin Bronze BHMA 613 Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed, available lacquered 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze Equivalent BHMA 618 Bright Nickel Plated BHMA 619 Satin Nickel Plated BHMA 625 Bright Chromium Plated BHMA 6261 (Trim only)Satin Chromium Plated 626C2 Satin Chromium Plated with MicroShield® BHMA 629 Bright Stainless Steel BHMA 630 Satin Stainless Steel 630C2 Satin Stainless Steel with MicroShield® 722 Black oxidized bronze,oil rubbed BSP Black Suede Powder Coat WSP White Suede Powder Coat 1. Contact factory for devices required in BHMA 6262. Finish available with MicroShield® antimicrobial coating. Copyright © 2000-2023, ASSA ABLOY Access and Egress Hardware Group, Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Access and Egress Hardware Group, Inc. is prohibited. Patent pending and/or patent www.assaabloydss.com/patents. ED5000.945063 07/23 Rim Features ED5000 Series ED5200 and ED5200A Rim Exit Devices 3/4" (19mm) throw stainless steel pullman-type latchbolt with stainless steel auxiliary deadlocking latch standard Architecturally finished brass, bronze or stainless steel Low profile; no pinch points — closed on all sides Heavy-duty chassis Wrought brass or bronze rear cover Single point, 1/4 turn hex key dogging (ED5200 Series Panic Devices) ED5202(A) Rim Double Cylinder Exit Devices Copyright © 2000-2023, ASSA ABLOY Access and Egress Hardware Group, Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Access and Egress Hardware Group, Inc. is prohibited. Patent pending and/or patent www.assaabloydss.com/patents. ED5000.2345063 07/23 Utility Trims and Functions ED5000 Series 1. Classroom function trims can be converted to Storeroom function by a simple field adjustment.2. Not recommended for use on ED5400 or ED5800 series exit devices. 3. VTL has a lip that covers door gap and protects the latch. 4. Not available in 625 or 626 finish. Supplied in 629 or 630 respectively. Rim, SecureBolt®, Vertical Rod Features: • Free Wheeling vandal-resistant design • Beveled edges • Through-bolted to exit device • Flush cylinder with 6-pin cylinder applications • 5-year limited warranty Pull Trim Design Trim/Function Passage ANSI No. 14/15 Dummy ANSI No. 02 Classroom ANSI No. 05/08 Nightlatch ANSI No. 03 Storeroom ANSI No. 06/09 TH900 TrimPull: ExtrudedEscutcheon: ForgedCylinder: RimProjection: 2-11/16" 3" 10-1/4" 2-1/2" 1-5/8" 16-1/2"TH910ET TH950ET TH955ET1 TH957ET2 TH959ET1 Offset Pull P9 Pull: Extruded Escutcheon: Forged Cylinder: Rim Handed. Specify RHR or LHR 3" 10-1/4" 3-3/16" N/A P950ET N/A P957ET2 N/A VT9 Trim Plate: Formed Stainless Steel Cylinder: Rim Handed: Specify RHR or LHR Available in 630 finish only. 7.25" 9.26 N/A VT950ET N/A VT957ET2 N/A 9.26" 7.94" N/A VTL950ET3 N/A VTL957ET2, 3 N/A Key Only K12 Note: Available with cylinder option only. Ex: K157 x 6P. N/A N/A N/A K157ET2,4 N/A Copyright © 2000-2023, ASSA ABLOY Access and Egress Hardware Group, Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Access and Egress Hardware Group, Inc. is prohibited. Patent pending and/or patent www.assaabloydss.com/patents. ED5000.2545063 07/23 Utility Trims and Functions ED5000 Series Rim, SecureBolt®, Vertical Rod Features: • Free Wheeling vandal-resistant design • Beveled edges • Through-bolted to exit device • Flush cylinder with 6-pin cylinder applications • 5-year limited warranty Lever: Cast Escutcheon: Forged Cylinder: Rim *See pages 60 for how to order the Muséo® Piet Lever Collection.1. Classroom function trims can be converted to Storeroom function by a simple field adjustment.2. Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face. 3. 135-138 contain white or back polycarbonate insert 4. Not available in 32D or 32 finish Lever Designs(Choose from list below) Functions How to Order Example:Trim x Function #102910PassageANSI No. 14Function #910 DummyANSI No. 02Function #950 ClassroomANSI No. 08Function #955 NightlatchANSI No. 03Function #957 StoreroomANSI No. 09Function #959 Muséo® Georgia 102 103 1044 1242 1252 Salvador 106 107 108 109 110 1232 1282 Marc 1114 1124 1144 1154 1164 1302,4 1312,4 1322,4 Jackson 1054 1174 1194 1214 1262,4 1272,4 Piet* 21G 21L 21M 21S 23M 25M 27M Joseph3 133 1342 135 1362 137 1382 Georges 139 140 141 142 143 Laszlo 147 148 149 150 Copyright © 2000-2023, ASSA ABLOY Access and Egress Hardware Group, Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Access and Egress Hardware Group, Inc. is prohibited. Patent pending and/or patent www.assaabloydss.com/patents. ED5000.36 45063 07/23 Electrified Exit Devices ED5000 Series List No.Exit Device Description Available options MELR M61 M91 M92 M93 M97 SAF SEC D 9903 9905 ED5200 (A)Rim Exit Device x x x x x x x x x ED5200S (A)Rim SecureBolt® Device x x x x x x x x x ED5400 (A)Surface Vertical Rod x x x x x x x x x ED5470 (B)Surface Vertical Rod x x x x x x x x x ED5600 (A)Mortise Exit Device x x x x x x x x ED5800 (A)Concealed Vertical Rod x x x x x x x x x ED5860 (B)Concealed Vertical Rod x x x x x x x x x Electrified Hardware Option Descriptions Note 1: The following options cannot be ordered together on the same device: a) (MELR or M97) & D b) MELR x M97 c) M52 x M97 d) M97 x M107 e) (M61 or M92) & D f) M61 x M92 g) M61 x MELR h) M61x M52 i) M52 & D j) ED5600 x M91 & M93 k) (ED5600 SAF or SEC) x (M91 or M93) l) Surface vertical rod exit devices with M61 x M91, M92 or M93. m) (MELR or M97) x W036 Note 2: When ordering a surface vertical rod exit device with the D option, rod and latch guards (provided by other) must be used. Note 3: M88 (NFPA30) M89 (BOCA-15) and M90 (BOCA-30) are available only as options for suffix “D” Delayed Egress Exit Devices. The Corbin Russwin ED5000 series electrified exit devices offer a complete range of options that may be integrated into the monitoring security and alarm systems of most buildings. The continuum of appearance is maintained, as well as the security and function of the ED5000 series mechanical exit device. Electrified Exit Devices MELR Motorized Electric Latch Retraction M61 Alarm Option M91 Bolt Monitor M92 Touchbar Monitor M93 Trim Monitor M97 Electric Dogging SAF Fail Safe Operation SEC Fail Secure Operation D*Delayed Egress2 9903 Fail Safe Electrified Trim 9905 Fail Secure Electrified Trim * Add as suffix to exit device. Example: ED5200D x 630 x RHR 15Rockwood Manufacturing CompanyRockwood Manufacturing Company14MegaTek™long door pullsPull No. Diameter CTCRM3320 1" 36" to 96"RM3321 11⁄4" 36" to 96"RM3322 11⁄2" 36" to 96"Straight Pulls - Round EndsPull No. Diameter CTCRM3330 1" 36" to 96"RM3331 11⁄4" 36" to 96"RM3332 11⁄2" 36" to 96"Offset Pulls - Round EndsPull No. Diameter CTCRM3300 1" 36" to 96"RM3301 11⁄4" 36" to 96"RM3302 11⁄2" 36" to 96"Straight Pulls - Square EndsPull No. Diameter CTCRM3310 1" 36" to 96"RM3311 11⁄4" 36" to 96"RM3312 11⁄2" 36" to 96"Offset Pulls - Square EndsPull No. Diameter CTCRM3340 1" 36" to 96"RM3341 11⁄4" 36" to 96"RM3342 11⁄2" 36" to 96"Straight Pulls - Bent EndsBase Metals:Aluminum (except offset models), brass,bronze, stainless steelOptions: • For optional mid-post, suffix the productnumber with “MP” (example: RM3301MP). • Over 96" available on select finishes.Application SuggestionsLong door pulls are an artful and functional solution for any door.We offer both straight and offset versions. Most often used as fullheight, these pulls are available in three diameters and any lengthfrom 3 feet to over 8 feet long; see price list for more information.Specify a mid-post on full height pulls to provide the most rigid gripwhere heavy doors or high wind loads are present. © 2001 Rockwood Manufacturing CompanyRockwood 2005 V27 5/23/06 9:28 AM Page 14 15Rockwood Manufacturing CompanyRockwood Manufacturing Company14MegaTek™long door pullsPull No. Diameter CTCRM3320 1" 36" to 96"RM3321 11⁄4" 36" to 96"RM3322 11⁄2" 36" to 96"Straight Pulls - Round EndsPull No. Diameter CTCRM3330 1" 36" to 96"RM3331 11⁄4" 36" to 96"RM3332 11⁄2" 36" to 96"Offset Pulls - Round EndsPull No. Diameter CTCRM3300 1" 36" to 96"RM3301 11⁄4" 36" to 96"RM3302 11⁄2" 36" to 96"Straight Pulls - Square EndsPull No. Diameter CTCRM3310 1" 36" to 96"RM3311 11⁄4" 36" to 96"RM3312 11⁄2" 36" to 96"Offset Pulls - Square EndsPull No. Diameter CTCRM3340 1" 36" to 96"RM3341 11⁄4" 36" to 96"RM3342 11⁄2" 36" to 96"Straight Pulls - Bent EndsBase Metals:Aluminum (except offset models), brass,bronze, stainless steelOptions: • For optional mid-post, suffix the productnumber with “MP” (example: RM3301MP). • Over 96" available on select finishes.Application SuggestionsLong door pulls are an artful and functional solution for any door.We offer both straight and offset versions. Most often used as fullheight, these pulls are available in three diameters and any lengthfrom 3 feet to over 8 feet long; see price list for more information.Specify a mid-post on full height pulls to provide the most rigid gripwhere heavy doors or high wind loads are present. © 2001 Rockwood Manufacturing CompanyRockwood 2005 V27 5/23/06 9:28 AM Page 14 Finish Options • Satin Stainless Steel (US32D/630) • Bright Stainless Steel (US32/629) • Bright Stainless Steel with MicroShield® Antimicrobial Coating (US32MS) • Split Finish – Satin Stainless Steel Device (US32D/630) and Bright Stainless Steel Push Area (US32/629) • Extra Dark Bronze Equivalent (314E) • Black Suede Powder Coat (BSP) • White Suede Powder Coat (WSP) • Stock Powder Coats (Specify color) Engraved Push Area Finish Options • Split Finish – 32D device; 32 push area • 32D device with White Gloss Paint • 32D device with Black Gloss Paint (standard if no infill finish is specified) • BSP device, BSP push area (no infill) (standard if no infill finish is specified) • BSP device with White Gloss Paint • BSP device with Black Gloss Paint NABCO ENTRANCES INC.S82 W18717 Gemini Drive | Muskego, WI 53150 | 877-622-2694 | Fax 888-679-3319www.NABCOentrances.com | Email info@nabcoentrances.com Distributed by: The NABCO GT710/8710 Low-Energy Operator is engineered for interior and exterior use, and designed to automate essentially any new or existing door frame. The GT710/8710 operates in both automatic and manual modes with a hydraulic back-check that protects the door and mechanical operator from damage when forced open in windy conditions or when manually operated. The GT710/8710 Operator has been approved for use on fire door assemblies rated up to 3 hours. The low-energy performance, combined with the adjustable opening and closing speeds, reduces energy consumed, which offers a prompt return on your investment. NABCO Service and Specifications Along with the NABCO factory branches, NABCO has the largest independently owned network of automatic door distributors in North America. Their friendly, qualified installers and technicians always strive to exceed your expectations from install to after-sales service. NABCO’s factory branches and independent distributors provide AAADM-certified technicians to ensure your doors meet all ANSI A156.10/A156.19 standards. Complete three-part specifications and CAD drawings are available on the NABCO website. 06/15 GT710/8710 Low-Energy ADA Swing Door Operator Header dimensions Standard finishOptional finishesMounting Installation types Operating voltage Auxiliary power output Operator drive Motor voltage Motor type Control type Door panel weight Adjustable open Adjustable close Closing method Adjustable opening angle Power boost close Basic features Switch modes Opening and closing speed Hold-open time Code compliances Approvals Side load - 5” H X 5 3/4” D (GT710) curved header Side load - 6” H X 5 1/2” D (GT8710) Clear and dark bronze anodized Painted, clad, special anodized Surface applied or overhead concealed Push or pull 120 VAC @ <5 amps 12VDC 750mA Electro-hydraulic Pulse width modulated 1/8th HP @ peak Microprocessor 300 lbs. Force and speed Force and speed Spring/hydraulic (with selectable power assist) Up to 145º Selectable Low-energy operation Push and go Obstacle detection in opening and closing cycles Sequential or timer mode operation LCD display for programming and diagnosticsOpen- or closed-circuit safety inputsMomentary or maintained activation On, off, hold-open Adjustable Adjustable (0-30 seconds) ANSI A156.19/ANSI A117.1 UL, ULC Powder-coated steel swingarm with attractive finish Hydraulic closer maintains complete control even if power is off or when door is used manually Has hydraulic back-check even when door is manually opened Splined output shaft allowsprecise positioning of armfor multiple applications Splined connection on steel output shaft willnot slip Steel spiral bevelgears for greatestdurability • Passed the one-million-cycle endurance test • Separate components allow for lower repair costs CONFIGURATIONS:The GT710/8710 is available for multiple configurations, such as single doors, simultaneous pairs, and dual-egress, as well as the Opman configuration, which is a single continuous header for a pair of doors containing a manual closer on one side and an automatic operator onthe other. Hydraulic closer has maximum closing adjustability Heavy-duty chain with 2000 lb.tensile strength for low maintenance and quiet operation GT710 Operator GT8710 Operator INSWING OPERATOR OUTSWING OPERATOR INSWING OPERATOR OUTSWING OPERATOR Adjustable spring tension to match closing force to application needs Architectural Door Accessories Effective date: October 15, 2019 Supercedes: All Previous NOTE: ASSA ABLOY reserves the right to make product changes and is not responsible for obsolete template errors. To ensure your template is current, please visit our website at www.assaabloydooraccessories.us or call us at 800-458-2424. ASSA ABLOY Opening Solutions Architectural Accessories Group Rockwood, PA Phone: (800) 458-2424 • Fax: (800) 922-9212 www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Copyright © 2019, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited. Template T-RM780 T-RM780 - 10/19 Rockwood RM780 Cast Flush Pull NOT TO SCALE 3/4" Mortise Mortise: W 1 3/4" x H 2 13/16" x dp. 3/4" 2 3/16" 1 3/4" Mortise 3 1/4"2 13/16"Mortise Mortise Outline 3/32" 9/32" 3/8" Available Finishes: Architectural Door Accessories Rockwood RM850 - Floor Mounted Door Stop CS-RM850 7/19 Specifications: MATERIAL: Brass, Stainless Steel, Rubber Bumper DESCRIPTION: Short-Flat Top OPTIONS: Black Bumper MATERIAL SIZE: Base: 1 1/4" Projection: 1 3/4" • US3/605 • US4/606 • US10/612 • US10BE/613E • US10BL/614 • US26/625 • US26D/626 • US32D/630 This product can expose you to lead which is known to the state of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. For more information go towww.P65warnings.ca.gov. ASSA ABLOY Opening Solutions Architectural Accessories Group Rockwood, PA Phone: (800) 458-2424 • Fax: (800) 922-9212 www.assaabloydooraccessories.us Copyright © 2019, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc. is prohibited. 7500 SERIES INSTITUTIONAL DOOR CLOSER 2 | Norton Door Controls TABLE OF CONTENTS Introduction, Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Overview, Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Explanation of Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-10 Technical Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-25 Brackets, Mounting Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26-34 Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36-49 Fasteners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 Finishes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51 How to Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52 The 7500 Series is a robust, multi-sized surface closer designed to deliver superior performance and long-term reliability . Ideal for interior or exterior doors in facilities that demand reliability, such as government, healthcare and educational institutions . »Tri-Style® packaging; tri-packed for regular, top jamb or parallel arm mounting »Non-handed »Rack-and-pinion design »Cast aluminum body »Adjustable spring sizes 1-6 »2-1/8" (54mm) projection »1-1/2" (38mm) diameter piston »5/8" (16mm) diameter pinion journals »Staked valves »Retrofit plates »NorGlide® fluid »Molded plastic cover »All standard arm applications allow doors to swing 180°, conditions permitting »Self-drilling screws »Full-size template »Application specific mounting: Regular (S), Top Jamb (JS) or Parallel (P) mount »Heavy-duty arms: Regular Rigid, Parallel Rigid, CloserPlus®, CloserPlus Spring™ and Unitrol® »Slide Tracks: push or pull side mounting »Exceeds 25 million cycles OPTIONAL FEATURES »Standard, separate and independent, latch, sweep and backcheck intensity valves »Backcheck positioning »Enhanced backcheck. Specify EBC suffix »Delayed action with pressure relief valve »Corrosion resistant model (non-hold open only): specify 7500SS »Metal cover: specify M suffix »Lead lined metal cover: specify MLL suffix INTRODUCTION FEATURES 7500 SERIES INSTITUTIONAL DOOR CLOSER 3 | Norton Door Controls An Environmental Product Declaration (EPD) documents the cradle-to-grave life cycle of a product and how it affects the environment . An important aspect of EPD® is to provide the basis of a fair comparison of products and services by its environmental performance . EPDs can reflect the continuous environmental improvement of products and services over time and are able to communicate and add up relevant environmental information along a product's supply chain . Windstorm Norton 7500 door closers are UL certified for inswing and outswing single and pair (up to 8'0" x 8'0") door assemblies to ICC 500 for Storm Shelters . Additionally, the 7500 meets FEMA 361 guidelines . 7500 is part of a complete ASSA ABLOY tornado and hurricane shelter solutions utilizing Ceco StormPro 361, Curries StormPro 361, Fleming F5 doors and frames and McKinney SP hinges . CUTAWAY VIEW Optional Delayed Action Valving CERTIFICATIONS »ANSI/BHMA A156.4, Grade 1 certified »UL / cUL listed for use on fire rated doors »UL10C listed for positive pressure fire test »7500 door closers are designed to comply with requirements for the Americans with Disabilities Act (A.D.A) and ANSI standard A117.1 »This product is manufactured in an ISO 9001, ISO 14001 facility »Health product declaration and UL certified environmental product declaration »GreenCircle certified environmental facts CAUTION: Door Closers for Low Opening Force Applications: Door closers installed in openings required to meet the requirements of the Americans With Disabilities Act or ANSI/BHMA Standard A117.1, when adjusted to meet those requirements, may not provide adequate closing power to dependably close and latch the door based on opening or site conditions. OVERVIEW OPTIONAL: “DA” DELAYED ACTION CLOSING REGULATING VALVE SWEEP SPEED REGULATING VALVE LATCH SPEED REGULATING VALVE BACKCHECK CUSHIONING REGULATING VALVE SPRING ADJUSTMENT ASSEMBLY SPRING POWER ADJUSTMENT NUT PISTON RACK PINION ALUMINUM ALLOY SHELL BACKCHECK POSITIONING REGULATING VALVE SWEEP SPEED REGULATING VALVE NOT USED LATCH SPEED REGULATING VALVE 7500 SERIES INSTITUTIONAL DOOR CLOSER 4 | Norton Door Controls Aluminum Alloy Housing Closer bodies are constructed of a special aluminum alloy, carefully selected to accommodate interactive steel components and operating conditions . Rack & Pinion Operation Provides a smooth constant control of the door through its full opening and closing cycle . 180° door swing can be achieved when door, frame, hardware and arm function do not interfere . Non-handed With few exceptions all series 7500 door closers are non-handed and can be installed on either right or left hand swing doors . Pinion shaft extends vertically through the closer body in both directions . Some options will require that the hand of the closer be specified . Sweep Speed Control Valve Allows adjustment of door speed from the door's full open position down to approximately 10° from the closed position . Latch Speed Control Value Allows adjustment of door speed from approximately 10° down to the door’s fully closed position . Tri-Style® Packing 7500 comes with screws, brackets and soffit plates to allow for regular, top jamb, and parallel arm installations . Adjustable Backcheck Cushion Valve Provides control of the door in the opening cycle, beginning at approximately 75° of door opening . It slows/cushions the door opening, when the door is forcibly opened beyond its pre-adjusted limits . Adjustable Backcheck Position Valve Allows the door opening position, where backcheck cushioning begins, to be adjusted to a greater door angle, up to a maximum of 20° farther (approximately 95°) . Standard Molded Cover Molded of high-impact U .L . listed material and covers the entire closer body assembly . This cover is non- handed for all applications . Warranty These closers carry a limited 25-year warranty against defect, and life of the building on the aluminum housing . Closer Fluid NorGlide® closer fluid is a specially formulated multi-viscosity hydraulic fluid that contains lubricity and anti-oxidation agents that provide optimum performance and efficiency . This fluid complements the interaction of the door closer's aluminum housing with its steel and brass components, while maintaining stable viscosity to allow the door closer to perform in temperatures ranging from extremely high to as low as -40° F . Door Closer Power Options Series 7500 Multi-Sized Door Closer Adjustable through the entire power range of door closer sizes 1 through 6, as outlined in ANSI/BHMA standard A156 .4 . The series 7500 also conforms to the minimum opening force requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act (A .D .A .) and ANSI/BHMA standard A117 .1 for interior doors . Corrosion-Resistant Door Closer The series 7500SS door closers with molded plastic cover are available for use where corrosive conditions exist . This series is provided with brass adjustment valves, a 440 grade stainless steel pinion shaft, an all- aluminum body and bronze closer arm bushings; all other components are of 302/303 grade stainless steel . Fasteners are 8-18 stainless steel . This product is available for standard regular arm, top jamb and parallel arm, non-hold open, applications only . Optional Metal Cover This steel cover is non-handed for regular and parallel arm applications, but is handed for top jamb applications . Cover is available in sprayed or architectural plated finishes . Security Cover Supplied standard with all series 7570 door closers . This deep drawn steel cover is handed for all applications . The cover is fastened to the closer body at two points on top and to the door closer body stand-offs at two points on the bottom . Optional ABS Cover Consult factory for details . EXPLANATION OF FEATURES 7500 SERIES INSTITUTIONAL DOOR CLOSER 5 | Norton Door Controls Enhanced Backcheck This feature provides adjustable backcheck intensity beginning at approximately 15° of the door opening cycle . It is intended for use in situations where the standard backcheck beginning at approximately 75° of door opening allows too much unrestricted door travel to obtain control of the door without the fear of peripheral damage to the door closer, door, frame, hinges or pivots; or adjacent walls or structures . This feature is most frequently used in schools and detention facilities . Specify suffix EBC . Adjustable Delayed Action Closing An optional hydraulic feature that adds a third speed range to the closing cycle . This feature becomes effective when the door is opened and released at any point beyond 70° . The amount of time delay depends upon the combination of the angle of door release and valve adjustment . The valve can be adjusted with a 1/8" (3mm) hex key from no delay time up to maximum delay times of: Pressure Relief Safety Valve The delayed action hydraulic system contains a pressure relief valve . Any time the door is forced toward the closed direction while it is in the closing cycle, the valve will open and permit the door to close . This prevents damage to door, frame and closer . Suggested Applications Delayed Action closing allows slow- moving traffic to clear the opening before the door closer’s normal closing cycle begins . This feature can be helpful in health care facilities such as hospitals and nursing homes . It provides sufficient time for persons on crutches or in wheelchairs to pass through a door without concern of it closing . At the same time, it can accommodate the facility's staff with movement of food service carts, beds, and other wheeled traffic . Use of delayed action closers on many doors throughout industrial and commercial buildings can also assist the flow of traffic . Locations where additional time to clear the opening is advantageous are doors between office and factory/warehouse facilities, doors to workshops or laboratories, to kitchen and food processing areas, etc . OPTIONAL FEATURES – ARMS EXPLANATION OF FEATURES Non-Hold Open Self-closes door every time door is opened . Auxiliary stop (by others) required except when using the CloserPlus®, CloserPlus Spring™ or Unitrol® arms . Hold Open Achieved by means of ball and detent/ roller . Ball and detent or roller hold open is effective in a range of 85° to 110° . Hold open arm door closers are not permitted to be used on fire door assemblies . Door Opened and Released at Approximate Time of Delay Cycle 180°4-5 minutes 120°2-3 minutes 90°25-30 seconds Arm Function Regular Top Jamb Parallel Arm Parallel Rigid Arm CloserPlus® Parallel Arm CloserPlus Spring™ Parallel Arm Unitrol® Parallel Arm Unitrol® Top Jamb Low Profile Regular, Parallel Slide Track Non-Hold Open 3 3 85° to 110°85° to 110°85° to 110°85° to 110°3 85° to 110°/180° Hold Open 90° to 180°85° to 180°85° to 110°85° to 110°85° to 180°85° to 180°3 85° to 110° 3=180° trim and template permitting Door Opening Degrees 7500 SERIES INSTITUTIONAL DOOR CLOSER 6 | Norton Door Controls SUGGESTED SPECIFICATIONS 7500 Series Closers for interior and exterior doors shall be full rack- and-pinion type with cast aluminum alloy body . Closers shall be surface mounted and shall project no more that 2-3/16" (55mm) from the surface of the door . Closers shall be non-handed to permit installation on doors of either hand . Closer fluid shall contain lubricity and anti-oxidation agents . Closer fluid shall maintain stable viscosity to allow door closer to perform in temperatures ranging from extremely high to as low as -40°F . Closers shall have multi-size spring power adjustment to permit setting of spring from size 1 through size 6 . Closers shall have two non-critical valves, hex key adjusted, to independently regulate sweep speed and latch speed . Closers shall have backcheck cushioning controlled by a hex key adjusted valve . Closers shall have backcheck position controlled by a hex key adjusted valve . [Closers shall have adjustable delayed-action closing controlled by a hex key adjustable valve .] [Closers shall be highly corrosion resistant and shall have all external body components of aluminum, brass or stainless steel material and all fasteners of stainless steel .] Regular arm and top jamb closers shall have a non- hold open shoe permitting 15% ( +/ – 7-1/2% ) power adjustment . **Closers shall be enclosed in a [molded resin cover] [plated or sprayed metal cover] . Closers to be Norton [7500] [7500M] [7500SS] . ** For special arms insert the appropriate specification from column three on this page . **Unitrol® Arm Door closers shall have a fixed door stop feature effective at one point selected at installation, from 85° - 110° in five-degree increments . Door stop shall be cushioned by a shock-absorbing heavy-duty spring action effective at the [soffit plate] [arm shoe] pivot . [Closers shall be provided for parallel arm installation using rigid steel main arm and secondary arm lengths proportional to the door width .] [Closers shall be provided for top jamb installation using steel, rigid main arm and telescoping secondary arm adequate for the frame reveal of the openings .] **CloserPlus® Arm Door closers shall have a field reversible door stop . Hold open tension shall be adjustable effective at one point selected at installation, from 85° - 110° in five degree increments . Closers shall be provided for parallel arm installation using a forged rigid steel main arm and secondary arm . **CloserPlus Spring™ Arm Door closers shall have built-in door stop [and holder] effective at one point selected at installation, from 85° - 110° in five-degree increments . Door stop mechanism shall be reversible and have a buffer spring that engages prior to the dead stop feature, reducing shock loads to the door and frame assembly . Door stop mechanism shall be attached to soffit plate . [Hold open mechanism shall have engage/disengage selection actuated by thumbturn] . Closers shall be provided for parallel installation using a forged rigid steel main arm and secondary arm . 7500 SERIES INSTITUTIONAL DOOR CLOSER 7 | Norton Door Controls APPLICATIONS Regular Arm This is the only pull-side application where a double lever arm is used . It is the most power efficient application for a door closer . Sufficient frame, door and/or ceiling clearance must be considered . Since the arm assembly projects directly out from the frame, this application may present an aesthetics issue or be prone to vandalism . Parallel Arm This application provides the most appealing design appearance for a surface-mounted door closer having a double lever arm . This also makes it beneficial in vandalism-prone areas . It is on the push side of the door and the arm assembly extends almost parallel to the door . In the closed position, there is very little or no hardware projecting beyond the frame face in most situations . Due to the geometry of the arm it is approximately 25% less power-efficient than a regular arm application . The entire closer and arm assembly are mounted below the frame stop, requiring a top rail clearance on the door of between 6-5/8" (168mm), when using a low profile arm, to 7-1/4” (184mm), when using the hold open arm . Top Jamb For efficiency reasons this application provides the best alternative to the regular arm application . There must be sufficient frame face and/or ceiling clearance for this application . It requires a top rail on the door of just 2-1/8" (54mm) . This application provides the best door control for doors in exterior walls that swing out of a building . The entire door closer and arm assembly project from the frame, similar to the regular arm application, where matters of appearance and malicious abuse can be of concern . Consideration must be given to depth of frame reveal . Non-hold open arm shown Non-hold open arm shown 7500 SERIES INSTITUTIONAL DOOR CLOSER 9 | Norton Door Controls APPLICATIONS Regular Rigid Heavy-Duty Arm This double lever arm features a non-adjustable secondary arm . Orbitally riveted joints prevent tampering or disassembly . Prefix “R” to model number . Available non-hold open only. Unitrol® Arm Can be used for either parallel arm or top jamb applications . Unitrol arms combine the features of a double lever arm overhead door stop/holder with the backcheck feature of the door closer to reduce door stopping shock loads to a minimum . The Unitrol uses a compression spring buffer at the soffit plate/arm shoe that will absorb 30 lbs . of force, 5° prior to the door’s dead stop . Coupled with the door closer’s backcheck feature, this arm provides the most controlled stop available with a surface door closer . For parallel arm applications there are three different length arm assemblies . Each length is designed for a specific range of door widths to provide precise door control . This further lessens the dead stop impact on the door’s hinges/pivots. Only available in painted finishes. Parallel Rigid Offset Arm This heavy-duty parallel rigid arm provides additional vertical clearance . It is well suited for applications where weather-stripping or other hardware prevents the use of the standard Parallel Rigid (PR) soffit plate . The non-hold open and hold arms allow 1-1/4" clearance . When used in conjunction with a #6891 spacer block, the PRO arm provides 1-7/8" clearance to accommodate the use of a surface overhead stop/holder . Non-hold open arm shown Unitrol® Top JambUnitrol® Parallel Arm 7500 SERIES INSTITUTIONAL DOOR CLOSER 10 | Norton Door Controls APPLICATIONS Slide Track Whether pull or push side mounted, slide track applications provide the designer with the smoothest lines available in a surface mounted door closer . The single lever arm allows components to be located in a stack configuration to minimize projection and eliminate obtrusive arm angles . The arm geometry reduces door closer power efficiency by approximately 25% from that of a regular arm . A variation of the standard slide track application is available for pocket doors, where it is desirable to have the door closer completely concealed when the door is in the 90° open position . See page 25 for details . Standard Unit: • Adjustable 85° to 110° (hold open and non-hold open) . Track is supplied with a spring buffered stop . An auxiliary stop, by others, is recommended . »Specify if hold open unit is required. »180° swing (non-hold open, pull side only) is also available. This track assembly requires that a door stop, by others, be supplied to stop the door . Push Side Pull Side Low Profile Pull Side Low Profile Push Side Low Profile Arm Supplied with 7580 series door closers for non-hold open installations only . Low profile arms have a reduced height elbow joint and a straight main arm . This enables the door closer to be installed in less vertical space . Regular Arm - Regular Arm allows closer to be installed where there is as little as 1" (25mm) of frame face or ceiling clearance . Parallel Arm - Parallel Arm allows closer to be installed 1/2" (13mm) higher up on door than standard parallel arm application . 7500 SERIES INSTITUTIONAL DOOR CLOSER 51 | Norton Door Controls ANSI/BHMA Description 600*Prime Coat 605^Bright Brass 606^Satin Brass 611^Bright Bronze 612^Satin Bronze 613E Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze - Equivalent 619^Satin Nickel 625^Bright Chrome 626^Satin Chrome Norton offers waterborne acrylic, polyster powder coat and plated finishes . Custom finishes are available on special order . A sample and approval is required . Waterborne acrylic and polyester powder coat will withstand 100 hours of salt spray (ANSI requires 25 hours) . FINISHES ANSI/BHMA Description 689 Aluminum 690 Statuary Bronze 691 Dull Bronze 693 Black 694 Medium Amber 696 Gold BSP Black Suede Powder WSP White Suede Powder * 600 is a special rust-inhibiting prime coat . Closers can be ordered prime coat only (specify closer x 600) . An additional charge applies if finish coat is required over prime coat . »Norton closer bodies and plastic covers are available in waterborne acrylic finishes . Arms and metal covers are available in powder coat or plated finishes . »When a plated finish is ordered, arm and cover will be plated unless "cover only" is specified . ^ Plated finish HOW TO ORDER NOTE: For optimum protection of door and frame assemblies, always use auxiliary wall, floor, or overhead door stop . J L PREFIXES 0 Third Digit Specifies some options 75 First & Second Digit Specifies some options 0 Fourth Digit Closer power sizing H SUFFIXES 75 = multi-sized closer 0 - Specifies standard arm3 - Indicates top jamb (J prefix) for frame reveal 0 to 3" (0-76mm) 7786 back plate included.4 - Specifies shallow 11/16” (17mm) depth slide track for closer with “ST” suffix. (ST-DE is not available)7 - Specifies closer having a security arm, security cover and Torx® security screws (specify hand)8 - Specifies low-profile arm (use prefix “P” parallel arm or “J” for top jamb) Non-hold open only 0 – Power range 1 through 6 No 7500 series designates Tri-Style® packaging (tri-packed Prefix } for regular, top jamb or parallel mounting) S - Regular arm application only, Non-Hold Open JS - Top Jamb application only (3" maximum reveal), Non-Hold OpenP - 7500 Parallel arm application only, Non-Hold Open 7580 low profile closer 7500SS corrosion resistant closerJ - Top jamb installation. Supplied with 7786 backplate 2-3/4" - 7" reveal, 150° swing JL - Top jamb Installation. Supplied with 7786 back plate 2-3/4" - 7" reveal, 180° swing PR - Parallel rigid arm (parallel arm only); specify hand for hold open functionsPRO - Parallel rigid arm with offset soffit plate (parallel arm only); specify hand for hold open applicationsPS - 7500ST / 7540ST for push side mounting only R - Rigid heavy-duty regular arm (Torx® screws not included) (N/A in stainless steel or hold open)CLP - CloserPlus® arm (parallel arm only)CPS - CloserPlus Spring™ arm (parallel arm only) UNI - Unitrol® arm (parallel arm only - specify door width) Frame reveals 1-7/8" to 4-5/8" (48-117mm) standard UNIJ - Unitrol arm (top jamb only - specify frame reveal) 7-3/8" (187mm) maximum None - Non-hold open arm functionH - Hold open arm function (specify hand when “PR” prefix is ordered)M - Metal cover (cover is handed for top jamb applications)MLL - Lead lined metal coverDA - Optional delayed action featureEBC - Optional enhanced backcheckST - Slide track - single lever arm (auxiliary stop recommended). For push side - prefix PSST-180 - Slide track - single lever arm, pull side track without buffer assembly for maximum door swing (auxiliary stop required)ST-DE - Slide track - pull side double egressSS - Corrosion resistant closer. Available with non-hold open adjustable arm only; for regular arm, top jamb “J” prefix or parallel arm “P” prefixT - Thumbturn hold open on CloserPlus® (CLP) or CloserPlus Spring™ (CPS) armR - Ramp hold open on CloserPlus® (CLP) armG - ABS coverEP - Extra Power (specify 7706EP)STP - Slide Track Pocket Door (specify 7706STP)DLP - Double Lever Pocket Door (specify 7706DLP) Norton is a brand associated with ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc ., an ASSA ABLOY Group company . Copyright © 2012-2020, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc . All rights reserved . Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc . is prohibited . Norton Door Controls | www.nortondoorcontrols.com 3000 Highway 74 East | Monroe, NC 28112 | 1.877.974.2255 ASSA ABLOY Opening Solutions Door Security Solutions Canada | www.assaabloy.ca 160 Four Valley Drive | Vaughan, ON L4K 4T9 | 800.461.3007 Since 1880, Norton door controls have been an integral part of schools, hospitals and businesses around the globe . When you need products and people that perform at the highest level, rely on Norton – From Open to Close .43095-N 10/20NOTE: »Door closer warranty becomes void if the closer is installed on the exterior side of a door in the exterior wall of a building. »It is strongly recommended, and may be required on fire door assemblies, that doors having a door closer be hung on ball-bearing or anti-friction hinges or pivots. Consult local authority having jurisdiction. »Failure to use fasteners supplied with closer may void factory warranty. »Fasteners for fire/smoke door assemblies must conform to NFPA 80. In some applications additional fasteners may be mandated by NFPA 80 that are not shipped with standard Norton product, such as sleeve-nuts/sex-nuts or thru bolts and grommet nuts. »Information provided is based on 1-3/4" (44mm) x 7' (2.13m) standard weight doors swinging to 110°. Other conditions (such as door height or weight; or wind/draft conditions) may require adjustment of spring setting, selection of a larger size closer or different closer. S82 W18717 Gemini Drive Muskego, Wisconsin 53150 Phone: (877) 622-2694 Fax: (888) 679-3319 www.nabcoentrances.com Technical Support: (866) 622-8325 Part #15-14973 Rev. 7/16/15 WARNING • Turn OFF all power to the Automatic Door if a Safety System is not working. • Instruct the Owner to keep all power turned OFF until corrective action can be achieved by a NABCO trained technician. Failure to follow these practices may result in serious consequences. • NEVER leave a Door operating without all Safety detection systems operational. Wiring and Programming Manual ** with Opus Control* DN 1336 1413121110987654321 Dimensional data not binding. We reserve the right to alter specifications without notice.Dimensions in mm Inches are approximate www.hafele.com/usAH 1.82 1 Sliding Door Hardware-Wood Top Hung System HAWA Junior 250/A • Maximum door weight: 250 kg (550 lbs.) • Minimum door thickness: 35 mm (1 3/8”) • For 1 and 2 sliding wood doors • Smooth quiet operation • Outstanding durability • Rattle-free bottom guide • Simple installation • Steel suspension bracket • Vertically adjustable ±5 mm (±3/16”) • Door stop with adjustable retention spring 220 11 8 21"32 7" 1613"321021"32175" 32 39 1 17" 32 25 4 31" 32 14 9" 16 21"32 17 28 1 3"32 13"321021"321775 2 15" 16 3" 16 115 ± 5 ±4 17" 32 57 2 1" 4 40 1 9" 16 35 1 3" 8 2000 SPRING LOADED EDGE PULL 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 2000 SPRING LOADED EDGE PULL TECHNICAL DETAILS 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 11 | 10 | 9 | 8 | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 2 2000 SPRING LOADED EDGE PULL •For non-locking passage pocket doors •3 1/16” deep mortise body standard •Spring loaded edge pull that pops out with the press of a button allowing for comfortable operation to pull door out of the pocket. TECHNICAL SPECS •3 1/16” overall depth •CASE: Heavy gauge, wrought (11/16” thick) •ARMOR FRONT: 1” wide, 5” tall standard made from brass, bronze or stainless steel, and finished as required. •STRIKE: Jamb Protector Plate available (for wood frames), 1” wide x 8” tall. Specify 2002JPP separately. Available as SilentPac™ 2000Q Quiet Pocket Door Pull featuring a quiet, slow release edge pull. •Premium flush pulls machined out of solid brass. Stainless and bronze based flush pulls available as a special order. •Similar to the standard 2002 flush pulls except with concealed screws •For use on 1 3/8”, 1 ¾”, or thicker doors (door thickness MUST be specified when ordering) •Most architectural finishes available •Available in four functions to work with the 2000,2001, 2002 sliding and pocket door locks 11 |10 |9 |8 | C S 2002 F L USH P U L L 7 |6 |5 |4 |3 |2 |1 1 CS2002B CS2002C CS2002E CS2002T 11 |10 |9 |8 |7 |6 |5 |4 |3 |2 |1 ‘A’ : 7/16” for doors 1 ⁄"#”minimum 11/32”for doors 1 ⁄"%”minimum 271_ 271_CUT Rev 1 - 02.16.17 AVAILABLE FINISHES: A, B, D, G, SN WIDTH: 5” (127.0 mm) HEIGHT: 1/4” (6.4 mm) A (Mill Finish Aluminum) B (Mill Finish Extruded Bronze [Brass]) D (Dark Bronze Anodized) G (Gold Anodized) SN (Satin Nickel Anodized) Copyright © 2017, Pemko Manufacturing Co., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Pemko Manufacturing Co. is prohibited. TITLE: PREPARED FOR: PREPARED BY: DATE: COMMENTS: Pemko Commercial Thresholds: Saddle Thresholds Architectural Door Accessories Product Features and Benefits • Hydraulic design offers proven reliability • Adjustable closing speeds to enhance energy savings • Manual mode requires very little pressure to open promoting ease of operation • Approved on fire door assemblies rated up to 3 hours, maintaining security and safety • Hydraulic back-check during windy conditions protects the door and operator from damage Swing Door Operators Hydraulic Door Closer Swing Door Operator Low-Energy ADA Swing Door Operator The NABCO GT710/8710 Low-Energy Operator is engineered for interior and exterior use, and designed to automate essentially any new or existing door frame. The GT710/8710 operates in both automatic and manual modes with a hydraulic back-check that protects the door and mechanical operator from damage when forced open in windy conditions or when manually operated. The GT710/8710 Operator has been approved for use on fire door assemblies rated up to 3 hours. The low-energy performance, combined with the adjustable opening and closing speeds, reduces energy consumed, which offers a prompt return on your investment.Passed the ONE-MILLION CYCLE COUNT Endurance Test Product Information Header dimensions Curved Header (GT710) – 5” H X 5 3/4” DSquared Header (GT8710) - 6” H X 5 1/2” D Standard finish Clear, black, or dark bronze anodized Optional finishes Painted, clad, or special anodized Mounting Surface-applied or overhead concealed Installation types Push or pull Operating voltage 120 VAC @ <5 amps Auxiliary power output 12VDC 750mA Operator drive Electro-hydraulic Motor voltage Pulse width modulated Motor type 1/8th HP @ peak Control type Microprocessor Door panel weight 300 lbs. Adjustable open Force and speed Adjustable close Force and speed Closing method Spring/hydraulic (with selectable power assist) Adjustable opening angle Up to 145º Power boost close Selectable Basic features Low-energy operation Push and goObstacle detection in opening and closing cyclesSequential or timer mode operationLCD screen for programming and diagnosticsOpen- or closed-circuit safety inputs Momentary or maintained activation Switch modes On, off, hold-open Opening and closing speed Adjustable Hold-open time Adjustable (0-30 seconds) Code compliances ANSI A156.19/ANSI A117.1 Approvals UL, ULc, and CSA Available Configurations: • Single-door • Simultaneous Pair • Dual-egress • Opman Along with the NABCO factory branches, NABCO has the largest independently owned network of automatic door distributors in north America. Their friendly, qualified installers and technicians always strive to exceed your expectations from install to after-sales service. AAADM-certified technicians at NABCO’s branches and independent distributors ensure our doors meet all ANSI A156.10 standards. Complete three-part specifications and CAD drawings are available on the NABCOentrances.com. NABCO Service and Specifications GT710 Operator GT8710 Operator NABCO Entrances Inc. S82 W18717 Gemini Drive | Muskego, WI 53150 nabcoentrances.com | info@nabcoentrances.com P 877-622-2694 | F 888-679-3319 Distributed by: Rev July 2020 NOT SHOWN #59V-W (Blue Background with White Wheelchair) #59V-WSS (Stainless Steel with Blue Wheelchair) #59V-Plain (Stainless Steel with No Legend) Sedco 59V Series Vestibule Push Plate Switches 012018 Product Name Sedco 59V Series Vestibule Push Plate Switches Contact Information MS SEDCO 7898 Zionsville Road Indianapolis, IN 46268 Phone: (317) 842-2545 www.mssedco.com Product Description BASIC USE The 59V Series vestibule push plate switches are designed to provide reliable activation of any pair of automatic doors from inside a building vestibule. The 59V Series vestibule switches feature two separate face plates that will allow for independent activation of two automatic doors. Both face plates are integrated onto a single 4 1/2” x 4 1/2“ formed stainless steel back plate that will fit a 2-gang electrical box or MS SEDCO’s optional surface mount box. Each unit is built utilizing heavy gauge stainless steel, aircraft quality rivets and screws, durable finishes and the most reliable microswitch in the industry. Technical Data • 2—1 1/2” x 4 1/4“ All Active Face Plates • 4 1/2” x 4 1/2” Formed Stainless Steel Back Plate • 2—UL Listed “Cherry Switch”, SPDT, Mom., 15 Amp @ 125V AC • Rubber “Bellows” Increases Weather Protection (included) • Fits 2-gang Electrical Box or MS SEDCO Surface Mount Box • Special Finishes: US3, US4, US10, US10B, US32 • Radio Control Versions Available DIMENSIONS See Reverse APPLICABLE STANDARDS American National Standards Institute (ANSI) - Building Hardware Manufacturers Association (BHMA) - ANSI/BHMA A156.10 & A156.19. APPROVALS UL (Micro-Switch) Installation The 59V Series Vestibule Switch is easy to install. Hardwired Applications: Mount a standard 2-gang electrical box at the desired wall location. Remove both face plates from the switch assembly. Connect the necessary signal wires to the appropriate switch contacts (COM & N.O. are standard). Secure the switch assembly to the door frame and reattach the face plates. #59V-H (Blue Background with White Legend) #59V-P (Stainless Steel with Black Legend) #59V-HSS (Stainless Steel with Blue Legend) PUSH TO OPEN PUSH TO OPEN ™ ClearPath ClearPath™ Radio Control Switches solve problems caused by interference and stray signals — and are guaranteed to work where others won't. 7898 Zionsville Road Indianapolis, Indiana 46268 Telephone: (317) 842-2545 Fax: (317) 849-3387 www.mssedco.com custsvc@mssedco.com Sedco 59V Series Vestibule Push Plate Switches 012018 MICRO-SWITCH COM .C.N.O.NINCLUDEDRubber Bellows Insert rubber bellows over spring on exterior switches for weather tight fit! Installation (continued) Wireless Applications: Mount a ClearPath™ transmitter and surface mounting box in the desired location. Program the transmitter and connect the wire leads to the COM and N.O. switch contacts. Attach the wall switch assembly to the surface box and reattach the face plate. Custom Applications: The 59V Series Vestibule Switches can be customized in a variety of ways. Virtually any legend can be placed on the face plate as well as custom colors or finishes. Contact the factory for pricing. Availability & Cost AVAILABILITY Available internationally from manufacturer’s authorized distributors; contact MS SEDCO for location of nearest distributor. COST Cost information on MS SEDCO products is available from the manufacturer’s authorized distributors. Warranty MS SEDCO, Inc. guarantees this product to be free from manufacturing defects for three years from date of installation. Unless MS SEDCO is notified of the date of installation, the warranty will be in effect for three years from the date of shipment from our factory If, during the first three years, this product fails to operate and has not been tampered with or abused, the unit can be returned prepaid to the factory and be repaired free of charge. After three years, the unit will be repaired for a nominal service charge. Limited warranty is in lieu of all other warranties, expressed or implied, including any implied warrantability of merchantability. No representative or person is authorized to assume for MS SEDCO any other liability in connection with the sale of our products. All warranties are limited to the duration of this written limited warranty. In no event shall MS SEDCO be liable for any special, incidental, consequential or other damage arising from any unclaimed breach of warranty as to its products or services. Maintenance MS SEDCO recommends that all maintenance and adjustments be performed by an AAADM Certified Technician. DIMENSIONS Technical Services MS SEDCO’s staff of factory trained sales and service personnel offer design assistance and technical support. Local distributors are also available to assist in selecting appropriate devices for specific uses and to provide onsite installation. BELLOWS DIAGRAM 3/4" 5/8"4 1/2”4 1/2”4 1/2”4 1/4”4 1/4”1 1/2”1 1/2” PUSH TO OPEN PUSH TO OPEN 7898 Zionsville Road Indianapolis, Indiana 46268 Telephone: (317) 842-2545 Fax: (317) 849-3387 www.mssedco.com custsvc@mssedco.com